Professional Documents
Culture Documents
5 December 2011
Space engineering
Thermal design handbook - Part 14:
Cryogenic Cooling
ECSS Secretariat
ESA-ESTEC
Requirements & Standards Division
Noordwijk, The Netherlands
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Foreword
ThisHandbookisonedocumentoftheseriesofECSSDocumentsintendedtobeusedassupporting
material for ECSS Standards in space projects and applications. ECSS is a cooperative effort of the
EuropeanSpaceAgency,nationalspaceagenciesandEuropeanindustryassociationsforthepurpose
ofdevelopingandmaintainingcommonstandards.
The material in this Handbook is a collection of data gathered from many projects and technical
journals which provides the reader with description and recommendation on subjects to be
consideredwhenperformingtheworkofThermaldesign.
Thematerialforthesubjectshasbeencollatedfromresearchspanningmanyyears,thereforeasubject
mayhavebeenrevisitedorupdatedbyscienceandindustry.
The material is provided as good background on the subjects of thermal design, the reader is
recommended to research whether a subject has been updated further, since the publication of the
materialcontainedherein.
This handbook has been prepared by ESA TECMT/QR division, reviewed by the ECSS Executive
SecretariatandapprovedbytheECSSTechnicalAuthority.
Disclaimer
ECSSdoesnotprovideanywarrantywhatsoever,whetherexpressed,implied,orstatutory,including,
butnotlimitedto,anywarrantyofmerchantabilityorfitnessforaparticularpurposeoranywarranty
that the contents of the item are errorfree. In no respect shall ECSS incur any liability for any
damages,including,butnotlimitedto,direct,indirect,special,orconsequentialdamagesarisingout
of,resultingfrom,orinanywayconnectedtotheuseofthisdocument,whetherornotbasedupon
warranty,businessagreement,tort,orotherwise;whetherornotinjurywassustainedbypersonsor
propertyorotherwise;andwhetherornotlosswassustainedfrom,oraroseoutof,theresultsof,the
item,oranyservicesthatmaybeprovidedbyECSS.
Publishedby: ESARequirementsandStandardsDivision
ESTEC,P.O.Box299,
2200AGNoordwijk
TheNetherlands
Copyright: 2011bytheEuropeanSpaceAgencyforthemembersofECSS
2
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table of contents
1 Scope.....................................................................................................................26
2 References ............................................................................................................27
3
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
6 VCS Dewars ........................................................................................................115
6.1 General...................................................................................................................115
6.2 Theoretical analysis................................................................................................117
6.2.1 Introduction............................................................................................... 117
6.2.2 The idealized model ................................................................................. 118
6.2.3 Evaluation of the restrictions involved in the idealized model .................. 123
6.3 Supports .................................................................................................................162
6.3.1 Introduction............................................................................................... 162
6.3.2 Support materials .....................................................................................163
6.3.3 Low thermal conductance tubing.............................................................. 165
6.3.4 Tensile and flexural supports.................................................................... 170
6.3.5 Compressive supports.............................................................................. 175
6.4 Phase separators ...................................................................................................176
6.4.1 Introduction............................................................................................... 176
6.4.2 Thermodynamic vent system.................................................................... 182
6.4.3 Capillary barriers ......................................................................................183
6.4.4 Porous media ...........................................................................................190
6.4.5 Baffled tanks.............................................................................................193
6.4.6 Empirical data for design ..........................................................................205
6.4.7 Testing......................................................................................................216
6.5 Existing systems.....................................................................................................218
6.5.1 Introduction............................................................................................... 218
6.5.2 Data on existing systems..........................................................................220
7 Superfluid Helium...............................................................................................234
7.1 Dynamics of superfluids .........................................................................................234
7.1.1 Relevant equations of superfluid dynamics .............................................. 235
7.1.2 Frictional effects .......................................................................................240
7.1.3 Counterflow heat transfer ......................................................................... 246
7.1.4 Heat transfer at arbitrary combinations of vn and vs ................................ 257
7.1.5 Vapor formation ........................................................................................258
7.1.6 Superfluid Helium film............................................................................... 259
7.2 Kapitza conductance ..............................................................................................267
7.2.1 Measuring methods ..................................................................................269
7.2.2 Experimental data.....................................................................................272
7.3 Thermo-acoustic oscillations .................................................................................. 303
7.4 The superfluid plug.................................................................................................305
7.4.1 Phase separation in superfluid helium...................................................... 305
4
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
7.4.2 Simplified theory of the superfluid plug..................................................... 306
7.4.3 Characteristics of porous media ............................................................... 330
7.5 Filling a superfluid helium container ....................................................................... 338
7.5.1 Liquid loss because of pump down .......................................................... 338
7.5.2 Pumping down requirements.................................................................... 340
7.5.3 A typical filling sequence ..........................................................................340
Bibliography...........................................................................................................529
Figures
Figure 4-1: He3 cooler being developed by NASA. From Sherman (1978) [216]. .................. 46
5
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure 4-2: Procedure to reduce the background flux from the optics. From Caren &
Sklensky (1970) [37]. ........................................................................................... 48
Figure 4-3: Detectivity, D*, of a photon noise-limited detector as a function of cutoff
wavelength, c, for several values of the optics temperature, T. From Caren
& Sklensky (1970) [37].........................................................................................49
Figure 4-4: Typical detector operating temperature, T, vs. detectivity, D*. The detector
is germanium doped either with mercury, with cadmium or with copper.
From Caren & Sklensky (1970) [37]. ...................................................................50
Figure 5-1: Reverse-Brayton Cycle Refrigerator. From Sherman (1978) [216]...................... 52
Figure 5-2: Compressor cross section of ADL rotary-reciprocating refrigerator. From
Donabedian (1972) [59]. ...................................................................................... 53
Figure 5-3: Claude Cycle Refrigerator. From Donabedian (1972) [59]. ................................. 54
Figure 5-4: Solvay Cycle Refrigerator. From Donabedian (1972) [59]. .................................. 56
Figure 5-5: Joule-Thomson Closed Cycle Refrigerator. From Donabedian (1972) [59]. ........ 57
Figure 5-6: Stirling Cycle Refrigerator Operation. From Sherman (1978) [216]..................... 58
Figure 5-7: Stirling Cycle Refrigerator Ideal Pressure-Volume and Temperature-
Entropy Diagrams. From Sherman (1978) [216].................................................. 59
Figure 5-8: Schematic representation of North American Philips refrigerator, showing
rhombic drive mechanism. The drive has two counter-rotating crankshafts,
each powered by a drive motor. By adjusting the mass of the reciprocating
members of the drive and by adding appropriate counterweights to the
crankshafts, the center of the gravity of all the moving parts can be kept
stationary. From Balas, Leffel & Wingate (1978) [16]. ......................................... 60
Figure 5-9: Schematic representation of North American Philips Magnetic Bearing
refrigerator, showing the linear motors for piston and displacer and the
magnetic bearing. The displacer rod passes through the piston. From
Sherman, Gasser, Benson & McCormick (1980) [221]........................................ 61
Figure 5-10: Coupling of two refrigerator units to provide cooling of a single detector.
The complete refrigerator can be seen in Figure 5-8. Here, on the contrary,
only the first and second stages of both refrigerators are shown. From Naes
& Nast (1980) [160]..............................................................................................62
Figure 5-11: Ground Test temperatures, of the first and second stage vs. Second stage
heat transfer rate, Q2, for different values of the first stage heat transfer
rate, Q1, and motor rpm. The data correspond to refrigerator 2 but are
typical of the four units. From Naes & Nast (1980) [160]. first stage, Q 1 =
1,5 W, 1000 rpm; first stage, Q 1 = 1,5 W, 1150 rpm; second stage Q 1
= 1,5 W, 1000 rpm; second stage Q 1 = 1,5 W, 1150 rpm; first stage, Q
1 = 2 W, 1000 rpm; Q1 = 2 W, 1000 rpm. ......................................................... 63
Figure 5-12: In orbit temperature, T, of several components of Gamma 004 systems vs.
Orbital time, t . From Naes & Nast (1980) [160]. cold tip of refrigerator 3;
cold tip of refrigerator 4; shroud; ground test value of cold tip of
refrigerator 3; ground test value of shroud....................................................... 63
Figure 5-13: In orbit temperature, T, of several components of Gamma 003 systems vs.
Orbital time, t . From Naes & Nast (1980) [160]. cold tip of refrigerator 2;
cold tip of refrigerator 1; shroud; ground test value of cold tip of
refrigerator 2; ground test value of shroud....................................................... 64
6
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure 5-14: In orbit heat transfer rates, Q, from Gamma 003 detector to refrigerators 1
and 2, vs. orbital time, t. From Naes & Nast (1980) [160]. detector heat
load. Refrigerator 2 on; heat load through meter 1, Q 1 . Refrigerator 1
off; heat load through meter 2, Q 2 . Refrigerator 2 on; refrigerators 1
and 2 on; refrigerators 1 and 2 on; refrigerators 1 and 2 on. ....................... 64
Figure 5-15: Schematic of the Vuilleumier-Cycle Refrigerator. From Sherman (1978)
[216].....................................................................................................................67
Figure 5-16: Vuilleumier-Cycle Refrigerator. From Sherman (1971) [218]............................. 67
Figure 5-17: Pressure-Volume Diagrams, for the Cold Cylinder, Hot Cylinder and Total
Gas, of the Vuilleumier-Cycle Refrigerator. From Sherman (1971) [218]. ........... 67
Figure 5-18: Inverse efficiency (required power per unit of refrigeration power) -1, vs.
operating temperature, T, for several closed cycle refrigerators. a - Brayton
refrigerators (Turbo machinery Systems). b - Stirling refrigerators. c -
Vuilleumier refrigerators. d - Gifford-McMahon/Solvay refrigerators. From
Donabedian (1972) [59]. Also shown are curves for closed cycle
refrigerators operating with the quoted efficiencies (in percentages of
Carnot) through the whole temperature range. From Haskin & Dexter
(1979) [83]. The Carnot efficiency for a machine working between TC and
TH temperatures is given by c = 1 TC/TH. Very low operating
temperatures result in a reduced efficiency for a given cooling load and a
given cycle. ..........................................................................................................70
Figure 5-19: System mass per unit of refrigeration power, Mp, vs. operating
temperature, T for several closed cycle refrigerators. a - Gifford-
McMahon/Solvay refrigerators. b - Stirling refrigerators. From Donabedian
(1972) [59]. ..........................................................................................................71
Figure 5-20: System mass per unit of refrigeration power (or cooling load), Mp, for
representative closed cycle refrigerating systems and for passive radiant
coolers. Closed cycle refrigerators, Q = 0,1 W. Closed cycle
refrigerators, Q = 1 W. Closed cycle refrigerators, Q = 10 W. Passive
radiant coolers; Q = 0,1 W. Passive radiant coolers; Q = 1 W. Passive
radiant coolers; Q = 10 W. From Haskin & Dexter (1979) [83]. Smallest
temperature attained by closed cycle refrigerators in orbit. Smallest
temperature attained by passive radiant coolers in orbit. From Sherman
(1982) [217]. ........................................................................................................72
Figure 5-21: System area per unit of refrigeration power (or cooling load), Ap/Mp, for
closed cycle refrigerating systems and for passive radiant coolers.
Closed cycle refrigerators, Q = 1 W. Passive radiant coolers; Q = 1 W.
From Haskin & Dexter (1979) [83]. Although the areas, Ap, have been
calculated for 1 W cooling, they could be scaled in approximately direct
proportion to the cooling load. Ap/Q = 7,13x107 T4 is the best fitting, by the
least squares method, to the data for passive radiant coolers. Smallest
temperature attained by closed cycle refrigerators in orbit. Smallest
temperature attained by passive radiant coolers in orbit. From Sherman
(1982) [217]. ........................................................................................................75
Figure 5-22: 80 K cooler schematic. From Jewell (1991) [103]............................................ 101
Figure 5-23: Cooler heat lift performance vs. gross compressor input power. From Scull
& Jewell (1991) [211]. ........................................................................................102
Figure 5-24: 20 K cooler schematic. From Jones et al. (1991) [110]. .................................. 103
7
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure 5-25: Heat lift performance of: a) development model; b) engineering model.
From Jones et al. (1991) [110]........................................................................... 104
Figure 5-26: 4 K cooler layout. From Bradshaw & Orlowska (1988) [27]. ............................ 104
Figure 5-27: Cooling power/mass flow vs. precooler temperature. From Bradshaw &
Orlowska (1991) [28]. ........................................................................................105
Figure 5-28: Isenthalps and inversion curve for different gasses. a Hydrogen. b Helium.
c Nitrogen. From Zemansky (1968) [272]. Data in b, after Hill &
Loumasmaa (1960) [89], are no longer valid for above 20 K. Upper
isenthalps are instead from Angus & de Reuck (1977) [6], pp. 64-127 . The
locus of the maxima has been drawn by the compiler as a dotted line. ............ 106
Figure 5-29: Schematic of a typical JT cryostat-dewar system. From Hellwig (1980)
[86].....................................................................................................................107
Figure 5-30: Schematic of a self-demand flow JT cryostat-dewar system. From Oren &
Gutfinger (1979) [175]. The sketch of the variable-orifice controlling device
is from Buller (1970) [35]. ..................................................................................108
Figure 6-1: Schematic representation of a solid gryogen cooler. From Breckenridge
(1972) [29]. ........................................................................................................116
Figure 6-2: Sketch of a typical VCS Dewar. From Niendorf & Choksi (1967) [169]. ............ 117
Figure 6-3: Heat transfer mechanism through a normal attachment VCS Dewar. From
Niendorf & Choksi (1967) [169]. ........................................................................ 117
Figure 6-4: Insulation model geometry................................................................................. 119
Figure 6-5: Ratio m/m0 against the cryogen sensibility, S, for different values of the
heat additions to the cryogen other than those across the insulation. No
cooled supports (msj = 0). Calculated by the compiler. ...................................... 121
Figure 6-6: Corrective factor, k, for the dependence of insulation thermal conductivity,
k, on temperature, T, against the sensibility, S, of the cryogen, for several
values of the temperature ratio, TC/TH. A linear thermal conductivity vs.
temperature dependence has been assumed. Calculated by the compiler. ...... 128
Figure 6-7: Insulation model with finite number of shields. .................................................. 129
Figure 6-8: Corrective factor, n, accounting for the influence of the finite number, n, of
shields, vs. the sensibility S of the cryogen, for several values of n.
Calculated by the compiler. ............................................................................... 134
Figure 6-9: Contours of constant values of the ratio of the heat flux through the VCS
system to the uncooled shield heat flux, mapped as functions of the
dimensionless distances, 1 and 2, of the two vapor cooled shields to the
cold face of the insulation, for several values of the sensibility, S, of the
cryogen. Uniform insulation thermal conductivity. The numerical values
labelling the contours corresponds to n/nopt 1. Calculated by the
compiler. ............................................................................................................140
Figure 6-10: Contours of dimensionless displacements of a single shield from its
optimum position (1 = 0,25) which produce a 10% increase in the heat flux
through a three shield system. The contours are mapped as functions of
the remaining two shields dimensionless positions. Numerical values are
for helium between 4 K and 300 K. From Atherton & Prentiss (1973) [12]. ....... 141
Figure 6-11: Contours of constant values of the ratio of the heat flux through the VCS
system to the uncooled shield heat flux, mapped as functions of the
dimensionless distances, 1 and 2, of the two vapor cooled shields to the
8
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
cold face of the insulation, for several cryogens in typical cases.
Temperature dependent insulation thermal conductivity (k = k1T). The
numerical values labelling the contours corresponds to n/nopt 1.
Calculated by the compiler. ............................................................................... 142
Figure 6-12: Factor Nu, accounting for finite convective heat transfer in the venting
duct, vs. coefficient r, for several cryogens. TH = 300 K. Calculated by the
compiler. ............................................................................................................145
Figure 6-13: Factor Nu, accounting for finite convective heat transfer in the venting
duct, vs. coefficient r, for several cryogens. TH = 200 K. Calculated by the
compiler. ............................................................................................................146
Figure 6-14: Factor Nu, accounting for finite convective heat transfer in the venting
duct, vs. coefficient r, for several cryogens. TH = 150 K. Calculated by the
compiler. ............................................................................................................147
Figure 6-15: Helium vapor bulk temperature, Tb, vs. insulation temperature, T, for
different values of the dimensionless heat transfer coefficient, r. TH = 300 K.
Calculated by the compiler. ............................................................................... 148
Figure 6-16: Temperature, T, across the insulation for different values of the
dimensionless heat transfer coefficient r. Helium vapor cooling. TH = 300 K.
Calculated by the compiler. ............................................................................... 149
Figure 6-17: Sketch of a VCS insulation in the nearness of the venting duct. Normal
attachment. After Paivanas et al. (1965) [177]. ................................................. 149
Figure 6-18: Sketch of the insulation and of the simplified configurations used to
analyze the influence of the finite thermal conductivity of the shields. (a)
Insulation. (b) Simplified configuration in the physical coordinates x, y. (c)
Simplified configuration in the stretched coordinates, , ................................. 151
Figure 6-19: Sketch of a typical spaceborne Dewar. All the dimensions are in mm. ........... 152
Figure 6-20: Coefficient, (y 1)/, of the first order correction accounting for the
influence of the finite thermal conductivity of the VCSs on the cryogen boil-
off rate, as a function of the cryogen sensibility, S, for two values of the
dimensionless outer radius of the venting duct, . The results have been
obtained by means of a perturbation scheme in the small parameter, ,
which measured the ratio of normal to lateral heat flux, and are valid
provided that terms of order 3/2 can be neglected. Calculated by the
compiler. ............................................................................................................160
Figure 6-21: Cryogenic supports tubes. a) Composite. b) All-metal. All dimensions are
in mm. From Hall & Spond (1977) [81]. ............................................................. 166
Figure 6-22: Heat transfer rate, Qs, through fiber-glass overwrapped and through all-
stainless-steel supports vs. support length, L, for several values of liner wall
thickness, tl, and overwrap thickness, to. (a) Inner diameter of the tube, d =
12,7x103 m. (b) d = 50,8x103 m. From Hall et al. (1971) [80]. ......................... 167
Figure 6-23: Heat transfer rate, Qs, through fiber-glass overwrapped supports vs. liner
wall thickness, tl, for several support lengths, L and overwrap thickness, to =
0,762x103 m. Hoop wrapping. (a) Inner diameter of the tube, d = 12,7x103
m. (b) d = 50,8x103 m. From Hall et al. (1971) [80]. ......................................... 168
Figure 6-24: Heat transfer rate, Qs, through fiber-glass overwrapped stainless-steel
supports vs. overwrap thickness, to, for several supports lengths, L, and
liner wall thickness tl = 0,51x103 m. Hoop wrapping. (a) Inner diameter of
the tube, d = 12,7x103 m. (b) d = 50,8x103 m. From Hall et al. (1971) [80]. .... 169
9
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure 6-25: Heat transfer rate, Qs, through fiber-glass overwrapped stainless-steel
supports vs. warm boundary temperature, TH, for several values of the cold
boundary temperature, TC. Tube length, L, liner wall thickness, tl, and
overwrap thickness, to, as indicated in the insert. Hoop wrapping. (a) Inner
diameter of the tube, d = 12,7x103 m. (b) d = 50,8x103 m. From Hall et al.
(1971) [80]. ........................................................................................................170
Figure 6-26: Typical supporting methods. Notice how the rods shown in (a) are crossed
to minimize the effect of thermal contraction and to increase the length of
the heat flow path. In (b), long suspension rods are accommodated in
standoffs. From Barron (1966) [18]....................................................................171
Figure 6-27: Tensile support of a liquid helium tank. From Lemke, Klipping & Rmisch
(1978) [131]. ......................................................................................................171
Figure 6-28: Spacing discs. From Bennett et al. (1974) [23]................................................ 172
Figure 6-29: Support tube for a liquid helium Dewar. From Bennett et al. (1974) [23]......... 173
Figure 6-30: Two ways of supporting cryogenic containers by means of tensile ties.
After Glaser et al. (1967) [75]. ...........................................................................174
Figure 6-31: Sketch of the Superfluid Helium Cryostat for Space Use (CRHESUS)
showing the tensile ties used for supporting the helium tank. From Lizon-
Tati & Girard (1978) [134]. .................................................................................174
Figure 6-32: CRHESUS heat flow diagram. From Lizon-Tati & Girard (1978) [134]. ........... 175
Figure 6-33: Composite column compressive support. From Heim & Fast (1973) [85]........ 176
Figure 6-34: Schematic of thermodynamic vent system. a) Forced convection. From
Mitchell et al. (1967). b) Pulsed constant pressure. From Mller et al.
(1983) [157]. ......................................................................................................182
Figure 6-35: Thermodynamic phase separator. From Fradkov & Troitskii (1975) [71]......... 183
Figure 6-36: A capillary barrier in static equilibrium. From McCarthy (1968) [144]. ............. 184
Figure 6-37: Container with a capillary-barrier partition. From McCarthy (1968) [144].
(a) An angular acceleration appears when the interface is formed at the
barrier. (b) The configuration reaches a steady angular velocity before
interaction of the interface with the barrier. See Table 6-12 for the definition
of the experimental conditions. .......................................................................... 185
Figure 6-38: Results of barrier dynamic stability tests. Bond number-controlled mode.
Tests were insufficient for determining the effect on barrier stability of the
various dimensionless parameters. From McCarthy (1968) [144]. .................... 186
Figure 6-39: Results of dynamic stability tests with different barriers. Bond number-
controlled mode. The acceleration, g, is parallel to the barrier. From Fester
(1973) [67]. A Reynolds number through the hole has been plotted vs. the
critical Bond number. ......................................................................................... 187
Figure 6-40: Results of barrier dynamic stability tests. Weber number-controlled mode.
From McCarthy (1968) [144]. The Weber number in abscissae is
normalized with an analytical critical Weber number Wec, which is given in
Figure 6-41 below. ............................................................................................. 188
Figure 6-41: Critical Weber number, Wec, as a function of geometry, l/D, and position of
the axis of rotation, L/D. These results have been obtained by use of a
potential (incompressible, inviscid, irrotational flow) theory with Op 1,
although assuming that the barrier induces a capillary pressure difference.
From Gluck (1970) [76]......................................................................................188
10
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure 6-42: Damping performance of selected barriers. From Fester (1973) [67]. The
damping categories A to G are associated to the flow patterns resulting
after impingement of the liquid with the barrier, from orderly (A) to irregular
(G)......................................................................................................................189
Figure 6-43: Compartmented tank device. From Fester, Eberhardt & Tegart (1975) [68]. .. 190
Figure 6-44: Sustained liquid height in a capillary tube........................................................ 190
Figure 6-45: Sustained ethanol height, l, vs. diameter of fiber, do. Gravity level 40go.
From Enya, Kisaragi, Ochiai, Sasao & Kuriki (1981) [64]. ................................. 191
Figure 6-46: Sustained liquid height, l, vs. gravity level, g/go. Liquids are: Ammonia
(circle), underfilled Ammonia (square), and ethanol (triangle). Matrix is
glass wool, do = 10-6 m. Solid lines have been deduced from Eq. [6-91] with
= 0 and the quoted values of d. From Enya, Kisaragi, Ochiai, Sasao and
Kuriki (1981) [64]. ..............................................................................................192
Figure 6-47: Criterion for the onset of nucleation in subcooled boiling. After Collier
(1981) [46]. ........................................................................................................193
Figure 6-48: Post height, l, required to position a given ullage, U, under reduced
gravity. See Clause 6.4.5.2 for explanation of curves d/R =/ 0, B and C........... 194
Figure 6-49: Experimental glass tank with a standpipe. From Petrash, Nussle & Otto
(1963) [184]. All the dimensions are in mm. ...................................................... 195
Figure 6-50: Minimum ullage centering capability of the standpipe. .................................... 196
Figure 6-51: Liquid acquisition by the standpipe for large ullages. From Petrash, Nussle
& Otto (1983) [184]. ...........................................................................................196
Figure 6-52: Central post with thin, off axis, posts (fingers). From Tegart et al. (1972)
[233]...................................................................................................................197
Figure 6-53: Criteria to deduce vane profile limits. From Tegart et al. (1972) [233]. ............ 198
Figure 6-54: Limiting vane profiles, Rmin/R and Rmax/R for n = 6, 8 and 12 vanes. Rmin/R
has been calculated for an ullage U = 0,05. Rmax/R is ullage-independent.
After Tegart et al. (1972) [233]........................................................................... 199
Figure 6-55: Simplified bubble geometry. The bubble is held by two contiguous vanes
and shapes up as if it were held by the "effective" vane. From Tegart et al.
(1972) [233]. ......................................................................................................200
Figure 6-56: The ideal distorted axisymmetrical bubble....................................................... 201
Figure 6-57: Angle a which measures the distortion of the bubble vs. ratio, Ro/R, of
inner body radius to tank radius. Calculated by the compiler. ........................... 202
Figure 6-58: Typical effective vane profiles, Ro/R, and dimensionless restoring force,
RK, vs. displacement angle, . The Figure has been replotted by the
compiler after a representation in polar coordinates by Tegart et al. (1972)
[233]...................................................................................................................203
Figure 6-59: Typical effective vane profiles, Ro/R, and dimensionless restoring force,
RK, vs. displacement angle, . The vane profiles have been calculated by
Eq. [6-99] with the shown values of k and m. Forces have been deduced
from Eqs. [6-96] to [6-98]. ..................................................................................204
Figure 6-60: Bond length, Lb, as a function of T, for saturated Argon, Methane, Nitrogen
and Oxygen. ......................................................................................................206
11
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure 6-61: Bond length, Lb, as a function of T, for saturated Ethane, Carbon Dioxide
and Ammonia.....................................................................................................207
Figure 6-62: Bond length, Lb, as a function of T, for saturated Hydrogen, Helium and
Neon. .................................................................................................................208
Figure 6-63: Relation between contact angle, , and surface tension, , for several
liquids on the quoted surfaces. ..........................................................................210
Figure 6-64: Sketch of a dual stage solid cooler. From Nast et al. (1976) [161]. ................. 218
Figure 6-65: Liquid helium (He4) coolers. a) Single stage. b) Dual stage. From Sherman
(1978) [216]. ......................................................................................................219
Figure 6-66: Normal attachment of the VCSs to the cooling duct through heat stationis.
From Glaser et al. (1967) [75]............................................................................ 219
Figure 6-67: Tangential attachment of the cooling duct to the shields. Sketched by the
compiler after Hopkins & Chronic (1973) [94].................................................... 220
Figure 6-68: Detector, T1, and optics, T2, temperature vs. orbital time. ............................... 225
Figure 6-69: JPL-Caltech IR detector cooler arrangement................................................... 227
Figure 6-70: Heat Flow diagram of the Ball Brothers Liquid helium Dewar.......................... 232
Figure 7-1: Phase diagram for He4 (not to scale). From Arp (1970) [10].............................. 234
Figure 7-2: Schematic of the apparatus used by the Leiden group to produce helium
flow through capillaries with independent variation of superfluid and normal
velocities. a) From Van der Heijden, Van der Boog & Kramers (1974) [247].
b) From De Haas & Van Beelen (1976) [55]...................................................... 242
Figure 7-3: The superfluid friction, LFs, vs. relative velocity, vn-vs, for various runs with
svs+nvn = Const. From van der Hejden, van der Boog & Kramers (1974)
[247]...................................................................................................................244
Figure 7-4: The mutual friction, LFsn, vs. relative velocity, vn-vs, from various constant
mass flux runs. From van der Hejden, van der Boog & Kramers (1974)
[247]...................................................................................................................245
Figure 7-5: Mutual friction to superfluid friction ratio, Fsn/Fs, vs. relative velocity, vn-vs,
from various runs with vs 0 and vn 0. From van der Heijden, van der
Boog & Kramers (1974) [247]. ...........................................................................245
Figure 7-6: Isothermal and iso chemical-potential flows in the vn,vs plane. The shaded
region corresponds to subcritical flow (=0). From van der Heijden, van
der Boog & Kramers (1974) [247]......................................................................246
Figure 7-7: Correlations between the critical superfluid velocity, vsc1, and the tube
diameter, DE. The experimental data have been re-plotted by the compiler
after van Alphen et al. (1969) [246]. They correspond to widely different
flow conditions. * Clow and Reppy, T-T 50 x 10 -3 K. Fokkens, film flow.
Pellman, "superfluid wind tunnel". Chase, heat conduction TT ; v n
0. Van Alphen, adiabatic flow rate. Van Alphen, energy dissipation
technique. Kramers, second sound attenuation in puresuperfluid flow.
Van Alphen, critical flow through jeweller's rouge. Keller and Hammel,
isothermal flow. Data from reviews of Atkins, and Hammel and Keller. .......... 248
Figure 7-8: Schematic of pressure and temperature drop data as a function of heat flux.... 249
Figure 7-9: Schematic of Lv1/2DE vs. vsDE under steady-state conditions. From Childers
& Tough (1976) [44]...........................................................................................251
12
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure 7-10: Critical Reynolds number for counterflow heat exchange, Rec, as a
function of temperature, T. From Arp (1970) [10]. ............................................. 253
Figure 7-11: Diagrams which relate the thermal gradient, dT/dx, to the heat flux, q, in
counterflow heat exchange. T=1,5 K to 2 K. Calculated by the compiler
after Arp (1970) [10]...........................................................................................254
Figure 7-12: Temperature profile along a channel filled with He II at atmospheric
pressure in conterflow heat exchange. From Bon Mardion, Claudet &
Seyfert (1979) [26]. ............................................................................................256
Figure 7-13: Tube and He II bath arrangement.................................................................... 258
Figure 7-14: Film and bulk liquid configuration..................................................................... 259
Figure 7-15: Bernoulli thinning. The full line corresponds to Eq. [7-46]. The dotted line
is the Kontorovich (1956) [125] solution. Neither solution gives the correct
transition of the film interface to the horizontal free surface in the reservoir,
because capillary pressure has been neglected. Curves labelled with the
values of Bo correspond to Eq. [7-49]. .............................................................. 262
Figure 7-16: Cell used to perform reduced-gravity test. The film thickness experiments
were performed in the left hand side compartment. From Yang & Mason
(1980) [268]. ......................................................................................................267
Figure 7-17: Kapitza conductance, hk, of low Debye temperature metals, Mercury,
Lead, Gold and Silver in contact with Liquid Helium, vs. temperature, T.
See Table 7-2 below. .........................................................................................273
Figure 7-18: Kapitza conductance, hk, of Copper in contact with various low acoustic
impedance materials vs. temperature, T. See Table 7-2 and Table 7-41
below. Theoretical results are also shown in this figure. ................................... 274
Figure 7-19: Kapitza conductance, hk, of Tungsten, Aluminium, Molybdenum and
Beryllium, in contact with Liquid Helium, vs. temperature, T. See Table 7-2
below. ................................................................................................................275
Figure 7-20: Kapitza conductance, hk, of Nonmetals in contact with Liquid helium vs.
temperature T. See Table 7-32 below. ..............................................................275
Figure 7-21: The neutral stability curve for Taconis oscillations when = 1. D E = 2,4
x 10 -3 m, T H = 288 K; D E = 2,4 x 10 -3 m, T H = 77,3 K; D E = 4,4 x 10 -3
m, T H = 288 K; D E = 4,4 x 10-3 m, TH = 77,3 K From Yazaki, Tominaga &
Narahara (1979) [269]. ......................................................................................304
Figure 7-22: Device for preventing Taconis oscillations. All the dimensions are in mm.
From Hilal & McIntosh (1976) [88]. .................................................................... 305
Figure 7-23: Superfluid plug arrangement. The intake face of the plug is located at x =
0.........................................................................................................................306
Figure 7-24: Backward pressure, p2, as a function of mass flow rate, m, through the
plug. Experimental points are from smooth curves by Karr & Urban (1978,
1980) [113] & [114]. The curve shown in the figure and the Reynolds
number in the abscissae axis correspond to turbulent flow (neglecting
entrance effects, see ECSS-E-HB-31-01 Part 13 clause 7.2.5) in a straight
tube of circular cross-section, under the validity of Blasius formula, for the
data shown in the insert. Calculated by the compiler. ....................................... 312
Figure 7-25: Quadrangle of data required in porous plug performance evaluation.............. 313
Figure 7-26: Mass flow rate, m, vs. pressure drop, pl-p2, for slits of various lengths, t,
and two different bath temperatures, Tl. From Denner et al. (1980) [56]. .......... 324
13
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure 7-27: Active Phase Separator (APS). From Denner et al. (1982) [57]. ..................... 325
Figure 7-28: Three typical positions of the liquid-vapor interface. a) Ideal flow
separation. b) Choking. c) Gorter-Mellink flow. From Schotto (1984) [209]....... 327
Figure 7-29: Temperature distribution within a 4 x 10-2 m thick. Ceramic plug for several
pressure differences. p2 = 2,55 x 10-3 Pa in any case. From Elsner (1973)
[63].....................................................................................................................329
Figure 7-30: Time constant, b, as a function of heating power, Q, for the plug described
by Karr & Urban (1978,1980) [113] & [114] in clause 7.4.2.6. Position of the
heaters, H, is also shown in the figure. White circle: upstream heater
power-on; blackcircle: upstream heater power-off; white square: heater at
the plug exit power-on; black square: heater at the plug exit, power-off.
From Karr & Urban (1978,1980) [113] & [114]. There is no consistent
difference between power-on and power-off. .................................................... 329
Figure 7-31: Fraction, f, of liquid mass lost because of pump down vs. final
temperature, Tf. Curves labelled REVERSIBLE correspond to Eqs. [7-80]
and [7-81] respectively. Experimental results are also shown. From Nicol &
Bohm (1960) [168]. ............................................................................................339
Figure 7-32: Mass flow rate, m/, required for a refrigerating load of 102 W as a
function of final temperature, Tf, under three different situations. (a) Liquid
He4 is continuously supplied at 4,2 K for evaporation. (b) No supply of He4.
(c) Liquid He3 is continuously supplied at 3,2 K for evaporation. From Nicol
& Bohm (1960) [168].......................................................................................... 340
Figure 7-33: Superfluid helium filling assembly. Explanation: NV1 to NV4, ruby needle
valve; NV5, standard needle valve; V1, remote controlled QSB for flap
valve; V2 to V8, standard valves; F1 and F2, external fittings to maintain
cleanliness; T1, 120 flexible transfer tube continuous with filling cryostat
and having a 4,2 K radiation shield; T2, long flexible transfer tube for filling
4,2 K tank; R1, 4,2 K reservoir and header tank; R2, 1,5 K reservoir. (NV2
is the porous plug seal. NV3 is the gas vent hole seal). From OXFORD
INSTRUMENTS (1976) [176]. ...........................................................................341
Figure 8-1: Density, , of Saturated Liquid Argon vs. temperature, T. From Johnson
(1961) [109]. ......................................................................................................348
Figure 8-2: Density, , of Saturated Solid Argon vs. temperature, T. From Johnson
(1961) [109]. ......................................................................................................349
Figure 8-3: Density, , of Saturated Liquid Methane vs. temperature, T. From Johnson
(1961) [109]. ......................................................................................................349
Figure 8-4: Density, , of Saturated Solid Methane vs. temperature, T. From Johnson
(1961) [109]. ......................................................................................................350
Figure 8-5: Density, , of Saturated Liquid Ethane vs. temperature, T. From Johnson
(1975) [107]. ......................................................................................................350
Figure 8-6: Density, , of Saturated Liquid Carbon Dioxide vs. temperature, T. From
LEFAX [130]. .....................................................................................................351
Figure 8-7: Density, , of Saturated Solid Carbon Dioxide vs. temperature, T. From
LEFAX [130]. .....................................................................................................351
Figure 8-8: Density, , of Saturated Liquid Hydrogen vs. temperature, T. From Vargaftik
(1975) [253]. ......................................................................................................352
14
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure 8-9: Density, , of Saturated Liquid Helium-4 vs. temperature, T. From Johnson
(1961) [109]. ......................................................................................................352
Figure 8-10: Density, , of Saturated Solid Helium-4 vs. temperature, T. From Johnson
(1961) [109]. ......................................................................................................353
Figure 8-11: Density, , of Saturated Liquid Helium-3 vs. temperature, T. From Keller
(1969) [119]. ......................................................................................................353
Figure 8-12: Density, , of Saturated Liquid Helium-3 -along the freezing curve- vs.
temperature, T. From Keller (1969) [119]. ......................................................... 354
Figure 8-13: Density, , of Saturated Solid Helium-3 vs. temperature, T. From Keller
(1969) [119]. ......................................................................................................354
Figure 8-14: Density, , of Solid Helium-3 vs. temperature, T. Values of are shown
along the melting curve as well as along curves of constant isobaric
compressibility. hcp and bcc stand for hexagonal-close-packed and body-
centered-cubic phases of Solid Helium-3, respectively. From Straty (1966)
[228]. Additional data for a wider temperature range are given in Figure
8-15....................................................................................................................355
Figure 8-15: Density, , of Solid Helium-3 vs. temperature, T, along the melting-
freezing curve. Since Helium-3 samples were contaminated with around 0,2
% of Helium-4, two freezing curves appear. The figure also reveals the
existence of another solid phase, cubic-close-packed (ccp), at high
pressures. From Sample (1966) [205]. .............................................................. 356
Figure 8-16: Density, , of Saturated Liquid Nitrogen vs. temperature, T. From Johnson
(1961) [109]. ......................................................................................................356
Figure 8-17: Density, , of Saturated Solid Nitrogen vs. temperature, T. From Johnson
(1961) [109]. ......................................................................................................357
Figure 8-18: Density, , of Saturated Liquid Ammonia vs. temperature, T. From
Vargaftik (1975) [253]. .......................................................................................357
Figure 8-19: Density, , of Saturated Liquid Neon vs. temperature, T. From Johnson
(1961) [109]. ......................................................................................................358
Figure 8-20: Density, , of Saturated Solid Neon vs. temperature, T. From Johnson
(1961) [109]. ......................................................................................................358
Figure 8-21: Density, , of Saturated Liquid Oxygen vs. temperature, T. From Johnson
(1961) [109]. ......................................................................................................359
Figure 8-22: Specific heat, cp, of several gases vs. temperature, T. Sources of data,
and pressures are: Ar, CO2, H2, N2 and O2, from Hilsenrath et al. (1960)
[90], 1 atm. CH4 and Ne, from Johnson (1961) [109], 1 atm. C2H6 from
Vargaftik (1975) [253], 105 Pa. He4 from Angus & de Reuck (1977) [6], 105
Pa. NH3 from Norris et al. (1967) [171], 1 atm. 1 atm = 1,0135x105 Pa. ......... 359
Figure 8-23: Specific heat, cp, of Gaseous Helium-3 vs. the deviation TTcfrom
critical temperature, Tc, along nearly critical isochores. T < T c .
Experimental. cp = R[2,7-3,7ln((Tc-T)/T)] T > T c . Experimental.
cp = R[0,5-3,7ln((T-Tc)/Tc)] From Keller (1969) [119]. Tc = 3-324 K,
R = R/M R = 8,31432 J.mol1.K1 M = 3,01603x103 kg.mol1. ........................ 360
Figure 8-24: Specific heat, cp, of Liquid Helium-3, vs. temperature, T, at several
pressures. a) is for p = psat, and the shazed zone is enlarged in b). Data in
b) are for the following pressures p = p sat ; p = psat p = 14,9x10 5
5 5
Pa. p = 11,7x10 Pa. p = 28,3x10 Pa. p = 27x105 Pa.
15
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Data points are from Strongin et al. (1963) [230] and curves from Keller
(1969) [119]. ......................................................................................................361
Figure 8-25: Specific heat, c, of Solid Helium-4 (dashed line) and Solid Helium-3 (full
lines), vs. temperature, T. Numbers on the curves are densities in kg.m3.
From Sample (1966) [205]................................................................................. 362
Figure 8-26: Heat of conversion, h, from Normal to Para Hydrogen vs. temperature, T.
From Johnson (1961) [109]. .............................................................................. 363
Figure 8-27: Heat of vaporization, hfg, of Saturated Liquid Argon vs. temperature, T.
From Vargaftik (1975) [253]...............................................................................363
Figure 8-28: Heat of vaporization, hfg, of Saturated Liquid Methane vs. temperature, T.
From Vargaftik (1975) [253]...............................................................................364
Figure 8-29: Heat of vaporization, hfg, of Saturated Liquid Ethane vs. temperature, T.
From Vargaftik (1975) [253]...............................................................................364
Figure 8-30: Heat of vaporization, hfg, of Saturated Liquid Carbon Dioxide vs.
temperature, T. From Angus, Armstrong & de Reuck (1976) [5]. ...................... 364
Figure 8-31: Heat of vaporization, hfg, of Saturated Liquid Normal Hydrogen vs.
temperature, T. From Johnson (1961) [109]. ..................................................... 365
Figure 8-32: Heat of vaporization, hfg, of Saturated Liquid Helium-4 vs. temperature, T.
From Angus & de Reuck (1977) [6]. .................................................................. 365
Figure 8-33: Heat of vaporization, hfg, of Saturated Liquid Helium-3 vs. temperature, T.
From Keller (1969)[119].....................................................................................366
Figure 8-34: Heat of vaporization, hfg, of Saturated Liquid Nitrogen vs. temperature, T.
From Johnson (1961) [109]. .............................................................................. 366
Figure 8-35: Heat of vaporization, hfg, of Saturated Liquid Ammonia vs. temperature, T.
From Vargaftik (1975) [253]...............................................................................366
Figure 8-36: Heat of vaporization, hfg, of Saturated Liquid Neon vs. temperature, T.
From Johnson (1961) [109]. .............................................................................. 367
Figure 8-37: Heat of vaporization, hfg, of Saturated Liquid Oxygen vs. temperature, T.
From Johnson (1961) [109]. .............................................................................. 367
Figure 8-38: Heat of sublimation, hfg, of several solid cryogens vs. temperature, T. T is
bounded from above by the triple point and from below by a vapor pressure
of 1,33 Pa. From Nast, Barnes & Wedel (1976) [161]. ...................................... 368
Figure 8-39: Vapor pressure, psat, of Liquid Argon vs. temperature, T. From Hilsenrath
et al. (1960) [90].................................................................................................369
Figure 8-40: Vapor pressure, psat, of Solid Argon vs. temperature, T. From Hilsenrath et
al. (1960) [90].....................................................................................................369
Figure 8-41: Vapor pressure, psat, of Liquid Methane vs. temperature, T. From Johnson
(1961) [109]. ......................................................................................................370
Figure 8-42: Vapor pressure, psat, of Solid Methane vs. temperature, T. From Johnson
(1961) [109]. ......................................................................................................370
Figure 8-43: Vapor pressure, psat, of Liquid Ethane vs. temperature, T. From Vargaftik
(1975) [253]. ......................................................................................................371
Figure 8-44: Vapor pressure, psat, of Liquid Carbon Dioxide vs. temperature, T. From
Hilsenrath et al. (1960) [90]. .............................................................................. 371
16
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure 8-45: Vapor pressure, psat, of Solid Carbon Dioxide vs. temperature, T. From
Caren & Coston (1968) [36]...............................................................................372
Figure 8-46: Vapor pressure, psat, of Liquid Hydrogen vs. temperature, T. From
Vargaftik (1975) [253]. .......................................................................................372
Figure 8-47: Vapor pressure, psat, of Solid Hydrogen vs. temperature, T. From Johnson
(1961) [109]. ......................................................................................................373
Figure 8-48: Vapor pressure, psat, of Liquid Helium-4 vs. temperature, T. From Angus &
de Reuck (1977) [6]. ..........................................................................................373
Figure 8-49: Vapor pressure, psat, of Liquid Helium-3 vs. temperature, T. From
Mendelssohn (1960) [148]. ................................................................................ 374
Figure 8-50: Vapor pressure, psat, of Liquid Nitrogen vs. temperature, T. From Johnson
(1961) [109]. ......................................................................................................374
Figure 8-51: Vapor pressure, psat, of Solid Nitrogen vs. temperature, T. From Johnson
(1961) [109]. ......................................................................................................375
Figure 8-52: Vapor pressure, psat, of Liquid Ammonia vs. temperature, T. From
Vargaftik (1975) [253]. .......................................................................................375
Figure 8-53: Vapor pressure, psat, of Solid Ammonia vs. temperature, T. From
Kutateladze & Borishankii (1966) [127]. ............................................................ 376
Figure 8-54: Vapor pressure, psat, of Liquid Neon vs. temperature, T. From Johnson
(1961) [109]. ......................................................................................................376
Figure 8-55: Vapor pressure, psat, of Solid Neon vs. temperature, T. From Johnson
(1961) [109]. ......................................................................................................377
Figure 8-56: Vapor pressure, psat, of Liquid Oxygen vs. temperature, T. From Johnson
(1961) [109]. ......................................................................................................377
Figure 8-57: Thermal conductivity, k, of several gases -at a pressure of 105 Pa- vs.
temperature, T. From Vargaftik (1975) [253]. .................................................... 378
Figure 8-58: Thermal conductivity, k, of gaseous Carbon Dioxide -at a pressure of 105
Pa- vs. temperature, T. From Vargaftik (1975) [253]. ........................................ 378
Figure 8-59: Thermal conductivity, k, of Gaseous Hydrogen and Helium-4 -at a
pressure of one atmosphere (1,013x105 Pa) vs. temperature, T. From
Johnson (1961) [109].........................................................................................379
Figure 8-60: Thermal conductivity, k, of Gaseous Helium-4 and Helium-3 vs.
temperature, T. Calculated curves and experimental points are from
different sources. From Keller (1969) [119]. The thermal conductivity of
Gaseous Helium-4 in a much larger temperature range is given in Figure
8-59....................................................................................................................380
Figure 8-61: Thermal conductivity, k, of Liquid Helium-3 -at several pressures- vs.
temperature, T. p = 10 4 Pa; p = 105 Pa p = 6,7x10 5 Pa;
6 5
p = 10 Pa p = 26,9x10 Pa; p = 34,4x105 Pa From
Keller (1969) [119]. ............................................................................................380
Figure 8-62: Thermal conductivity, k, of gaseous Ammonia -at a pressure of 105 Pa- vs.
temperature, T. Calculated curves and experimental points are from
different sources. From Vargaftik (1975) [253]. ................................................. 381
Figure 8-63: Thermal conductivity, k, of gaseous Neon -at a pressure of one
atmosphere (1,013x105 Pa)- vs. temperature, T. Calculated curves and
experimental points are from different sources. From Johnson (1961) [109]. ... 381
17
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure 8-64: Dynamic viscosity, , of several gases -at a pressure of one atmosphere
(1,013x105 Pa)- vs. temperature, T. All the data are from Johnson (1961)
[109] except those corresponding to Argon and Carbon Dioxide which are
from Hilsenrath et al. (1960), and those from Ammonia which are from
Raznjevic (1970) [190]....................................................................................... 382
Figure 8-65: Dynamic viscosity, , of Gaseous Helium-4 and helium-3 vs. temperature,
T. Calculated accounting for quantum-mechanical effects.
Classical Mechanics calculations. From Keller (1969) [119]................... 383
Figure 8-66: Dynamic viscosity, , of Liquid Helium-3, at several pressures, vs.
temperature, T. p = p sat , p = 0,23x105 Pa. From Conte (1970) [48]
Shaded region enclosed experimental points for p = psat. From Keller
(1969) [119]. The line has been calculated from Hone (1962), p = 0. .............. 384
Figure 8-67: Prandtl number, Pr = cp/k, of several gases -at a pressure of one
atmosphere (1,0135x105 Pa)- vs. temperature, T. All the data are from
Hilsenrath et al. (1960) [90] except those corresponding to Methane,
Helium-4, Ammonia and Neon which have been calculated by the compiler. ... 385
Figure 8-68: Coefficient of linear thermal expansion, , of Solid Argon vs. temperature,
T. From Johnson (1961) [109]. .......................................................................... 386
Figure 8-69: Coefficient of volumetric thermal expansion (isobaric compressibility), , of
Liquid Nitrogen vs. temperature, T. From Johnson (1961) [109]. ...................... 386
Figure 8-70: Coefficient of volumetric thermal expansion (isobaric compressibility), , of
Liquid Helium-3 -at pressures near psat- vs. temperature, T. Curves come
from a wide variety of sources, see Keller (1969) [119]. Notice that is
negative in the pressure and temperature ranges under consideration. See
also Figure 8-71 for values of vs. T at the melting curve. ............................... 387
Figure 8-71: Coefficient of volumetric thermal expansion (isobaric compressibility), , of
Liquid Helium-3 -at the melting curve- vs. temperature, T. From Straty
(1966) [228]. ......................................................................................................388
Figure 8-72: Coefficient of volumetric thermal expansion (isobaric compressibility), , of
Solid-Helium-3 vs. temperature, T. Numbers on the curves are densities in
kg.m3. From Straty (1966) [228]. See also Figure 8-14. ................................... 388
Figure 8-73: Surface tension, , of Saturated Liquid Argon vs. temperature, T. From
Johnson (1961) [109].........................................................................................389
Figure 8-74: Surface tension, , of Saturated Liquid Methane vs. temperature, T. From
Johnson (1961) [109].........................................................................................389
Figure 8-75: Surface tension, , of Saturated Liquid Ethane vs. temperature, T. From
Vargaftik (1975) [253]. .......................................................................................389
Figure 8-76: Surface tension, , of Saturated Liquid Carbon Dioxide vs. temperature, T.
From Kutateladze et al. (1966) [127]. ................................................................ 390
Figure 8-77: Surface tension, , of Saturated Liquid Normal Hydrogen vs. temperature,
T. From Johnson (1961) [109]. .......................................................................... 390
Figure 8-78: Surface tension, , of Saturated Liquid Helium-4 vs. temperature, T. From
Johnson (1961) [109].........................................................................................390
Figure 8-79: Surface tension, , of Saturated Liquid Nitrogen vs. temperature, T. From
Johnson (1961) [109].........................................................................................391
18
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure 8-80: Surface tension, , of Saturated Liquid Ammonia vs. temperature, T. From
Dunn & Reay (1976) [61]. ..................................................................................391
Figure 8-81: Surface tension, , of Saturated Liquid Neon vs. temperature, T. From
Johnson (1961) [109].........................................................................................391
Figure 8-82: Temperature-entropy diagrams for normal cryogens. More details are
given in Figure 8-83 to Figure 8-94.................................................................... 394
Figure 8-83: Temperature, T, entropy, s, diagram for Argon. From Vargaftik (1975)
[253]. Tabulated values up to T = 1300 K and p = 108 Pa are given in pp.
543 and ff. of the mentioned source. Saturation curve and typical isobars
and isochores are shown in the figure. .............................................................. 395
Figure 8-84: Temperature, T, entropy, s, diagram for Methane. From Vargaftik (1975)
[253]. Tabulated values up to T = 1000 K and p = 108 Pa are given in pp.
211 and ff. of the mentioned source. Saturation curve and typical isobars
and isochores are shown in the figure. .............................................................. 396
Figure 8-85: Temperature, T, entropy, s, diagram for Ethane. From Vargaftik (1975)
[253]. Tabulated values up to T = 500 K and p = 5x107 Pa are given in pp.
225 and ff. of the mentioned source. Saturation curve and typical isobars
and isochores are shown in the figure. .............................................................. 397
Figure 8-86: Temperature, T, entropy, s, diagram for Carbon Dioxide. From Angus,
Armstrong & de Reuck (1976) [5]. Tabulated values up to T = 1100 K and p
= 108 Pa are given in pp. 84 and ff. of the mentioned source. Saturation
curve and typical isobars and isochores are shown in the figure. ..................... 398
Figure 8-87: Temperature, T, entropy, s, diagram for Normal Hydrogen. From Vargaftik
(1975) [253]. Tabulated values up to T = 500 K and p = 108 Pa are given in
pp. 8 and ff. of the mentioned source. Saturation curve and typical isobars
and isochores are shown in the figure. .............................................................. 399
Figure 8-88: Temperature, T, entropy, s, diagram for Parahydrogen. From Vargaftik
(1975) [253]. Tabulated values up to T = 500 K and p = 108 Pa are given in
pp. 9, and 16 and ff. of the mentioned source. Saturation curve and typical
isobars and isochores are shown in the figure. ................................................. 400
Figure 8-89: Temperature, T, entropy, s, diagram for Helium-4. From Angus & de
Reuck (1977) [253]. Tabulated values up to T = 1400 K and p = 7x107 Pa
are given in pp. 64 and ff. of the mentioned source. Saturation curve and
typical isobars and isochores are shown in the figure. ...................................... 401
Figure 8-90: Temperature, T, entropy, s, diagram for Helium-3. From Conte (1970) [48].
Only the saturation curve is shown in this figure. .............................................. 402
Figure 8-91: Temperature, T, entropy, s, diagram for Nitrogen. From Vargaftik (1975)
[253]. Tabulated values up to T = 1300 K and p = 108 Pa are given in pp.
433 and ff. of the mentioned source. Saturation curve and typical isobars
and isochores are shown in the figure. .............................................................. 403
Figure 8-92: Temperature, T, entropy, s, diagram for Ammonia. From Vargaftik (1975)
[253]. Tabulated values up to T = 560 K and p = 1,1x108 Pa are given in pp.
464 and ff. of the mentioned source. Saturation curve and typical isobars
and isochores are shown in the figure. .............................................................. 404
Figure 8-93: Temperature, T, entropy, s, diagram for Neon. From Vargaftik (1975)
[253]. Tabulated values up to T = 300 K and p = 2x107 Pa are given in pp.
536 and ff. of the mentioned source. Saturation curve and typical isobars
and isochores are shown in the figure. .............................................................. 405
19
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure 8-94: Temperature, T, entropy, s, diagram for Oxygen. From Vargaftik (1975)
[253]. Tabulated values up to T = 1300 K and p = 108 Pa are given in pp.
477 and ff. of the mentioned source. Saturation curve and typical isobars
and isochores are shown in the figure. .............................................................. 406
Figure 8-95: p-v diagram of a single-component system, illustrating the Maxwell equal
area rule.............................................................................................................410
Figure 8-96: The five regions I to V. a) in p, T coordinated, b) in , T coordinates. ............. 428
Figure 8-97: Concentration of normal fluid, n/, as a function of temperature, T, for
bulk He II. From Andronikashvili (Mendelssohn (1960) [148]). From
values of s/ calculated under the assumption the superfluid critical
velocity is temperature independent (van Alphen et al. (1969) [246])................ 447
Figure 8-98: Entropy per unit mass, s, of liquid Helium II as a function of temperature,
T. From> Dimotakis & Broadwell (1973) [58]. From Broz &
Khorana (1976) [31]. From fountain-effect measurements through 5x107 m
pore-size filters. .................................................................................................448
Figure 8-99: Dynamic viscosity, n, of the normal fluid as a function of temperature, T.
From Heikkila & Hollis Hallet (1955) [84]. From Staas, Taconis & van
Alphen (1961) [227]. From Woods & Hollis Hallet (1963) [267]. .................... 449
Figure 8-100: He3 to He4 vapor pressure ratio, psatHe3/psatHe4, vs. temperature, T.
Calculated by the compiler after data tabulated in Mendelssohn (1960) . ......... 451
Figure 8-101: Specific heat, c, of Silver, Beryllium, Nickel, Stainless Steel and Titanium
vs. temperature, T. Details concerning these materials are given below........... 453
Figure 8-102: Specific heat, c, of Aluminium and Copper vs. temperature, T. Details
concerning these materials are given below...................................................... 454
Figure 8-103: Thermal conductivity, k, of Silver, Beryllium, Nickel, Stainless Steel and
Titanium vs. temperature, T. Details concerning these materials are given
below. ................................................................................................................455
Figure 8-104: Thermal conductivity, k, of Aluminium and Copper vs. temperature, T.
Details concerning these materials are given below.......................................... 456
Figure 8-105: Thermal conductivity, k, of Aluminium alloys vs. temperature, T. Details
concerning these materials are given below...................................................... 458
Figure 8-106: Thermal conductivity, k, of several Copper alloys vs. temperature, T.
Details concerning these materials are given below.......................................... 459
Figure 8-107: Total fractional expansion, L/L293 = (L293L)/L293, and coefficient of
expansion, (1/L)(dL/dT), of several metallic materials vs. temperature, T.
Details concerning these materials are given below.......................................... 460
Figure 8-108: Ultimate tensile strength, ult, of Aluminium and Copper vs. temperature,
T. Details concerning these materials are given below. .................................... 462
Figure 8-109: Ultimate tensile strength, ult, of Aluminium alloys vs. temperature, T.
Details concerning these materials are given below.......................................... 463
Figure 8-110: Ultimate tensile strength, ult, of a representative copper alloy vs.
temperature, T. Details concerning these materials are given below. ............... 464
Figure 8-111: Ultimate tensile strength, ult, of Titanium, Titanium alloys and Stainless
Steel vs. temperature, T. Details concerning these materials are given
below. ................................................................................................................465
20
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure 8-112: Specific heat, c, vs. temperature, T, of several Glass-Reinforced
Composites. From Kasen (1975)a [115]............................................................ 468
Figure 8-113: Thermal conductivity, k, vs. temperature, T, of several Glass-Cloth
Reinforced Composites. From Kasen (1975)a [115]. ........................................ 469
Figure 8-114: Thermal conductivity, k, in the plane vs. temperature, T, of several Glass-
Fiber Reinforced Composites. From Kasen (1975)a [115]. ............................... 470
Figure 8-115: Thermal expansion, L/L, vs. temperature, T, of several Glass-Fiber
Reinforced Composites. From Kasen (1975)a [115]. ........................................ 471
Figure 8-116: Thermal expansion, L/L, normal to the plane, vs. temperature, T, of
several Glass-Cloth Reinforced Composites. From Kasen (1975)a [115]. ........ 472
Figure 8-117: Thermal expansion, L/L, in the plane, vs. temperature, T, of several
Glass-Cloth Reinforced Composites. From Kasen (1975)a [115]...................... 473
Figure 8-118: Ultimate tensile strength, ult, vs. temperature, T, of several Glass-
Reinforced Composites. From Kasen (1975)a [115]. ........................................ 474
Figure 8-119: Ultimate compressive strength, ult, vs. temperature, T, of several Glass-
Reinforced Composites. From Kasen (1975)a [115]. ........................................ 475
Figure 8-120: Ultimate flexural strength, ult, vs. temperature, T, of several Glass-
Reinforced Composites. From Kasen (1975)a [115]. ........................................ 476
Figure 8-121: Specific heat, c, vs. temperature, T, of several Advanced Composites.
From Kasen (1975)b [116]. Details concerning these composites are given
below. ................................................................................................................477
Figure 8-122: Thermal conductivity, k, in the plane, vs. temperature, T, of several
Uniaxial Advanced Composites. From Kasen (1975)b [116]. Details
concerning these composites are given below. ................................................. 478
Figure 8-123: In plane, longitudinal thermal expansion, L/L, vs. temperature, T, of
several Uniaxial Advanced Composites. From Kasen (1975)b [116]. Details
concerning these composites are given below .................................................. 480
Figure 8-124: In plane, transverse thermal expansion, L/L, vs. temperature, T, of
several Uniaxial Advanced Composites. From Kasen (1975)b [116]. Details
concerning these composites are given below. ................................................. 482
Figure 8-125: Ultimate tensile strength, ult, in the plane, vs. temperature, T, of several
Uniaxial Graphite-Epoxy Composites. From Kasen (1975)b [116]. Details
concerning these composites are given below. ................................................. 484
Figure 8-126: Ultimate tensile strength, ult, in the plane, vs. temperature, T, of several
Uniaxial Advanced Composites. From Kasen (1975)b [116]. Details
concerning these composites are given below. ................................................. 486
Figure 8-127: Ultimate compressive strength, ult, in the plane, vs. temperature, T, of
several Uniaxial Advanced Composites. From Kasen (1975)b [116]. Details
concerning these composites are given below .................................................. 488
Figure 8-128: Ultimate flexural strength, ult, in the plane, vs. temperature, T, of several
Uniaxial Graphite-Epoxy Composites. From Kasen (1975)b [116]. Details
concerning these composites are given below. ................................................. 489
Figure 8-129: Ultimate flexural strength, ult, in the plane, vs. temperature, T, of several
Uniaxial Advanced Composites. From Kasen (1975)b [116]. Details
concerning these composites are given below. ................................................. 491
21
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure 8-130: Cost of several fibers (for orders above 50 kg). From Greszczuk et al
(1975) [78]. ........................................................................................................492
Figure 8-131: Thermal conductivity, k, vs. temperature, T, of several structural tubes.
From Foster, Naes & Barnes (1975) [70]. Details concerning these tubes
are given below..................................................................................................493
Figure 8-132: Mechanical and thermal properties of Bone. From Wipf & Gibney (1975)
[266]. a) Ultimate compressive strength, ult, vs. temperature, T. Values
from Armstrong et al. (1971) [9]. Values from Wipf & Gibney (1975)
[266]. b) Thermal conductivity, k, vs. temperature, T........................................ 495
Figure 9-1: Ignition temperature, Ti, of several metals as a function of Oxygen
pressure, p. From Clarck & Hust (1974) [45]. .................................................... 506
Figure 9-2: Flash point temperature, Tfl, of several nonmetals as a function of Oxygen
pressure, p. Also shown the ignition temperature, Ti, of the same materials
at high pressure. From Clarck & Hust (1974) [45]. ............................................ 506
Figure 9-3: Effect of pressure in the limits of flammability of natural gas-air mixtures
ignited by means of an induction coil. From Lewis & von Elbe (1961) [132]...... 509
Figure 9-4: Minimum ignition energy, E, and quenching distance, D, for hydrogen-
oxygen-inert gas mixtures at atmospheric pressures. From Lewis & von
Elbe (1961) [132]. ..............................................................................................510
Figure 9-5: Dependence of impact energy, J, on temperature, T, for several materials.
From Edeskuty, Reider, Williamson (1971) [62]. ............................................... 512
Figure 9-6: Stress intensity at crack arrest, KTH, for AISI 4340 in Hydrogen at ambient
temperature, as a function of Hydrogen pressure. From Chandler & Walter
(1975) [41]. ........................................................................................................527
Figure 9-7: Fracture ductility, measured by the tensile reduction in area at fracture, RA,
for several steels, as a function of Hydrogen content, CH2. From Johnson &
Kumnick (1975) [107].........................................................................................528
Tables
Table 4-1: NASA Mission Categories Requiring Cryogenic Cooling in Space ....................... 42
Table 4-2: Spacecraft Cryogenic Cooling Techniques ........................................................... 43
Table 5-1: Development Problem Areas of Brayton Cycle Rotary-Reciprocating
Refrigerators ........................................................................................................53
Table 5-2: Development Problem Areas of Brayton and Claude Cycle Refrigerators............ 55
Table 5-3: Potential Problem Areas Associated with the Stirling Refrigerators...................... 65
Table 5-4: Development Problem Areas of Vuillemier Cycle Refrigerators............................ 68
Table 5-5: Maximum Inversion Temperature and Pressure of Selected Cryogens.............. 107
Table 6-1: Benefit Obtained from a VCS System in a Storage Container............................ 122
Table 6-2: Relaxation of the Restrictions Involved in the Idealized Model ........................... 123
Table 6-3: (Effective) Thermal Conductivity of Several MLIs vs. Temperature. ................... 126
Table 6-4: Corrective Factor, n, Giving the Influence of the Number, n, of Conductive
Shields on the Boil-off Rate of Several Cryogens. (k = k )............................... 133
22
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table 6-5: Cooled Shield Temperatures, Ti, and Dimensionless Shield Positions, i,
Which Minimize the Boil-off Rate for Several Cryogens. (k = k1T)..................... 135
Table 6-6: Cooled Shield Temperatures, Ti, and Dimensionless Shield Positions, i,
Which Minimize the Boil-off Rate for Several Cryogens. (k = k1T)..................... 135
Table 6-7: Cooled Shield Temperatures, Ti, and Dimensionless Shield Positions, i,
Which Minimize the Boil-off Rate for Several Cryogens. (k = k1T)..................... 136
Table 6-8: Corrective Factor, nk, Giving the Influence of the Number, n, of Conductive
Shields on the Boil-off Rate of Several Cryogens. (k = k1T). ............................. 138
Table 6-9: Figure of Merit, /k, of Several Tensile Support Materials at Cryogenic
Temperatures a ..................................................................................................164
Table 6-10: Main Features of Separating Systems for VCS Dewars ................................... 177
Table 6-11: Phase Separating Systems...............................................................................178
Table 6-12: Experimental Conditions for Capillary Barrier Stability Studies (Figure
6-37). .................................................................................................................185
Table 6-13: Sources of Data for Calculating Bond Lengths ................................................. 209
Table 6-14: Compatibility of Materials with Ammonia. Non-metals. ..................................... 212
Table 6-15: Characteristics of the Lockheed VCS Dewar .................................................... 222
Table 6-16: Predicted Heat Loads........................................................................................ 225
Table 7-1: Several Attempts to Experimentally Verify the Bernoulli Thinning (BT) .............. 265
Table 7-2: Kapitza Conductance, hk, of Metals in Contact with Liquid Helium (He II)............. 276
Table 7-3: Kapitza Conductance, hk, of Mercury 72 in Contact with Liquid Helium (He II)... 277
Table 7-4: Sample Description of Mercury 72 in Table 7-3 .................................................. 277
Table 7-5: Kapitza Conductance, hk, of Lead 105 in Contact with Liquid Helium (He II)...... 278
Table 7-6: Sample Description of Lead 105 in Table 7-5 ..................................................... 279
Table 7-7: Kapitza Conductance, hk, of Indium 108 in Contact with Liquid Helium (He II)... 280
Table 7-8: Sample Description of Indium 108 in Table 7-7 .................................................. 281
Table 7-9: Kapitza Conductance, hk, of Gold 164 in Contact with Liquid Helium (He II) ...... 281
Table 7-10: Sample Description of Gold 164 in Table 7-9 ................................................... 281
Table 7-11: Kapitza Conductance, hk, of Tin 199 in Contact with Liquid Helium (He II)....... 282
Table 7-12: Sample Description of Tin 199 in Table 7-11 .................................................... 282
Table 7-13: Kapitza Conductance, hk, of Platinum 240 in Contact with Liquid Helium
(He II).................................................................................................................282
Table 7-14: Sample Description of Platinum 240 in Table 7-13 ........................................... 283
Table 7-15: Kapitza Conductance, hk, of Silver 225 in Contact with Liquid Helium (He II)... 283
Table 7-16: Sample Description of Silver 225 in Table 7-15 ................................................ 284
Table 7-17: Kapitza Conductance, hk, of Palladium 274 in Contact with Liquid Helium
(He II).................................................................................................................284
Table 7-18: Kapitza Conductance, hk, of Niobium 275 in Contact with Liquid Helium (He
II)........................................................................................................................285
Table 7-19: Sample Description of Niobium 275 in Table 7-18............................................ 285
23
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table 7-20: Kapitza Conductance, hk, of Copper 343 in Contact with Liquid Helium (He
II)........................................................................................................................286
Table 7-21: Sample Description of Copper 343 in Table 7-20 ............................................. 288
Table 7-22: Kapitza Conductance, hk, of Tungsten 400 in Contact with Liquid Helium
(He II).................................................................................................................291
Table 7-23: Sample Description of Tungsten 400 in Table 7-22 .......................................... 292
Table 7-24: Kapitza Conductance, hk, of Aluminium 428 in Contact with Liquid Helium
(He II).................................................................................................................292
Table 7-25: Sample Description of Aluminium 428 in Table 7-24 ........................................ 293
Table 7-26: Kapitza Conductance, hk, of Nickel 450 in Contact with Liquid Helium (He
II)........................................................................................................................294
Table 7-27: Sample Description of Nickel 450 in Table 7-26 ............................................... 295
Table 7-28: Kapitza Conductance, hk, of Molybdenum 450 in Contact with Liquid
Helium (He II)..................................................................................................... 295
Table 7-29: Sample Description of Molybdenum 450 in Table 7-28 .................................... 296
Table 7-30: Kapitza Conductance, hk, of Beryllium 1440 in Contact with Liquid Helium
(He II).................................................................................................................296
Table 7-31: Sample Description of Beryllium 1440 in Table 7-30 ........................................ 297
Table 7-32: Kapitza Conductance, hk, of Nonmetals in Contact with Liquid Helium (He
II)........................................................................................................................297
Table 7-33: Kapitza Conductance, hk, of Graphite 420 in Contact with Liquid Helium
(He II).................................................................................................................297
Table 7-34: Sample Description of Graphite 420 in Table 7-33 ........................................... 298
Table 7-35: Kapitza Conductance, hk, of Quartz (SiO2) 470 in Contact with Liquid
Helium (He II)..................................................................................................... 298
Table 7-36: Sample Description of Quartz (SiO2) 470 in Table 7-35................................... 298
Table 7-37: Kapitza Conductance, hk, of Silicon 636 in Contact with Liquid Helium (He
II)........................................................................................................................299
Table 7-38: Sample Description of Silicon 636 in Table 7-37 .............................................. 299
Table 7-39: Kapitza Conductance, hk, of Lithium Fluoride 730 in Contact with Liquid
Helium (He II)..................................................................................................... 300
Table 7-40: Sample Description of Lithium Fluoride 730 in Table 7-39 ............................... 300
Table 7-41: Kapitza Conductance, hk, of Metals in Contact with Low Acoustiv
Impedance Media (LAIM) .................................................................................. 300
Table 7-42: Kapitza Conductance, hk, of Indium 108 in Contact with Low Acoustic
Impedance Media (LAIM) .................................................................................. 301
Table 7-43: Sample Description of Indium 108 in Table 7-42 .............................................. 301
Table 7-44: Kapitza Conductance, hk, of Copper 343 in Contact with Low Acoustic
Impedance Media (LAIM) .................................................................................. 302
Table 7-45: Sample Description of Copper 343 in Table 7-44 ............................................. 302
Table 7-46: Variables Characterizing the Porous Media...................................................... 331
24
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table 7-47: Expressions Relating the Permeability, K, to Geometrical Properties of the
Porous Medium. All expressions in this Table are from Bear (1972) [19].......... 333
Table 7-48: Data on Porous Media ...................................................................................... 335
Table 8-1: Thermodynamic and Transport Properties of Normal Cryogens......................... 344
Table 8-2: Thermodynamic and Transport Properties of Normal Cryogens......................... 345
Table 8-3: Thermodynamic and Transport Properties of Normal Cryogens......................... 347
Table 8-4: Entropy Departure of Saturated Liquid and Vapor .............................................. 407
Table 8-5: Values of the Coefficient ai for Argon .................................................................. 413
Table 8-6: Values of the Coefficients ai, n and n for Methane ........................................... 417
Table 8-7: Values of the Coefficients ai, n and n for Ethane ............................................. 421
Table 8-8: Values of the Dimensionless Coefficients nij, an and bn for Carbon Dioxide ....... 424
Table 8-9: Values of the Dimensionless Coefficients nij and for Helium-4 ......................... 428
Table 8-10: Values of the Coefficient ai for Nitrogen ............................................................ 432
Table 8-11: Values of the Coefficient ai for Neon ................................................................. 438
Table 8-12: Values of the Coefficient ai for Oxygen ............................................................. 442
Table 8-13: Relevant Properties of He II as a Function of Temperature.............................. 444
Table 9-1: Relevant properties of Cryogen ..........................................................................499
Table 9-2: Several Useful Definitions ................................................................................... 501
Table 9-3: Thermal Data of Relevant Materials in an Oxidizing Atmosphere....................... 503
Table 9-4: Ranking of Materials for Oxygen Compatibility ................................................... 507
Table 9-5: Properties of H2 and CH4 Related to their Combustion Hazards ........................ 508
Table 9-6: Symptoms of O2 Deficiency.................................................................................511
Table 9-7: Sources of Mechanical Properties of Structural Alloys at Cryogenic
Temperatures. ................................................................................................... 512
Table 9-8: SOURCES OF MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STRUCTURAL ALLOYS
(ALUMINIUM ALLOYS) AT CRYOGENIC TEMPERATURES .......................... 513
Table 9-9: SOURCES OF MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STRUCTURAL ALLOYS
(IRON BASE ALLOYS) AT CRYOGENIC TEMPERATURES ........................... 515
Table 9-10: SOURCES OF MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STRUCTURAL ALLOYS
(NICKEL BASE ALLOYS) AT CRYOGENIC TEMPERATURES ....................... 516
Table 9-11: SOURCES OF MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STRUCTURAL ALLOYS
(STAINLESS STEELS, AUSTENITIC) AT CRYOGENIC TEMPERATURES.... 517
Table 9-12: SOURCES OF MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STRUCTURAL ALLOYS
(STAINLESS STEELS, MARTENSITIC) AT CRYOGENIC
TEMPERATURES .............................................................................................519
Table 9-13: SOURCES OF MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STRUCTURAL ALLOYS
(STEELS) AT CRYOGENIC TEMPERATURES................................................ 519
Table 9-14: SOURCES OF MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STRUCTURAL ALLOYS
(TITANIUM ALLOYS) AT CRYOGENIC TEMPERATURES.............................. 521
Table 9-15: Susceptibiliy of Metals to Hydrogen Embrittlement as Measured by Tensile
Tests a ................................................................................................................523
25
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
1
Scope
In this part Part 14 cooling methods below 100 K are described. These low temperature levels are
mainlyrequiredbyspaceborneelectronicsystemsoperatingunderverylownoiseconditions.Details
onthematerialsusedandsafetyfactorsaregiven.
TheThermaldesignhandbookispublishedin16Parts
ECSSEHB3101Part1 ThermaldesignhandbookPart1:Viewfactors
ECSSEHB3101Part2 ThermaldesignhandbookPart2:Holes,GroovesandCavities
ECSSEHB3101Part3 ThermaldesignhandbookPart3:SpacecraftSurfaceTemperature
ECSSEHB3101Part4 ThermaldesignhandbookPart4:ConductiveHeatTransfer
ECSSEHB3101Part5 ThermaldesignhandbookPart5:StructuralMaterials:Metallicand
Composite
ECSSEHB3101Part6 ThermaldesignhandbookPart6:ThermalControlSurfaces
ECSSEHB3101Part7 ThermaldesignhandbookPart7:Insulations
ECSSEHB3101Part8 ThermaldesignhandbookPart8:HeatPipes
ECSSEHB3101Part9 ThermaldesignhandbookPart9:Radiators
ECSSEHB3101Part10 ThermaldesignhandbookPart10:PhaseChangeCapacitors
ECSSEHB3101Part11 ThermaldesignhandbookPart11:ElectricalHeating
ECSSEHB3101Part12 ThermaldesignhandbookPart12:Louvers
ECSSEHB3101Part13 ThermaldesignhandbookPart13:FluidLoops
ECSSEHB3101Part14 ThermaldesignhandbookPart14:CryogenicCooling
ECSSEHB3101Part15 ThermaldesignhandbookPart15:ExistingSatellites
ECSSEHB3101Part16 ThermaldesignhandbookPart16:ThermalProtectionSystem
26
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
2
References
ECSSSST0001 ECSSSystemGlossaryofterms
ECSSEHB3101Part5 ThermaldesignhandbookPart5:StructuralMaterials:Metallicand
Composite
ECSSEHB3101Part7 ThermaldesignhandbookPart7:Insulations
ECSSEHB3101Part8 ThermaldesignhandbookPart8:HeatPipes
ECSSEHB3101Part9 ThermaldesignhandbookPart9:Radiators
ECSSEHB3101Part13 ThermaldesignhandbookPart13:FluidLoops
AllotherreferencesmadetopublicationsinthisPartarelisted,alphabetically,intheBibliography.
27
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
3
Terms, definitions and symbols
A aged
AAD averageabsolutedeviation
AC aircooled
alternatingcurrent
Ann annealed
AnnA annealedandaged
APS activephaseseparator
BLIP backgroundlimitedinfraredphotoconductor
CHRESUS superfluidheliumcryostatforspaceuse
CTFE polychlorotrifluorethylene
CW coldworked
DA doubleaged
DTA detectcapsuleassembly
DC directcurrent
EMI electromagneticinterference
GIRL Germaninfraredlaboratory
GR generationrecombination
28
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
GRS glassfabricandsiliconerubber
HEOA highenergyastronomicalobservatory
HIP hotisostaticpressed
IR infrared
JT JouleThomson
LAIM lowacousticimpedancemedium
LNG liquifiednaturalgas
MLI multilayerinsulation
NDT nilductilitytransition
NEP noiseequivalentpower
RMS rootmeansquare
RRR residualresistanceratio
SHFE superfluidheliuminzerogsetofexperiments
OFHC oxygenfreehighconductivity
QCM quartzcrystalmicrobalance
Q quenched
QA quenchedandaged
RevAnn reverseannealed
SA solutionannealed
SHFE superfluidheliuminzerogsetofexperiments
SPT standardpressureandtemperature
SS stainlesssteel
ST solutiontreated
STA solutiontreatedandaged
STDA solutiontreatedanddoubleaged
STQA solutiontreated,quenchedandaged
STQW solutiontreated,waterquenched
TEMPER tempered
29
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
VCS vaporcooledshield
WQ waterquenched
bcc cubicbodycentered
ccp cubicclosepacked
ed electropolishingdepth
hcp hexagonalclosepacked
id innerdiameter
ppm partspermillion
3.3 Symbols
A Clause6:insulationarea,[m2]itismeasurednormally
tothemaintemperaturegradient
Clause7:crosssectionalarea.[m2]
Clauses7and8:Gorter&Mellinkconstant,[m.s.kg1]
A Helmholtzpotential,[m2.s2]itisdefinedinclause
12.1.2.2
AFL internalcrosssectionalareaofaDdctoraporous
plug.[m2].Alsocalledfreeflowarea.Inthecaseofa
porousplug,AFL=AFR.
AFR frontalareaofaporousplug,[m2]
Ad detectorarea,[m2]
Ap systemarea,[m2]
As supportcrosssectionalarea,[m2]
B dimensionlessforceparameterinVinenstheory
Bo bondnumber,Bo=glR/
Ca capillarynumber,Ca=V/
Co Besselcylinderfunctionoforderzero
D Clauses6and8:diameter,[m]
Clause9:quenchingdistance,[m]
DE equivalentorhydraulicdiameterofaductofnon
30
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
circularcrosssection,[m]
Dj dimensionlessheatconductionfactorforthe
insulationlayer,itisdefinedinEq.(10.11)
D* detectivityofadetector,[m.W1.s1/2]
E minimumignitionenergy,[J]
Ec Eckertnumber,Ec=p/(V2)
F fluiddynamicimpedanceofaduct,[m.s]
Fr froudenumber,Fr=V2/(gl)
Fl auxiliaryfunction,itisdefinedinEq.[770]
Fn frictionforceperunitvolumebetweenthenormal
fluidandthewall,[N.m3]
Fp fluiddynamicimpedanceofaporousplug,[m.s]
Fs frictionforceperunitvolumebetweenthesuperfluid
andthewall,[N.m3]
Fs fsaboveplusthelossofmomentumatthetubeexit,
[N.m3]
Fsn mutualfrictionforceperunitvolumebetween
superfluidandnormalcomponent,[N.m3]
Gr Grashofnumber,Gr=Re/Fr
J impactenergyabsorbed,[J]
J(CU) charpyUnotchimpactenergyabsorbed,[J]
J(CV) charpyVnotchimpactenergyabsorbed,[J]
JC Jintegraltoughnessbasedonmaximumload,[J.m2]
JIC criticalvalueofJintegralforcrackinitiation,[J.m2]
J Besselfunctionoffirstkindandorder
Jintegral integraltoughness,[J.m2]
Ji uppervalueofsubscriptj
K permeabilityorgeometricfactororaporousmedium,
[m2]
KD dynamicfracturetoughness,[Pa.m1/2]
KIC planestrainfracturetoughness,[Pa.m1/2]
31
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
KIC(J) KICcomputedfromJIC,[Pa.m1/2]
KTH stressintensityfactoratcrackarrest,[Pa.m1/2]
K stressintensityfactor,[Pa.m1/2]isisbasedontheload
correspondingto5%secantline
Kc fracturetoughness,[Pa.m1/2]
Kmax Stressintensityfactor,[Pa.m1/2]itisbasedonthe
maximumloadatfailure
Kt stressconcentrationfactor
L length,[m]
Lb bondlength,Lb=[/(g)]1/2
Lv lengthperunitfluidvolumeofvortexlineinVinens
theory,[m2]
L293 lengthatT=293K,[m]
M Clause7:specificsurfaceoftheporousmedium,[m1]
itisdefinedinTable746.
Clauses7and8:molarmass,[kg.mol1]
Mp refrigeratingsystemmassperunitofrefrigeration
power,[Kg.W1]
Ms specificareaoftheporousmedium,basedonthe
apparentvolumeofthemedium,[m1]itisdefinedin
Table746.
N Clause6:numberofshieldsinanMLI
Clause8:numberoflayersinacompositematerial
Clause9:numberofloadcyclesinfatigue
Nu Nusseltnumber,Nu=hDE/k
Op Ratioofopentototalareaofacapillarybarrier
P Clause6:mechanicalload,[N]
Clause7:percentageofmaterialbetweenadjacent
sieves,itisintroducedinTable747.
Pr Prandtlnumber,Pr=cp/k
Q heattransferrate,[W]
Ql heattransferratefromtheheatsource,[W]alsocalled
32
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
heatload
Qm heattransferratethroughtheinsulation,[W]
Qs heattransferratethroughthesupports,[W]
R Clause6:characteristiclengthalongtheinsulation,
[m]tankradius,[m]
Clauses7and8:gasconstantofaparticulargas,[m2.s
2.K1]
Ro localradiusoftheeffectivevaneprofile,[m]
R1,R2 principalradiiofcurvatureofaninterface,[m]
R universalgasconstant,R=8,31432J.K1.mol1
RA tensilereductioninarea
Re Reynoldsnumber,Re=VD/
S Cryogensensibility,S=[cp(THTC)]/hfg
T temperature,[K]
TB normalboilingtemperature,[K]
TM meltingtemperature,[K]
Tb fluidbulktemperature,[K]itisdefinedinthelistof
symbolsofECSSEHB3101
Tfl flashpoint,[K]
Ti Clause6:temperatureoftheithvaporcooledshield,
[K]
Clause9:ignitiontemperature,[K]
Tr reducedtemperature,Tr=T/TC
Tw walltemperature,[K]
U Clause6:ullage
Clause7:potentialofanyconservativebodyforceper
unitvolume,[m2.s2]
UPE unitpropagationenergy,[J.m2]
V Clause5:volume,[m3]
Clause6:meanfluidvelocity,[m.s1]
33
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
We Webernumber,We=V2L/
X,Y strainedcoordinates
X(T) bonMardionetal.function,X(T)=L(T)q3,4
Y inversedimensionlessStokeslayerthickness
Y Besselfunctionofsecondkindandorder
Z compressibilityfactor,itisdefinedinclause8.1.2.1
a cracklength,[m]
ao Vortexcoreradius,[m]
b timeconstant,[s1]
c Clause4:speedoflightinvacuum,c=2,9978x108
m.s1
Clause8:specificheatofasolid,[J.kg1.K1]
Clause9:coefficientinfatiguecrackgrowthrate
equation(Parisequation),[m1n/2.Pan.cycle1]
cH2 Hydrogencontent,[m3.kg2]
co numericalfactorinKozenysequationTable747.
cp constantpressurefluidspecificheat,[J.kg1.K1]for
gasescpisusedindistinctiontocv,theconstant
volumespecificheat,forliquidsnosuchdistinctionis
needed,neverthelesscpwillbeused
d Clauses6and7:diameter,[m]
Clause7:particlediameter,[m]itisdefinedinTable
746.
dm meanparticlesize,[m]Table747.
dv porediameter,[m]
dl vectorelementofstreamline,[m]
f Clause4:diametertofocallengthratioofalens,f1is
usuallyknownaslensaperture
Clause7:forceperunitlengthonavortexlinein
Vinenstheory,[N.m1]fanningfrictionfactor,itis
definedinECSSEHB3101,clause7.2.2
g accelerationduetogravity,[m.s2]
34
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
h Clause15Plancksconstant,h=1,0545x1034J.s
Clauses5and8:specificenthalpy,[J.kg1]
Clause6:convectiveheattransfercoefficient,[W.m
2.K1]
Clause7:thermalconductanceoftheporousmedium
plusthefluidfillingitscavities,[W.K1]
Clause8:heatofconversionfromnormaltopara
Hydrogen,[J.kg1]
hk Kapitzaconductance,[W.m2.K1]
hfg heatofvaporizationorsublimation,[J.kg1]
hl thermalconductanceoftheliquidwithinaporous
medium,[W.K1]
hq heatofcombustion,[J.kg1]
hs thermalconductanceoftheporousmedium,[W.m1]
massfluxdensity(Vector),[kg.m2.s2]
k Clauses5and8:Boltzmannsconstant,k=1,38054x
1023J.K1
Clauses7and8:thermalconductivity,[W.m1.K1]
kj coefficientintheapproximateexpression,k=kjT.
[W.m1.K(j+1)]
kx thermalconductivityacrosstheinsulation,[W.m1.K1]
ky thermalconductivityalongtheinsulation,[W.m1.K1]
k temperatureaveragedeffectivethermalconductivity
oftheinsulation,[W.m1.K1]
1
k k d
0
l length,[m]heightinthegravitationalfieldabovea
referencelevel,[m]
m Clause6:Cryogenboloffrate,[kg.s1]
Clause7:fluidmassflowrate,[kg.s1]
mHe atomicmassofhelium,mHe=6,6435x1027kg
mo Cryogenboiloffratebecauseoftheheatleaks
35
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
throughaconventionalMLIsystem.[kg.s1]
k ATH TC
mo .
h fg t
n Clause6:numberofvaporcooledshields
Clause9:exponentinfatiguecrackgrowthrate
equation(Parisequation)
nB backgroundphotonnumberflux,[s1.m2]
p Clause6:numberofsupports
Clauses5,7,8and9:pressure,[Pa]
pb boilingpressureat300K,[Pa]
pr reducedpressure,pr=p/pc
q tortuosityofaporousmedium,itisdefinedinTable
746.
q heatflux(vector),[W.m2]
qm heatfluxthroughaguardshroudusedinthethermal
testofasupport,[W.m2]
r Clause6:dimensionlessconvectiveheattransfer
coefficient,itisdefinedinEq.[637]
Clause7:roughnessfactor,definedastheratioof
roughtomacroscopicsurfacearea
s specificentropy,[J.kg1.K1]
t thickness,[m]
t time,[s],[d]or[yr]
tl linerwallthickness,[m]
to overwrapthickness,[m]
u fluidvelocity(vector),[m.s1]
Clause7:crosssectionalaverageofthelocalvelocity
u.[m.s1]
Clause8:molarvolume,[m3.kg1]
vd diffusionvelocity(Vector),[m.s1]
vnc2 secondnormalcriticalvelocity,[m.s1]
36
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
vsc1 firstsuperfluidcriticalvelocity,[m.s1]
vt relativevelocitybetweennormalfluidandvortexline,
[m.s1]
x Clause6:distancetothecoldfaceoftheinsulation,
[m]itismeasuredacrosstheinsulation
Clause7:axialdistancetotheentryinatubeor
porousplug,[m]
y distancebetweenapointintheinsulationandthe
ventingductaxis,[m]itismeasuredalongthe
insulation
z verticaldistance,[m]
difference
K Clause6:curvaturedifference,[m1]
Clause9:stressintensityfactorrangeduringfatigue
cycling,[Pa.m1/2]
p pressuredrop[Pa]
j jthterminthepowerseriesdevelopmentofthe
innerexpressionofneartheinsulationcoldface.
aspectratio
stretcheddimensionlessdistancefromtheinsulation
coldface,=(ky/kx)1/2(t/R)
Clauses6and7:volumeporosity,itisdefinedinTable
746.
Clause7:Rayleighviscousdissipationfunction,[W.m
3]
Clause6:outerradiusoftheventingductmade
dimensionlesswiththeradius,R,oftheinsulation
surface
Clause7:wallinteractiondimensionlessconstantin
Vinenstheory
Clause7:wallinteractionVanderWaalsconstant,
[kg.m2.s2]thermalaccommodationcoefficient,
dimensionlesstemperature,=TH/TC,particleshape
factorTable747.
Clause9:thermaldiffusivity,[m2.s1]=k/c,wherec
isthespecificheat
37
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
fluidisobariccompressibility,[K1]alsoknownas
coefficientofvolumetricthermalexpansion
Clause7:superfluidfilmthickness,[m]
Clause9:tensileelongation
c crackopeningdisplacementatthecracttip
correspondingtotheonsetfracture,[m]
Clauses4:emittance
Clause5:parameterinintermolecularpotential
function,[J]
Clause6:normaltolateralheatconductionparameter,
=(kx/ky)(R/t)2
dimensionlessdistanceacrosstheinsulation
k m Nu
k TH mo
Clause5:efficiency
Clause6:dimensionlessdistancealongtheinsulation,
=y/R
c Carnotefficiency,c=1TC/TH
Clause6:dimensionlesstemperature,=(TTC)/(TTH)
liquidsolidcontactangle[angulardegrees]polar
angle,[angulardegrees]
angularvelocity,[rad.s1]
angularacceleration,[rad.s2]
a spreadingangleofabubblecontactingtwoconcentric
spheres,[angulardegrees]
D Debyetemperature,[K]
strengthofaquantizedvortexring,[m2.s1]
Clause4:wavelength,[m]
Clause7:frictionfactor,itisdefinedinmajorclause
11.2.2
c detectorcutoffwavelength,[m]
Clause5:JouleThomsonparameter,[K.m2.N1]
T / p h .
38
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Clauses6and8:fluiddynamicviscosity,[Pa.s]itis
alsoknownasviscositycoefficient
Clause7:chemicalpotential,[m2.s2]
n Clause6:nthrootofY1(n)J1(n)J1(n)Y1(n)=0,J1
andY1beingtheBesselfunctionsoforderone(first
andsecondkindrespectively)
Clause7:dynamicviscosityofthenormalfluid
component,[Pa.s]
Kinematicviscosity,[m2.s1]
Clause6:dimensionlessdistanceacrosstheinsulation,
=x/t
Clause7:dimensionlessdistancealongatube,=(L
1)/l
density,[kg.m3]
l liquiddensity,[kg.m3]
v gasdensity,[kg.m3]
Clause6:strength,[Pa]
Clauses6,7and8surfacetension,[N.m1]
f fatiguestrength,[Pa]
ult ultimatetensilestrenght,[Pa]
2 tensileyieldstrength,[Pa]2%offset
dimensionlesstemperature,=T/TH
1 dimensionlessvortexgenerationparameterinVinens
theory
2 dimensionlessvortexdecayparameterinVinens
theory
Clause6:dimensionlessheattransferrate,=
Q/(mohfg)
Clause7:superfluidvelocitypotential,[m2.s2]
1 dimensionlessheatload,1=Ql/(mohfg)
frequency,[rad.s1]
Nu factoraccountingfortheinfluenceofthefinite
convectiveheattransferonboiloffrate
39
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
i factoraccountingfortheinfluenceoftheithdeviation
fromtheidealmodelontheboiloffrate
k factoraccountingfortheinfluenceofthetemperature
dependent.thermalconductivityontheboiloffrate
n factoraccountingfortheinfluenceofthefinite
numberofvaporcooledshieldsontheboiloffrate
nk factoraccountingforthesimultaneousinfluenceofthe
finitenumberofvaporcooledshieldsandofthe
temperaturedependentthermalconductivityonthe
boiloffrate
y factoraccountingfortheinfluenceofthefinitethermal
conductivityofthevaporcooledshieldsontheboil
offrate
Subscripts
A ambient
C cold
H hot
Nu referstoavaporcooledshieldsystemwhenfinite
convectiveheattransferintheventingductistaken
intoaccount
b fluidbulkproperties
c criticalconditions
eff effective
i Clauses5and7:inletconditions
Clause6:ithelementinasetofseveralelements
j jthelementinasetofseveralelements
k referstoavaporcooledshieldsystemwith
temperaturedependentsthermalconductivity
l liquidconditions
max maximum
min minimum
n Clause6:referstoavaporcooledshieldsystem
havingncooledshields
40
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Clauses7and8:normalcomponentinsuperfluid
heliumflow
nk referstoavaporcooledshieldsystemhavingncooled
shieldsandtemperaturedependentthermal
conductivity
o Clause7:outletconditions
Clauses7and8:referencestate
phon phonon
r reducedvalue
s Clause6:referstosupports
Clauses7and8:superfluidcomponentinsuperfluid
heliumflow
sat conditionsalongthesaturationcurve
v vaporconditions
y Clause6:referstoavaporcooledshieldsystemwhen
heattransferalongthecooledshieldsistakeninto
account
Clause7:ycomponent
z zcomponent
, helium4conditionsatthelambdapoint
Superscripts
o perfectgasconditions
averagedvalue.
* Localboilingconditions.
41
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
4
General introduction
ThisPartconcernscoolingtotemperaturesbelow100K.
These low temperature levels are dictated by the use of improved Earthapplications instruments
(promisinghigherresolutionintheinfrared(IR)region),byagrowinginterestininfrared,gammaray
and highenergy astronomy, and by the advent of a large number of opportunities for instrument
launchesbothbyuseoftheShuttle(7to30days)andofunmannedspacecraft(1to5years).
Table41,fromSherman(1978)[216],listsdisciplineswhichrequirecryogeniccoolinginspace,with
estimates of temperatures and cooling loads. The table concerns only NASA involvement, but ESA,
DOD,DFVLRandCNES,amongothers,alsoneedcryogenicsystemsinspace.Thedevelopment,by
ESAofaHeliumIIcryostatforSpacelabpayloadsisdescribedbyLizonTati&Girard(1978)[134].A
similareffortisbeingundertakeninGermanybyDFVLR(Lemke,Klipping&Rmisch(1978)[131],
Seidel (1978) [212]. On the other hand, CNES in France is developing a solid cryogen cooler for
spaceborneIRdetectors(Rolfo&Prost(1978)[198].
The cryogenic cooling techniques that are at present either in use or in development state, or that
promising for the near future, are listed in Table 42, which has been also borrowed from Sherman
(1978)[216].
Table41:NASAMissionCategoriesRequiringCryogenicCoolinginSpace
Discipline Temp.Range[K] CoatingLoad
ApplicationsMissions(Weather,Earth
10to100 Milliwattsto10W
Resources,PollutionMonitoring,etc.)
HighEnergyandGammaRay
4to100 Milliwattsto10W
Astronomy
42
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table42:SpacecraftCryogenicCoolingTechniques
CoolingLoadforYear
CoolingTechnique Temp.Range[K]a
Missionb[W]
0to0,01todate;higher
RadiantCoolers 70to100
capacityforeseeable
DilutionRefrigerators&Adiabatic
0,001to0,3 0to104Adiabatic
DemagnetizationRefrigerators
a Thesevaluesarenottheoreticallimitsbutareestimatesoftemperaturesandloadsbasedonthedesignsas
theyappeartobeevolving.
b Formissionsofshorterduration(7to30dayShuttlesortie)significantlyhighercoolingloadscouldbe
accommodated.
NOTE FromSherman(1978)[216].
43
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
44
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Twodifferentfillingapproachesarepresentlyenvisaged.1)Storageoftheliquidhelium
in the normal state at ground, and pumping down in space upon opening the effluent
port.2)Fillingofsuperfluidliquidheliumatground.Thefirstapproachlookssimpler,in
termsofgroundsupportequipment,butwouldresultinabout40%heliumloss.
4. Sloshingofthesuperfluidliquidheliumisanotyetsatisfactorilysolvedproblem.Notice
that the mass of the liquid is significant and that the cryostat may be required to be
highly stable with reference to its own experiments (for instance, when an instrument
scans)andwithreferencetootherexperimentsinthesamespacecraft.
ThestudyoftheHe4freesurfaceposesasubstantialchallengetoboththeoristsandexperimentalists,
nottomentionthenewproblemsassociatedtothemicrogravityenvironment.AccordingtoSherman
(1978)[216]zerogtestingaboardaircraftindicatesthattheincorporationofaporousmaterialwithin
theDewartocapturetheliquidcansolvethesloshingproblem,butthisisbynomeansclearbecause
ofthesuperfluidvelocitycomponentwhichmaynotbeimpededbytheporousmaterialunlessvery
narrowchannelsareused.
45
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure41:He3coolerbeingdevelopedbyNASA.FromSherman(1978)[216].
CriticalproblemsintheadaptionofthebasicHe3cycletospacecraftare,accordingtoSherman(1978)
[216],thecapillarysystemsustainingtheHe3inthecup,andthestructurecapableofsurvivinglaunch
whilelimitingheatleakstoextremelylowvalues.
A similar He3 cryostat, developed for the cooling of bolometers in ballonborne astronomy and
aeronomyexperimentshasbeenflighttested(Torre&Chanin(1978)[240].
Therearethreemethodspresentlyavailableforcoolingto102Kandbelow.Theseare:theHe3/He4
dilutionrefrigeration,Pomeranchukcooling,andadiabaticnucleardemagnetization.Theprinciplesof
allthreearepresentedinLounasmaa(1974)[138].Thefirstandlastmethodsarebeingconsideredfor
103 K spacecraft coolers. The dilution refrigerator operates continuously, it is quite simple in
construction and easy to operate (systems for terrestrial laboratory use are commercially available),
but presents many zerog fluid management problems that do not exits with adiabatic
demagnetization. This last technique, however, is basically a singlecycle method of cooling, after
demagnetizationthesystembeginstowarmupand,thence,canbeonlyusedinsingleshottypeof
experiments.
46
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
allows the efficient use of gas bearings. Coyler et al. (quoted by Sherman (1978) [216] describe a
detaileddesignstudyofaturborefrigeratorforspaceapplication,withnominalcoolingloadsof1,5
Wat12Kand40Wat60K,3x10hlifetime,andamaximumpowerconsumptionof4x10W.
Miniature refrigerators based on the reverseBrayton thermodynamic cycle use the rotary
reciprocating mode of action. In the rotaryreciprocating system (clause 5.2) the pistons used to
compress(ortoexpand)theworkingfluidarerotatedaswellasreciprocated.ArthurD.Littlesrotary
reciprocatingrefrigerator(clause5.2andclause5.2.1)employsreciprocatingmotionforrefrigeration
action and rotary motion to allow the use of gas bearingsfor longlifetime potential. In accord with
Sherman (1978) [216], no complete test program for these coolers has been performed up to this
moment.
Stirlingcyclerefrigerators(clause5.2)havebeenemployedinaircraftandshorttomediumduration
space missions. Several Stirlingcycle refrigerators under development are listed in clause 5.2.1. In
orbitperformanceofspacequalifiedStirlingcyclerefrigerator(rhombicdrive)isdiscussedinclause
5.2.1.
PreliminarytestresultsofamagneticallysuspendedStirlingcyclerefrigerator,underdevelopmentby
NorthAmericanPhilips(seeclause5.2)havebeenreportedbyDanielsetal.(1984)[50].
The Vuilleumier refrigerator presents many features which offer the possibility of longlifetime
operation. These include relatively low bearing loads and a less stringent seal requirement as
comparedtotheStirlingcyclerefrigerators.
The main features of the Vuilleumier refrigerators are described in Clause 5.2 of this Part. These
refrigerators incorporate regenerators designed for low pressure drop, thus the cooler requires little
compressionorexpansionoftheworkingfluidandthedisplacersseparatechamberswhosepressures
arenearlyequalatanymoment.Consequently,theelectricmotorpower,bearingloadsandvibrations
aresmall.
SeveralVuilleumierrefrigeratorsunderdevelopmentarelistedinclause5.2.1.
NASA Goddards Vuilleumier refrigerator program started in 1969. According to Sherman (1978)
[216],amachinebuiltbyGarretAiResearchmetthermalperformancegoalswith299Wrequiredto
achieve7Wofcoolingat75K.Theunitran6x10hwithoutamechanicalfix.
The US Air Force has had an extensive Vuilleumier refrigerator program during the past decade.
Muchworkhasbeenconcentratedonthedevelopmentofthreestagemachinewith12W,10Wand
0,3Wcoolingloadsat75K,33Kand11,5Krespectively.Thismachinehasalifetimegoalof2x10hof
unattended operation with a maximum of 2,7x10 W of input power. To accomplish these goals,
paralleldevelopmenteffortshavebeencarriedoutbyPhilipsLaboratoriesandHughesAircraft(see
clause5.2.1).
47
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
The aim of cryogenic cooling is to reduce the effect of the last two sources of interference. The
followingdiscussionisasummaryofapaperbyCaren&Sklensky(1970)[37].
Figure42:Proceduretoreducethebackgroundfluxfromtheoptics.FromCaren&
Sklensky(1970)[37].
The monochromatic background power reaching the detector is equal to the power radiated by the
opticsperunitarea,perunitspectralbandwith,multipliedbytheopticssurfaceareaandbytheview
factorbetweenopticsanddetector.
The monochromatic power depends on the wavelength, , and its maximum value moves with
temperaturetoshorterwavelengths,asexpressedbyWienslaw(maxT=2,8978x103m.K).
Thephotonnumber,correspondingtoagiven ,andleavingtheunitareaoftheemittingsurfaceis
equaltothemonochromaticpowerdividedbytheenergycarriedbyonephoton,whichis2hc/(2h
=6,6256x1034J.sisthePlanckconstant,andc=2,9979x108m.s1isthespeedoflightinvacuum).
Tocalculatethebackgroundphotonnumberfluxonthedetector,themonochromaticcontributionis
integrateduptothedetectorcutoffwavelength,c.
In order to reduce the background power reaching the detector, c (which depends on the
characteristics of the target) ought to be smaller than max. Since maxT is constant, the detector
temperature,T,isdecreasedwhenthecutoffwavelength, c,isincreased.ThisisillustratedinFigure
43, which gives the detectivity, D*, of the detector as a function of the cutoff wavelength, c, for
differentvaluesoftheopticstemperature,T.
48
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure43:Detectivity,D*,ofaphotonnoiselimiteddetectorasafunctionof
cutoffwavelength,c,forseveralvaluesoftheopticstemperature,T.FromCaren
&Sklensky(1970)[37].
Thedetectivity,D*,whichisafigureofmeritofthedetector,isdefinedas:
Ad / t
D* [41]
NEP
where Ad is the detector area in m2, t is the dwell time of the system in s, and NEP the Noise
EquivalentPowerinW.NEPisthepowerthathavetoreachthedetectortoprovideanoisesignalof
themagnitudeofthenoiseobserved.
49
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
AnupperboundofthedetectoroperatingtemperatureforBLIPoperation,canbeestimatedequating
thebackgroundphotonandthermalgenerationrates.
Figure44:Typicaldetectoroperatingtemperature,T,vs.detectivity,D*.The
detectorisgermaniumdopedeitherwithmercury,withcadmiumorwithcopper.
FromCaren&Sklensky(1970)[37].
Figure 44 gives the upper bounds of the detector operating temperatures, T, vs. detectivity, D*, for
germanium doped with three types of dopants. To relate the background photon number flux, nB,
reachingthedetector,tothedetectivity,D*,thefollowingexpressionhasbeenused:
D* [42]
2h n B
Where isthewavelengthofthedetectorpeakresponse.
It can be deduced from Figure 44that low detector operating temperatures are required to achieve
highsensitivity.
50
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
5
Refrigerating systems
5.1 General
Thevarioustypesofrefrigeratingsystemsapplicabletospacecraftaredescribedwithsomedetailin
thisClause.
Clause5.2concernsmechanicalrefrigeratorsorclosedcyclesystems.Thesesystemswillbeusedinthe
near future for thermal conditioning payloads with high cooling loads (above 5 W), low operating
temperatures (below 100 K), and log lifetimes of unattended service (2 to 5 yr). Unfortunately, the
state of development of these systems is far from satisfactory and, thus, only a description of the
thermodynamiccyclesonwhichtheyarebased,andofthedevelopmentproblemstheyface,aregiven
here.
Opencycleorexpendablerefrigeratingsystems,whicharesubjectofclause5.3,aremuchsimplerthan
mechanical refrigerators although their lifetime is obviously smaller (see Table 42, in General
IntroductionofClause4).Opencyclesystemsarebasicallyoftwotypes:thoseusingahighpressure
gas whose cooling effect is produced by a JouleThomson adiabatic expansion, and those using a
storedsolidorliquidcryogeninthermalcontactwiththeheatsource.Sincestoredcryogencoolersare
extensivelydealtwithin
51
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
development phase (even, work on some of them has been interrupted). The mentioned data are
includedtobeusedasanaidinthepreliminarydesignofnewsystems.
5.2.1.1 Description
Figure51describestheidealreverseBraytoncycleforasinglestagesystem.
Figure51:ReverseBraytonCycleRefrigerator.FromSherman(1978)[216].
Thethermodynamicprocessesassociatedwiththiscyclearethefollowing(seeFigure51):
atob.Thegasiscompressedwithsomeincreaseinentropy.
btoc.Heatisrejectedtotheambienttemperatureheatsinkinanaftercooler.
ctod.Thehighpressuregasiscooledinthemainheatexchanger.Intherealcyclethepressureindis
slightlylessthanthatinbbecauseofthepressurelossesinthetwoheatexchangers.
dtoe.Expansionwithsomeentropyincreaseintheexpander.
etof.Heatadditionintheheatloadexchanger.
ftoa.Thegasisheatedinthemainheatexchangerandreturnstothecompressorinlet.
Theidealcycleisnotthermodynamicallyreversible.AlthoughBraytoncyclerefrigerationsystemsare
frequentlyusedinplantinstallationsbecauseofthecomponentsimplicityandacceptableefficiency,it
isdifficultforsmallcoolerstoachievehighefficiency.
Miniature refrigerators utilizing rotaryreciprocating machinery are being developed for space
applications by Arthur D. Little (Figure 52). In these machines the pistons are rotated as well as
reciprocated.Thispermitstheuseofportstocontrolthegasflowandclearancesealstolimitleakage.
Electromagnetic actuators drive the pistons. The machinery has relatively few moving parts, all of
whicharecompletelysupportedonselfactinggasbearings.Therearenorubbingorslidingsurfaces
asinconventionalreciprocatingequipment.Therequiredrefrigerationmachineryiscontainedintwo
separateunits:acompressorassemblyandanexpanderpackage.
52
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure52:CompressorcrosssectionofADLrotaryreciprocatingrefrigerator.
FromDonabedian(1972)[59].
The spaceborne refrigerator system includes radiators for cooling of the compressed gases and for
rejecting the heat generated by electrical losses in the housing. Power conditioning equipment is
required to convert the output of the basis source of electrical power into an AC of the power
frequency,amplitudeandphase.
ThetestprogramfortheADLrotaryreciprocatingcoolerisnotyetcomplete(Sherman(1978)[216]).
Table51:DevelopmentProblemAreasofBraytonCycleRotaryReciprocating
Refrigerators
Component Problem
CounterflowHeatExchanger Nonmetallicspacermaterialbeingusedincurrentdesignto
reducelongitudinalheatconductioncouldbeasourceof
contamination.Theuseoflaminatedmaterialsisapotential
sourceofleakage.
LinearActuators Outgassingofthecoilscouldcontaminatethepistonbore
assemblies.
RotaryMotors Assessmentoftheperformanceinasubmergedenvironmentis
needed.
GasSpringsandBearing Manufacturingtolerancemustbebuildup.
Linkages(ReedConnectors) Fatigueduetoloadreversalsandendloading.
Traps/Filters Filterfailureduetoimproperassembly.
NOTE FromDonabedian(1972)[59].
53
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
5.2.2.1 Description
The reverseBrayton cycle, which has been described above, can be approximated by a turbo
refrigerator.Thistypeofcoolerhaslonglifetimepotentialbecauseitshighrotationalspeed(above105
rpm) allows the efficient use of gas bearings. Lubrication of the cycle working fluid alleviates
contaminationandfoulingproblemsinthelowtemperatureregionsofthecycle.
Intheserefrigeratorstheworkinggas,initiallyatambienttemperature,iscompressedandthencooled
back to the ambient temperature in the aftercooler. The high pressure gas is then passed through a
seriesofcounterflowheatexchangersandisexpandedinoneormoreturbineswherethemechanical
energyisextracted.Thegasisthendirectedthroughthecoolingloadheatexchanger.
Astheminimumtemperature,pointeinFigure51,isloweredpartialcondensationoftheworking
fluid may appear. For such low temperatures JouleThomson or throttling expansion (clause 5.3) is
usedinsteadoftheexpansioninaturbine.ThisisthebasicideaoftheClaudecycle.Itcanbeseenby
comparisonofFigure53andFigure55thattheClaudecycleiseffectivelyaJouleThomsoncyclein
whichtheeffectivesinktemperatureisloweredbyaBraytoncyclerefrigerator.
Figure53:ClaudeCycleRefrigerator.FromDonabedian(1972)[59].
54
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
3. The heat exchanger and the compressor presently set the limit on size reduction of
turborefrigerators.
4. It is not likely that a miniature turbo machinery refrigerator will be commercially
availableforseveralyears.
Table52:DevelopmentProblemAreasofBraytonandClaudeCycleRefrigerators
Component Problem
CounterflowHeatExchanger Nonmetallicspacermaterialbeingusedincurrentdesignto
reducelongitudinalheatconductioncouldbeasourceof
contamination.Theuseoflaminatedmaterialsisapotential
sourceofleakage.
Compressors Rigiddimensionalaccuracyisrequiredtomaintainproper
clearancesbetweenrotatingassembliesandthrustbearings.
TurboAlternators Particlecontaminationofthegimbaledthrustbearing
assembly.
GasBearing Manufacturingtolerancemustbebuildup.
Traps/Filters Manufacturingandimproperassemblycouldcausefilter
breakthrough.
NOTE FromDonabedian(1972)[59].
5.2.3.1 Description
ThebasicrefrigerationcycleusedinthistypeofsystemswasoriginallyconceivedbyE.Solvayin1886
as a basic derivative of the Stirling cycle. A number of modifications have been made by various
researchers such as K. W. Taconis, W. E. Gifford, and H. O. McMahon. Refrigerator units
manufacturedareusuallymarketedusingvariousnames,suchasGiffordMcMahonandSolvay,with
and without the adjective modified. They are basically the same cycle but with different
modificationsintheexpander.
ThebasicexpansionprocessisillustratedinFigure54.Inpositionattheinletvalveisopenandthe
exhaustclosed.Theregeneratorandothervoidvolumesarefilledtothehigherpressure.
55
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure54:SolvayCycleRefrigerator.FromDonabedian(1972)[59].
a to b. This piston moves outward and working fluid enters the cylinder after being cooled in the
regenerator.
b to c. The inlet valve is closed and the fluid pressure falls until the piston reaches its outermost
position.
ctod.Theexhaustvalveisopenedandthefluidinthesystemexpandstod.
d to e. The piston moves inward, expelling the cold working fluid from the system. This fluid also
coolstheregenerator.
e to f. The exhaust valve is closed and the piston continues to move until it reaches the innermost
position.
ftoa.Theinletvalveisclosedandthefluidinthesystemiscompressedfromftoa.
56
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
5.2.4.1 Description
ApracticalJouleThomsonrefrigeratorcycleisshowninFigure55.Thiscycleisessentiallyidentical
tothereversedBraytoncycleexceptforonefundamentaldifference:theexpansionprocess,dtoe,is
accomplishedbyexpansionthroughathrottlingvalveratherthanthroughaturbine.
Figure55:JouleThomsonClosedCycleRefrigerator.FromDonabedian(1972)
[59].
In a typical application, the working fluid, gaseous nitrogen, undergoes the following
transformations:
a to b. The fluid is compressed to approximately 1,72x107 Pa in a multistage oillubricated
reciprocatingcompressor.
b to c. Once compressed, the gaseous nitrogen is cooled by ram air or by a fan mounted on the
compressor assembly. The gaseous nitrogen then passes through an absorber/filter component in
order to remove oil vapor and other trace contaminants, which might solidify at cryogenic
temperatures.
ctod.Thepurifiedhighpressurenitrogenenterstheminiatureregenerativeheatexchangerwhereit
iscooledbythereturninglowpressuregas.
d to e. The highpressure gaseous nitrogen is expanded at the exit of the heat exchanger. This
producesatemperaturedropwhichissufficienttopartiallyliquefythegas.
etof.Thelatentheatoftheliquidnitrogenisusedtoprovidethemaincooling.
ftoa.Thelowpressuregas,afterbeingusedforprecoolinginincominggas,returnstothefirststage
ofthecompressortobeginanewcycle.
57
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
temperatures,andthatrapidcooldowncanbeachieved(approximatelyin3to5minutes).Overhaul
timesfrom200to500hoursaretypicalwithmeantimebetweenfailuresof1000to2000hours.
The primary disadvantage of the JouleThomson closed cycle system from the standpoint of space
application is its high power requirements. For this reason the system has not been extensively
developed for spacecraft application. Another disadvantage is that heat rejection is produced
isothermallyonlyattheliquidtemperatureoftherefrigerantbeingused,thatlimitstheflexibilityof
application.
5.2.5.1 Description
TheStirlingsystempossessesseveraloftheprimaryrequirementsofaspacebornerefrigeratorsystem,
suchaslowpowerconsumptionandsmallsizeandmass.ItsidealefficiencyreachestheCarnotlimit
(seeclause5.2.1).
Heat evolution takes place in the Stirling cycle by alternately compressing and expanding a given
quantityofagasinaclosedcycle.Compressiontakesplaceatambienttemperaturesoastofacilitate
heatrejection;theexpansionisperformedattherequiredcoldtemperature.
Forthesakeofexplanation,theStirlingcyclemaybesplitupintofourstages,asindicatesinFigure
56.IdealcyclediagramsaresketchedinFigure57.
Figure56:StirlingCycleRefrigeratorOperation.FromSherman(1978)[216].
58
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure57:StirlingCycleRefrigeratorIdealPressureVolumeandTemperature
EntropyDiagrams.FromSherman(1978)[216].
Inpositionamostoftheworkinggasoccupiesthesocalledambientend,atambienttemperature.
a to b. Isothermal compression. The gas is compressed by inward motion of the compressor piston.
This compression takes place at room temperature. Heat is rejected through the ambient heat
exchanger.
btoc.Constantvolumecooling.Thegasistransferred,throughtheregenerator,fromtheambientto
the cold end, at constant overall volume, by means of the displacer which usually encloses the
regenerator. The gas flowing through the regenerator is cooled to nearly the temperature which
prevailsinthecoldend.Heattransferredtotheregeneratorwillberejectedinstagedtoa.
c to d. Isothermal cooling. The gas is expanded by moving together both the displacer and the
compressorpiston.Thesensor,orwhateverdevice,iscooledthroughthecoolingloadheatexchanger.
d to a. Constant volume heating. The gas is displaced from the cold to the ambient end by the
displacer.Duringthistransfer,theflowinggaslowersthetemperatureoftheregenerator.
59
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure58:SchematicrepresentationofNorthAmericanPhilipsrefrigerator,
showingrhombicdrivemechanism.Thedrivehastwocounterrotating
crankshafts,eachpoweredbyadrivemotor.Byadjustingthemassofthe
reciprocatingmembersofthedriveandbyaddingappropriatecounterweightsto
thecrankshafts,thecenterofthegravityofallthemovingpartscanbekept
stationary.FromBalas,Leffel&Wingate(1978)[16].
A description of the cooler design, qualification tests, performance and lifetime tests on ground has
beenmadebyBalas,Leffel&Wingate(1978)[16].InorbitperformanceshavebeenreportedbyNaes
&Nast(1980)[160].
AsofJuly1980,whenthespacecrafthasbeeninorbitfor500days,thecumulativeoperatingtimeof
eachofthefourcoolerswas2657,5134,9542and6518h.Thelatestdata(Sherman(1982)[217])show
that one of the machines has surpassed 15000 h running time. A detailed report of the inorbit
performanceofthesecoolersisgivenbelow.
A very recent approach to the long lifetime problem consists in driving reciprocating components
directlywithlinearmotors,avoidingcontactbetweenmovingcomponentsandthemachinehousing
orthemotor.Noncontactoperationcanbeachievedbymagneticorgasbearingandclearanceseals.
TheNorthAmericanPhilipssinglestagemagneticbearingrefrigerator,Figure59,hasbeendevised
withthefollowingrequirementsinmind:
60
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure59:SchematicrepresentationofNorthAmericanPhilipsMagneticBearing
refrigerator,showingthelinearmotorsforpistonanddisplacerandthemagnetic
bearing.Thedisplacerrodpassesthroughthepiston.FromSherman,Gasser,
Benson&McCormick(1980)[221].
1. Norubbingsurfaces
2. Lineardrivesystemwithoutmechanicallinkages
3. Electroniccontrolofpistonanddisplacermotions
4. Dynamicalbalance
5. Allmetalworkinggaschamber
Performance data of this refrigerator are given in clause 5.2.1. For a description of the design,
definitionstudiesandcomponenttestingseeShermanetal(1980)[221]orthemorerecentpaperby
Daniels,Gasser&Sherman(1982)[49].
Alinearreciprocatingrefrigeratorbasedontheabovephilosophy(norubbingsurfaces,lineardriving)
but using gas bearing has been studied by Energy Research and Generation, Inc, see clause 5.2.1.
ResultsfromthedesignstudyhavebeenreportedbyShermanetal(1980)[221].
61
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
The entiresystem is enclosed withinavacuum shell. Vacuumismaintained both on ground and in
orbitbya2l.s1vacuumpump.
Figure510showsaschematicofthesystemofrefrigerators1and2.
Figure510:Couplingoftworefrigeratorunitstoprovidecoolingofasingle
detector.ThecompleterefrigeratorcanbeseeninFigure58.Here,onthecontrary,
onlythefirstandsecondstagesofbothrefrigeratorsareshown.FromNaes&Nast
(1980)[160].
Attachedtobothfirstandsecondstagecoldtipsareflexiblemechanicalcoupling,theaimofwhichis
reducing the launch structural loads transmitted to the cold tip by the thermal system as well as
suppressingmicrophonicsfromtherefrigeratortothedetector.Bothflexiblecouplingstothesecond
stage cold tips were instrumented and calibrated to allow for measurement of the cold tip heat
transferrate.
Coolingofthedetectorisachievedviaacoppercoldfingerthecrosssectionofwhichcanbeseenin
thefigure.
A thermal guard shroud surrounds the second stage cold tips ofboth refrigerators and the detector
cold finger attach point. This shroud is thermally coupled to the first stage cold tips, providing an
intermediatetemperatureenvironmenttothesecondstage.
Enclosedbytheshroudisalargethermalcapacitor(nodetailsgiven)designedtoretardthedetector
heatingratetolessthan8k.h1oncetherefrigeratoristurnedoff.Thislargeheatingtimeisneededfor
data collection by the detector with the refrigerators off, to avoid excessive microphonics to the
detector.
Performancerelateddatatakeninorbitwere:Coldtiptemperatureandheattransferrate,crankcase
pressure and working gas pressure, motor speed and motor current, all them related to the
refrigerator itself. In addition, shroud and base plate temperature, and pressure within the vacuum
shellweremeasured.
DatainFigure511correspondtorefrigerator2.Firstandsecondstagetemperaturesweremeasured,
inthelaboratory,vs.theappliedheattransferratetoeachstage.
Figure512givesthetemperaturesofshroudandrefrigeratorcoldtip(secondstage)inGamma004
system.
62
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure511:GroundTesttemperatures,ofthefirstandsecondstagevs.Second
stageheattransferrate,Q2,fordifferentvaluesofthefirststageheattransferrate,
Q1,andmotorrpm.Thedatacorrespondtorefrigerator2butaretypicalofthefour
units.FromNaes&Nast(1980)[160]. firststage,Q1=1,5W,1000rpm; first
stage,Q1=1,5W,1150rpm; secondstageQ1=1,5W,1000rpm; secondstageQ
1=1,5W,1150rpm; firststage,Q1=2W,1000rpm; Q1=2W,1000rpm.
Figure512:Inorbittemperature,T,ofseveralcomponentsofGamma004systems
vs.Orbitaltime,t.FromNaes&Nast(1980)[160]. coldtipofrefrigerator3;
coldtipofrefrigerator4; shroud; groundtestvalueofcoldtipofrefrigerator3;
groundtestvalueofshroud.
Althoughinitialtemperaturesagreedwithgroundtestdata,agradualwarmingtrendsoonappeared.
Atapproximately150daysinorbitbothrefrigerators,3and4,weresimultaneouslyoperated.Thisdid
not improve the performance of the system because of helium losses in refrigerator 4, as will be
discussedbelow.
ThebehaviorofGamma003,Figure513,wassomewhatdifferent.Theinitialcoldfingertemperature
greatlyexceededthegroundtestvalueof68K.Nevertheless,thesamewarmingtrendasforGamma
004canbeobserved.After125days,operationwithbothrefrigeratorswasinitiated,whichresultedin
a substantial temperature reduction. This mode of operation was interrupted, because of power
limitations,approximatelyat330days.
63
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure513:Inorbittemperature,T,ofseveralcomponentsofGamma003systems
vs.Orbitaltime,t.FromNaes&Nast(1980)[160]. coldtipofrefrigerator2;
coldtipofrefrigerator1; shroud; groundtestvalueofcoldtipofrefrigerator2;
groundtestvalueofshroud.
Finally, Figure 514 shows the heat transfer rate from the detector and from the individual
refrigerators,fortheGamma003system.
Figure514:Inorbitheattransferrates,Q,fromGamma003detectorto
refrigerators1and2,vs.orbitaltime,t.FromNaes&Nast(1980)[160]. detector
heatload.Refrigerator2on; heatloadthroughmeter1,Q1.Refrigerator1off;
heatloadthroughmeter2,Q2.Refrigerator2on; refrigerators1and2on;
refrigerators1and2on; refrigerators1and2on.
The relative cooling load attributable to each refrigerator is measured by the meters placed at the
flexible couplings near the second stage cold tip. The heat transfer rate from the detector, Q3, is
presumablydeducedfromQ1andQ2.Thetotalheatremovedbyrefrigerator2,Q2,isinitially0,6W,
whichisthesumofthedetectorplustheparasiticheattransferratefromtheoffunit1.Thedetector
64
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
heatrateissubstantiallyhigherthan0,114Wmeasuredingroundtesting.Thisaccountsforthehigher
initialcoldtiptemperatureshowninFigure513.
Causesofsystemdegradation:
1. 1)Heliumloss.Thefourrefrigeratorswererechargedtothedesignpressureof4,89x105
Pathreemonthspriortolaunch.
Atlaunchingtime,refrigerators1,2and3hadlostpressureatarateof4,5x103Pa.mo1,
within expectations. On the other hand, the pressure in refrigerator 4 had dropped to
approximately3x105Pa.
Groundtestdatashowthatareductioninpressurefrom4,89x105Pato4,17x105Pawill
causeanincreaseinthecoldfingertemperaturefrom75Kto105Katthedesignrateof
0,3W.
Heliumlosscould,thus,explainmostofthelongtermtemperatureincreaseexperienced
bybothdetectors.
Although refrigerator 4 showed abnormal helium losses, the effect is hardly noticed in
Figure 512, since this refrigerator started operation after 250 days in orbit. Notice that
operationofunit2produceslargertemperaturereductions,Figure513,thanthosedueto
refrigerator4inFigure512.
2. 2) Abnormally high detector heat load in system Gamma 003, Figure 513 and Figure
514.
The high heat transfer rates are possibly due to water vapor deposition on the low
emittancegoldsurfaces.
The high vacuum surrounding the Gamma 003 detector could not be maintained after
launch,andthesystemwasopentospace.Asthedetectorwaslaunchedcold(prechilled
withliquidnitrogen),criticalsurfacesbecamecontaminated.Partialdecontaminationwas
achieved,after75daysandalsoafter100daysinorbit,bywarmingupthesystemabove
200K.Thiscausedasignificantreductioninthedetectorheatload,althoughgroundtest
resultscouldnotbereproduced.
Table53:PotentialProblemAreasAssociatedwiththeStirlingRefrigerators
Component Problem PotentialSolutions FurtherProblems
Counterflow Manufacturing
HeatExchanger tolerancesmayshiftflow
characteristics(see
ECSSEHB3101Part13
clauses11.4.3and11.5).
65
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
5.2.6.1 Description
This constant volume cycle was patented by Rudolph Vuilleumier in 1918. The interest in the
developmentofaVuilleumiercyclerefrigeratorforspacecraftapplicationwasarousedfairlyrecently
because a refrigerator of this type promises the advantages of longlifetime operation, compactness,
andlowweight.
Figure 515 gives a schematic of the Vuilleumier refrigerator. It consists of a hot cylinder, cold
cylinder,andsump(orambientsection).Theworkinggasismovedfromonesectionofthemachine
totheotherandthroughthetworegeneratorsbythemovementofhotandcolddisplacers.Anelectric
motordrivesthedisplacersthroughthecrankmechanism.
66
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure515:SchematicoftheVuilleumierCycleRefrigerator.FromSherman
(1978)[216].
Becausetheregeneratorsaredesignedforlowpressureloss,theVuilleumierrefrigeratorshavelittle
compression or expansion of the working gas by the motion of the displacers. Consequently, the
electricmotorpower,bearingloads,andvibrationsaresmall.
The steady state operation of the Vuilleumier refrigeration cycle can be explained by resorting to
Figure516(aschematicoffourcrankpositionsencounteredduringoperation)andFigure517(the
pressurevolumediagramsforthecoldcylinder,hotcylinderandtotalgasvolume).Itisassumedin
theexplanationthatthepressurelossacrosstheregeneratorsiszero,andthencethepressureinthe
threesectionsarealwaysthesame.Itshouldbenoted,inaddition,thatthefollowingisasimpleview
of the operation of the Vuilleumier refrigerator, in that only the predominant processes for a given
crankpositionarepointedout.AdditionaldetailsontheactualoperationcanbefoundedinSherman
(1971)[218].
Figure516:VuilleumierCycleRefrigerator.FromSherman(1971)[218].
Figure517:PressureVolumeDiagrams,fortheColdCylinder,HotCylinderand
TotalGas,oftheVuilleumierCycleRefrigerator.FromSherman(1971)[218].
67
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Webeginwiththecrankinpositiona.Atthispointthecolddisplacerisatitsmaximumdisplacement
position,andthehotdisplacerisonlyatitshalfmaximumposition.Themeangastemperatureinthe
refrigeratorisrelativelylow,andconsequentlythegaspressureislow.
atob.Boththehotandthecoldcylindervolumesdecrease.Partofthecoldgasisforcedthroughthe
coldregeneratorwhereitisheatedtonearlyTAbeforeenteringtheambientsection.Similarly,partof
the hot gas is forced through the hot regenerator where itis cooled to nearly TA before entering the
ambient section. The mean gas temperature and the gas pressure change very little during this
process. Nevertheless, some gas expansion, with the resulting heat absorption from the load, takes
place.
btoc.Thehotcylindervolumeincreasesandthecoldcylindervolumedecreases.Thecoldgaswhich
is forced through the cold regenerator is heated to nearly TA, while part of the ambient gas, which
flows through the hot regenerator, is heated to nearly TH before entering the hot cylinder. The net
effectofthehotcylindervolumetricincreaseandthecoldcylinderdecreaseisanincreaseinthemean
gastemperatureandthegaspressure(acompression).Thence,heatisrejectedattheambientsection.
c to d. Both the hot and cold cylindervolumes increase. Part ofthe ambientgas moves through the
cold regenerator, losses heat and enters the cold volume at nearly TC. On the hot side, part of the
ambientgasmovesthroughthehotregenerator,absorbsheat,andentersthehotvolumeatnearlyTH.
The system pressure does not greatly change during this process. Nevertheless, there is some gas
compressionwiththecorrespondingheatrejectionattheambientsection.
d to a. The hot cylinder volume decreases forcing the gas through the hot regenerator where it is
cooled to nearly TA, whereas the cold cylinder volume increases forcing the gas through the cold
regeneratorwhereitiscooledtoTC.Theneteffectisthedecreaseofboththemeangastemperature
and the gas pressure (an expansion). This expansion results in heat absorption at the cold and hot
ends.
Table54:DevelopmentProblemAreasofVuillemierCycleRefrigerators
Component Problems
Regenerators Degradationofthecharacteristicsduetoagingandcontamination.
CounterflowHeat
Manufacturingtolerancesmayshiftflowcharacteristics
Exchanger
HeatCoils Assemblydefectsandagingmaycauseperformanceanomalies.
DisplacerSeals Wearcausesbothcontaminationandleakage.
CrankshaftSeals Useofrollingsealsmaycauseleakagethroughthesealmaterial.Eithersubstantial
improvementinthesealdesignorworkingfluidresupplydevicesarerequired.
Displacers Largetemperaturegradientalongthelengthofdisplacers.
DriveBearing Requireoillubricationforextensivelife.
NOTE FromDonabedian(1972)[59].
68
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
ThepresentstateofseveralVuilleumierrefrigeratorprogramshasbeenreviewedbySherman(1978)
[216].
NASAGoddard Vuilleumiercycle refrigerator program started in 1969. The program lead to a
nominal5W,75Kmachine(builtbyGarrettAiResearch,seeClause5.2.1)thathasmanyinteresting
features, such as solid bearing composed of Boeing compact 6841 running against Inconel 718
(flamesprayed with tungsten carbide in the sump and chromium carbide at the hot end), and
labyrinthsealsforbothhotandcolddisplacers.TestswiththeGoddardVuilleumierrefrigeratormet
thermalgoals with299 W required to achieve7 W of coolingat 75 K. Theunitran6000 h without a
mechanicalfix.
The Air Force has hadan extensiveVuilleumier refrigerator programduringthe past decade. Work
has been concentrated on the development of a threestage machine with 12 W, 10 W, and 0,3 W
coolingloadsat75K,33Kand11,5K,respectively;alifetimegoalof2x104hofunattendedoperation
andamaximumof2700Wofinputpowerwereestablished.Developmentcontractswereawardedto
HughesAircraftandPhilipsLaboratories.
The Hughes Aircraft threestage Vuilleumier refrigerator uses drylubricated (MoS2) ball bearings,
withabearingretainermadeofRoulonA(filledTeflon)with5%MoS2.Thisrefrigeratorhasspring
loaded lip seals on both displacers and flexure pivots at the displacer driverod interfaces. After
severalmechanicalandtestproblems,themachineaccumulatedatotalofabout3000hofoperation,
butthenhadtohaveacrackinthecrankcaserepairedand,atthesametime,manypartsupgraded.
Testingoftherefrigeratorhasnowresumed.
The Philips Vuilleumier refrigerator has unloaded, sleeve type, displacer seals and an oillubricated
rhombic drive with unequal strokes. This wet lubrication (using a rolling socka polyurethane
rubberseal)isthemainfeatureofthePhilipsVuilleumierrefrigerator.Therubbersealisolatestheoil
filledcrankcasefromtheheliumworkingvolumewhilebeingsubjectedtothereciprocatingmotionof
therefrigeratordriveshafts.Theoilisthensuppliedtothedrivemechanismbearingsbygeartypeoil
pumpsdrivenbythemachinecrankshafts.
UnfortunatelythisbasicallysimplePhilipsapproachpresentsseveraldrawbacks.First,becauseofits
strength limitations the pressure differential across the rolling seal is limited to a few atmospheres.
This necessitates the useof an auxiliary oil pump/regulator system. Second,because the helium gas
can penetrate the rollingseal diaphragm, it is necessary to use a heliummakeup supply for the
workingvolumeandaheliumseparatorfortheoilsupply.
69
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure518:Inverseefficiency(requiredpowerperunitofrefrigerationpower)1,
vs.operatingtemperature,T,forseveralclosedcyclerefrigerators.
aBraytonrefrigerators(TurbomachinerySystems).
bStirlingrefrigerators.
cVuilleumierrefrigerators.
dGiffordMcMahon/Solvayrefrigerators.
FromDonabedian(1972)[59].
Alsoshownarecurvesforclosedcyclerefrigeratorsoperatingwiththequoted
efficiencies(inpercentagesofCarnot)throughthewholetemperaturerange.From
Haskin&Dexter(1979)[83].
TheCarnotefficiencyforamachineworkingbetweenTCandTHtemperaturesis
givenbyc=1TC/TH.Verylowoperatingtemperaturesresultinareduced
efficiencyforagivencoolingloadandagivencycle.
70
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure519:Systemmassperunitofrefrigerationpower,Mp,vs.operating
temperature,Tforseveralclosedcyclerefrigerators.
aGiffordMcMahon/Solvayrefrigerators.
bStirlingrefrigerators.
FromDonabedian(1972)[59].
Theplottedcurvesonlyrepresentgrosstrendssincetheyhavebeendrawnthroughtheclusterofdata
points from the individual units listed in the data tables. Precise correlations are very difficult to
obtain because of the wide scattering and inconsistencies in the data. Furthermore, no curves are
shown for several of the closed cycle systems presented in the tables since the available data are
insufficienttowarrantinclusionofthecurves.
Figure520showsthesystemmassperunitofrefrigerationpower,Mp,forrepresentativeclosedcycle
refrigerating systems, and for passive radiant coolers (see ECSSEHB3101 Part 9, clause 6). Both
coolingtechniquescouldcompete,whenthelifetimemustexceedtwoyears,attemperaturesbetween
80Kand110Kforrefrigeratingpowersorcoolingloadsbelow1W,andforlargercoolingloadsat
highertemperatures.
71
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure520:Systemmassperunitofrefrigerationpower(orcoolingload),Mp,for
representativeclosedcyclerefrigeratingsystemsandforpassiveradiantcoolers.
Closedcyclerefrigerators,Q=0,1W. Closedcyclerefrigerators,Q=1W.
Closedcyclerefrigerators,Q=10W. Passiveradiantcoolers;Q=0,1W.
Passiveradiantcoolers;Q=1W. Passiveradiantcoolers;Q=10W.FromHaskin
&Dexter(1979)[83]. Smallesttemperatureattainedbyclosedcyclerefrigerators
inorbit. Smallesttemperatureattainedbypassiveradiantcoolersinorbit.From
Sherman(1982)[217].
72
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
ArrangementoftheCompilerDataonClosedCycleRefrigerators
Brayton(RotaryReciprocating A.D.Little 3
Systems).
Brayton(TurbomachinerySystems) A.D.Little 1
GarrettAiResearch 1
HymaticEngineeringCo. 1
Claude AirProducts&Chemicals,Inc. 1
GeneralElectricCo. 3
GiffordMcMahon CryogenicTechnology,Inc. 10
Cryomech,Inc. 4
JouleThomson AirProducts&Chemicals,Inc. 2
GarrettAiResearch 6
SantaBarbaraResearchCenter 1
Solvay AirProducts&Chemicals,Inc. 6
Kinergetics 1
Stirling HughesAircraftCo. 3
MalakerCorp. 7
NorthAmericanPhilipsCorp.(USA) 4
PhilipswithAPLJohnsHopkins 1
PhilipsunderNASAGoddard 1
EnergyResearchandGeneration,Inc. 1
PhilipsLaboratories(Netherlands) 1
Taconis BritishOxygenCo.,Ltd. 1
Vuilleuimier GarrettAiResearch 1
HughesAircraftCo. 10
Kinergetics 1
NorthAmericanPhilipsCorp.(USA) 3
RCADefenseElectronicsLaboratory 1
a Numberofrefrigeratorslisted.
ThementionedfigureisasummaryofatradeoffperformedbyHaskin&Dexter(1979)[217]onthe
followingbases:
1. Sourceofthedata.Dataweretakenfromexamplesfoundintheliteratureconsistingof
flightworthyhardware,testmodelsanddesignproposals.
2. Systemmass.Thecryogenicrefrigeratorincludes:
Refrigeratoritself,whichaccountsfor10%to40%oftotalsystemmass.
Heatrejectionradiatorwithassociatedpumps,valves,piping,...
73
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Power supply which, in most cases, consists of solar cell arrays, electrical storage
batteriesandregulationequipment.
Whendatafortheheatrejectionradiatorwereunavailable,anaveragevalueof22W.kg1
heat rejection capability wasassumed.A common penalty of8,8W.kg1 wasappliedin
anycasetoaccountforcurrentsolararrayandbatterypowersupplycapabilitiesinthe
orbitsconsidered.
Thepassiveradiantcoolerincludes:
Radiatorfins.
Heatpipestocoupletheradiatortotheinstrumenttobecooled.
Supports,shrouds,insulation.
When the actual mass of the radiator was unknown an average value of17kg.m2 was
usedtoderivethesystemmass.
3. Orbit.Favorableorbitsforpassiveradiantcoolershavebeenconsidered(geosynchronous
and sun synchronous orbits above 740 km). Less favorable orbits would require larger
radiatorareas.Thechosenorbitsarealsowellsuitedforsolararraypowersupplies.
4. Operating temperatures. Values of Mp in Figure 520 have been plotted vs. the design
temperatureofthecoolingdeviceunderconsideration.
Closedcyclerefrigeratingsystemsareoftenstaged,andthestagesusedtoprovidecoolingatdifferent
temperature levels. The added penalty for secondary cooling at other stages is often a minor
considerationsincestagingisprovidedforotherreasons.
Similarly,whenstagingoftheradiantcoolerisusedtoreducetheheattransfertothesurroundings,
the higher temperature stages can be used to cool optical elements or other detectors significant
penalty.
DatapointsforpassiveradiantcoolersinFigure520arealmostindependentofthecoolingloadQ,
andcanbescaledupordownproportionallytoQ.ThisisnotsoforrefrigeratorswhoseMpdecreases
andwhoseefficiencyincreaseswithincreasedrefrigerationpower.
Figure 520 shows that the closed cycle refrigerator systems exhibit lower weights when cooling at
verylowtemperaturesisrequired,whereasthepassiveradiantcoolershavelowerweightsathigher
temperatures.ThecrossoverpointsforQ=0,1W,1Wand10Wcanbeseeninthefigure.Itcanbe
inferredthattherefrigeratorswillbecompetitiveatstillhighertemperaturesforcoolingloadsabove
10W.
Otherparameterofinterestisthearearequiredperunitrefrigeratingpower.
Forclosedcyclerefrigeratorstheassociatedareaisthesumofthesolarcellarrayandradiatorarea.
Any other exposed area (refrigerator, pump, etc.) was assumed to be negligible. A solar cell array
specificpowerof89W.m2wastakeninanycase.Whennodataontheradiatorsizewereavailablean
appropriateareawasderivedassumingaheatrejectioncapabilityof150W.m2.
For passive radiant coolers the projected area refers to total radiator and shield area refers to total
radiatorandshieldareasasprojectedontoaplanethatisparalleltotheradiatingsurface.
ResultsareshowninFigure521.AlthoughtheyhavebeenobtainedforQ=1W,theQdependenceis
surelynegligible.
74
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure521:Systemareaperunitofrefrigerationpower(orcoolingload),Ap/Mp,
forclosedcyclerefrigeratingsystemsandforpassiveradiantcoolers. Closed
cyclerefrigerators,Q=1W. Passiveradiantcoolers;Q=1W.FromHaskin&
Dexter(1979)[83].Althoughtheareas,Ap,havebeencalculatedfor1Wcooling,
theycouldbescaledinapproximatelydirectproportiontothecoolingload.Ap/Q=
7,13x107T4isthebestfitting,bytheleastsquaresmethod,tothedataforpassive
radiantcoolers. Smallesttemperatureattainedbyclosedcyclerefrigeratorsin
orbit. Smallesttemperatureattainedbypassiveradiantcoolersinorbit.From
Sherman(1982)[217].
Finally, additional considerations to be taken into account in the section of the cooling method
employedare,
1. Factors such as reliability and component availability. Closed cycle refrigerators for
greater than one year missions probably will not be available until mid 1980s. On the
otherhand,largecryogenicradiatorsarestillunproven.
2. Costsforrefrigeratorsystemsareprobablyhigherthanforpassiveradiantcoolerswhen
associatedresearchanddevelopmentisconsidered.
3. The competitive position of the refrigerator systems may improve in coming years. For
example,themerecombinationofthesolarcellarrayandtheheatrejectionradiatorinto
onestructurecouldsaveupto20%inmassand30%inrequiredarea.
75
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
CLOSEDCYCLEREFRIGERATORS
BRAYTON(RotaryReciprocating BRAYTON
CYCLE
Systems) (TurbomachinerySystems)
TRADENAME
MODELOR
DesignStudy Prototype
PROGRAM
OPERATING
PRESSURERANGE 0,30to0,73
px105[Pa]
SETTINGONTIME
WITHOUTLOAD 360approx.
[min]
TEMP.STABILITY
[K]
EXPANDER[rpm]
VOLTAGE[V] 115
PHASE/FREQUENCY
3/60
[Hz]
COOLINGMEAN Water
AMBIENTTEMP.[K]
0,305Diameter 0,305Dia.
CRYOSTATSIZE[m]
1,219Length 1,016Length
76
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
MASS[kg]
MEANTIME
BETWEEN
FAILURES[h]
OVERHAULTIME
[h]
AVAILABILITY
TIME[mo]
SYSTEMCOST[$]
a A.D.Little,Inc.,Cambridge,Massachusetts,USA.
b GarrettCorp.,AiResearchManufacturingCo.,Phoenix,Arizona,USA.
NOTE FromDonabedian(1972)[59].
77
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
CLOSEDCYCLEREFRIGERATORS
TRADENAME
MODELOR
Prototype E311 ArmyATP USAFADP
PROGRAM
Heliumor
WORKINGFLUID Helium Helium
Neond
OPERATING
PRESSURERANGE 1,01to30,4 0,61to20,3
px105[Pa]
200Wat150K
TYPICAL 40Wat60K
0,3Wat28K 1Wat3,9K 2Wat4,4K 40Wat50K
REFRIGERATION 1,5Wat12K
3,5at5K
SETTINGONTIME
420for6,8kg
WITHOUTLOAD 30
ofCopper
[min]
TEMP.STABILITY
+/0,01
[K]
VOLTAGE[V] 208460
PHASE/FREQUENCY
3/60
[Hz]
COOLINGMEAN Air
AMBIENTTEMP.[K] 241to325
0,508x0,635x
CRYOSTATSIZE[m]
1,346 0,610Dia.e 0,508Dia.e
1,219Length 1,651Length
COMPRESSORSIZE 0,686Dia.
[m] 1,067Length
78
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
CRYOSTATMASS
86,17
[kg]
113,38e
COMPRESSORMASS
104,31
[kg]
MEANTIME
BETWEEN 33640
FAILURES[h]
OVERHAULTIME
3000to6000
[h]
AVAILABILITY
6
TIME[mo]
40000to
SYSTEMCOST[$]
100000
a HymaticEngineeringCompany,England.
b AirProductsandChemicals,Inc.,Allentown,Pennsylvania,USA.
c GeneralElectricCo.,Schenectady,NewYork,USA.
d FromStreed,Murphy&Brna(1971)[229].
e Thesevaluesarerelatedtotheentirerefrigerator.
NOTE DatainthistablearefromDonabedian(1972)[59]unlessotherwisestated.
79
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
CLOSEDCYCLEREFRIGERATORS
CYCLE GIFFORDMcMAHON
MANUFACTURER CryogenicTechnologya
TRADENAME Cryodyne
MODELOR
400 0110 1020 350 0120/RC30
PROGRAM
WORKINGFLUID Helium
OPERATINGTEMP.
3,8to4,5 6,5to25 12to28 15to28 19to28
RANGE[K]
OPERATING
PRESSURERANGE 1to19,8 5,1to19,2 5,1to18,7 4,6to12,7 8,6to22,3
px105[Pa]
TYPICAL
1,25Wat4,2K 1Wat10K 2Wat13K 2Wat18,5K 1Wat26K
REFRIGERATION
SETTINGONTIME
WITHOUTLOAD 180 60 30 45 15
[min]
TEMP.STABILITY
+/0,12 +/1 +/1 +/1 +/1,5
[K]
EXPANDER[rpm] 72 150
PHASE/FREQUENCY
3/60 1/5060 3/5060 1/5060 3/400
[Hz]
COOLINGMEAN Air
CRYOSTATMASS
56,69 13,61 14,97 9,98 2,04
[kg]
80
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
COMPRESSORMASS
362,8 79,36 192,74 79,36 9,52
[kg]
MEANTIME
BETWEEN 13500 3000
FAILURES[h]
OVERHAULTIME
3000 1000
[h]
AVAILABILITY
6 4 3 12 3
TIME[mo]
CLOSEDCYCLEREFRIGERATORS
CYCLE GIFFORDMcMAHON
MANUFACTURER CryogenicTechnologya
TRADENAME Cryodyne
MODELOR
0125 077 0120 0277 1020
PROGRAM
WORKINGFLUID Helium
OPERATINGTEMP.
19to28 25to150 19to30 40to120 13to20
RANGE[K]
OPERATING
PRESSURERANGE 9,6to18,7 5,1to20,3 9,6to18,9 5,2to19,1
px105[Pa]
TYPICAL
1Wat26K 125Wat77K 1Wat26K 3Wat77K 10Wat20K
REFRIGERATION
SETTINGONTIME
WITHOUTLOAD 15 30 15 10 30
[min]
TEMP.STABILITY
+/1,5 +/2
[K]
81
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
PHASE/FREQUENCY
1/5060 3/400 3/60
[Hz]
COOLINGMEAN Air
CRYOSTATMASS
4,54 12,70 2,27 1,36 14,97
[kg]
COMPRESSORMASS
22,68 52,15 9,07 5,90 192,74
[kg]
MEANTIME
BETWEEN 10000 3000
FAILURES[h]
OVERHAULTIME
3000 1000 500 3000
[h]
AVAILABILITY
4 3
TIME[mo]
82
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
CLOSEDCYCLEREFRIGERATORS
JOULE
CYCLE GIFFORDMcMAHON
THOMSON
AirProducts
MANUFACTURER CryomechInc.a b
TRADENAME
MODELOR
GB02 GB12 AL01 AL02 J801000
PROGRAM
OPERATINGTEMP.
7,5to25 9to30 23to80 23to89 77
RANGE[K]
OPERATING
PRESSURERANGE 10,1to24,3
px105[Pa]
TYPICAL
1Wat9,5K 4Wat13K 1Wat25K 10Wat30K 2Wat77K
REFRIGERATION
SETTINGONTIME
WITHOUTLOAD 25 35 12 25 5
[min]
TEMP.STABILITY
+/0,5
[K]
PHASE/FREQUENCY
1/5060
[Hz]
AMBIENTTEMP.[K]
COMPRESSORSIZE 0,457x0,737x
0,737x0,483x0,686
[m] 0,686
83
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
CRYOSTATMASS
11,34 2,27 11,34
[kg]
8,16d
COMPRESSORMASS
79,36 79,36
[kg]
MEANTIME
BETWEEN 5000
FAILURES[h]
OVERHAULTIME
3000 500
[h]
AVAILABILITY
1,52
TIME[mo]
84
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
CLOSEDCYCLEREFRIGERATORS
CYCLE JOULETHOMSON
TRADENAME
MODELOR
J303500 133386 133488 144406 800334
PROGRAM
Nitrogen/
WORKINGFLUID Nitrogen
Helium
OPERATINGTEMP. 23and77(Two
77
RANGE[K] stages)
OPERATING
PRESSURERANGE 1to157 1to178,3 1to111,4
px105[Pa]
SETTINGONTIME
WITHOUTLOAD 6 12 6,5 8
[min]
TEMP.STABILITY
+/0,5
[K]
VOLTAGE[V] 115208
PHASE/FREQUENCY
3/400
[Hz]
AMBIENTTEMP.[K] 233to329
COMPRESSORSIZE
[m]
REFRIGERATOR
8,16 11,34 10,20 8,84 10,20
MASS[kg]
MEANTIME
BETWEEN 1000 1000 2000
FAILURES[h]
85
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
OVERHAULTIME
500 200 300 400 500
[h]
AVAILABILITY
4 4 6 4
TIME[mo]
CLOSEDCYCLEREFRIGERATORS
TRADENAME Displex
MODELOR
800398 800656 I1
PROGRAM
OPERATINGTEMP.
77 77 30to150 5to300
RANGE[K]
OPERATING
PRESSURERANGE 1to157 1to178,3 10,1to23,3 6,1to20,3
px105[Pa]
TYPICAL
1Wat77K 2,5Wat77K 2Wat77K 20Wat77K 1,5Wat77K
REFRIGERATION
SETTINGONTIME
WITHOUTLOAD 4 5 16 5
[min]
TEMP.STABILITY
+/0,5 +/2
[K]
86
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
PHASE/FREQUENCY
3/400 3/60
[Hz]
CRYOSTATMASS
4,81 0,23
[kg]
10,43 e 9,07 e 7,26 e
COMPRESSORMASS
59,96 4,76
[kg]
MEANTIME
BETWEEN 1000 2000 5000to10000 3086
FAILURES[h]
OVERHAULTIME 300
100 500 5000
[h] 1000d
AVAILABILITY
4 3 3
TIME[mo]
87
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
CLOSEDCYCLEREFRIGERATORS
CYCLE SOLVAY
TRADENAME Displex
MODELOR
CS102 CS202 CS1003 MS1003 SRC07
PROGRAM
WORKINGFLUID Helium
OPERATINGTEMP.
30to200 30to300 50to300 30to77 50to77
RANGE[K]
OPERATING
PRESSURERANGE 10,1to25,3
px105[Pa]
TYPICAL
17Wat77K 1Wat17K 1Wat77K 1Wat38K
REFRIGERATION
SETTINGONTIME
WITHOUTLOAD 20 45 5
[min]
TEMP.STABILITY
[K]
EXPANDER[rpm]
PHASE/FREQUENCY
1/60 3/60 3/400
[Hz]
COOLINGMEAN Air
CRYOSTATMASS
1,50 0,23 5,62
[kg]
88
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
COMPRESSORMASS
68,03 68,03 27,21 6,35
[kg]
MEANTIME
BETWEEN 3100
FAILURES[h]
OVERHAULTIME
3000 4500 1200
[h]
AVAILABILITY
Immediate
TIME[mo]
SYSTEMCOST[$]
a AirProducts&Chemicals,Inc.,Allentown,Pennsylvania,USA.
b Kinergetics(FormerlytheSubmarineSystemDivisionofSterlingElectronics).Tarzana,California,USA.
c Totalsizeoftherefrigerator.
NOTE FromDonabedian(1972)[59].
CLOSEDCYCLEREFRIGERATORS
CYCLE STIRLING
TRADENAME Cryomite
MODELOR
VIIC VIIR
PROGRAM
OPERATINGTEMP.
25 80 80 25to77 40to125
RANGE[K]
OPERATING
PRESSURERANGE
px105[Pa]
TYPICAL 2Wat25K
0,8Wat25K 1,5Wat80K 2Wat77K 60Wat77K
REFRIGERATION 1Wat22Kc
SETTINGONTIME
WITHOUTLOAD 15 3 5 8 38
[min]
TEMP.STABILITY
+/0,02
[K]
89
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
EXPANDER[rpm]
PHASE/FREQUENCY
3/400 3/400
[Hz]
COMPRESSORSIZE
None None
[m]
CRYOSTATMASS
7,26 4,54 5,90
[kg]
7,03d 18,14d
COMPRESSORMASS
[kg]
MEANTIME
BETWEEN 40000
FAILURES[h]
OVERHAULTIME
500 1000
[h]
AVAILABILITY
Immediate
TIME[mo]
90
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
CLOSEDCYCLEREFRIGERATORS
CYCLE STIRLING
MANUFACTURER MalakerCorp.a
TRADENAME Cryomite
MODELOR
MarkXX MarkXIVA MarkXV MarkXVI3 MarkXV4
PROGRAM
WORKINGFLUID Helium
OPERATINGTEMP.
40to120 45to100 54to100 77to110 54to100
RANGE[K]
OPERATING
PRESSURERANGE
px105[Pa]
TYPICAL
110Wat77K 2,8Wat77K 1Wat77K 8,2Wat77K 1Wat77K
REFRIGERATION
SETTINGONTIME
WITHOUTLOAD 7,4 7 8 7 8
[min]
TEMP.STABILITY
[K]
EXPANDER[rpm]
PHASE/FREQUENCY
3/400
[Hz]
Free
COOLINGMEAN AirorLiquid Air
Convection
AMBIENTTEMP.[K] MILSTD210B
COMPRESSORSIZE
[m]
91
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
MASS[kg]
MEANTIME
BETWEEN 40000
FAILURES[h]
OVERHAULTIME
1000
[h]
AVAILABILITY
Immediate
TIME[mo]
CLOSEDCYCLEREFRIGERATORS
CYCLE STIRLING
PhilipswithAPL
MANUFACTURER Philipsa
JohnsHopkinsa
RhombicDrive
TRADENAME Cryogem MicroCryogem
Cooler
Nuclear
MODELOR Monitoring
42100 P/N460600
PROGRAM ResearchOffice
DOD,ARPA
WORKINGFLUID Helium
OPERATINGTEMP. 64to70and135to
7to300 20to40 40to300 40to80
RANGE[K] 150(Twostages)b
OPERATING
PRESSURERANGE 3,7to6,1 8,6to17,2 4,6to8,6 4,8c
px105[Pa]
SETTINGONTIME
WITHOUTLOAD 15 10 3 4
[min]
TEMP.STABILITY
[K]
92
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
1000canvary
EXPANDER[rpm] 600 1750 1800
within+/200b
PHASE/FREQUENCY
3/60 3/400 3/400
[Hz]
267to322for
storage.b
AMBIENTTEMP.[K] 219to316 218to348 272to318for
conductionheat
rejection.
5,3without
REFRIGERATOR electronicsb
15,88 5,44 1,36 1,81
MASS[kg] 7,2with
electronicsb,c
MEANTIME
BETWEEN 1500
FAILURES[h]
OVERHAULTIME
600 500 1000 15000c
[h]
Immediate.Four
AVAILABILITY refrigeratorswere
24 Immediate
TIME[mo] launchedonFeb.
24,1979.
93
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
CLOSEDCYCLEREFRIGERATORS
CYCLE STIRLING
PhilipsunderNASA EnergyResearchand
MANUFACTURER Philipsc
Goddarda Generation,Inc.b
MODELOR
Prototype DesignStudy N20d
PROGRAM
WORKINGFLUID Helium
OPERATINGTEMP.
65to300e,f,g 65to300g 12d
RANGE[K]
OPERATING
PRESSURERANGE 16e
px105[Pa]
TYPICAL
5Wat65Ke 11,3Wat65Kg 10Wat20Kd
REFRIGERATION
SETTINGONTIME
WITHOUTLOAD 15d
[min]
TEMP.STABILITY
[K]
180.g
POWERINPUT[W] 48g 1750d
Cooleralone,96
VOLTAGE[V] 2000VAd
PHASE/FREQUENCY
/28f 3/5060d
[Hz]
AMBIENTTEMP.[K] 300
94
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
REFRIGERATOR
20withoutelectronicsf 3g 50,79d
MASS[kg]
MEANTIME
BETWEEN
FAILURES[h]
OVERHAULTIME
26000to44000g 26000to44000g 4000d
[h]
AVAILABILITY
TIME[mo]
SYSTEMCOST[$]
a NorthAmericanPhilipsCorporation,BriarcliffManor,NewJersey,USA.
b EnergyResearchandGenerationCorporation,Oakland,California,USA.
c PhilipsResearchLaboratories,Eindhoven,Netherlands.
d FromDonabedian(1972)[59].
e FromSherman(1982)[217].SeealsoNaes&Nast(1980)[160].
f FromDaniels,Gasser&Sherman(1982)[49].
g FromSherman,Gasser,Goldowsky,Benson&McCormick(1980)[221].
h EstimatedbythecompilerafterFig.9ofSherman(1982)[217]andavolumeof5,4x103m3quotedby
Sherman,Gasser,Goldowsky,Benson&McCormick(1980)[221].
CLOSEDCYCLEREFRIGERATORS
BritishOxygen
MANUFACTURER a
Garrettb HughesAircraftCo.c
TRADENAME
MODELOR
IR16MKII ICICLE FlightTestModels
PROGRAM
OPERATINGTEMP.
12to23 75 25to75 70to90 75to90
RANGE[K]
OPERATING
PRESSURERANGE 10,1to20,2 48,1to55,3
px105[Pa]
TYPICAL 2Wat25K
2,5Wat12K 5Wat75K 0,2Wat85K 1,5Wat75K
REFRIGERATION 3Wat75K
95
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
SETTINGONTIME
25for0,1kgof
WITHOUTLOAD 40 15 10
Copper
[min]
TEMP.STABILITY[K]
PHASE/FREQUENCY
1/50 3/400
[Hz]
HeatPipeto HeatPipeto
COOLINGMEAN AirandWater Liquid Air
Radiatore Radiator
COMPRESSORSIZE 0,914x0,533x
None None
[m] 0,686
CRYOSTATMASS Refrigerator:
9,07
[kg] 3,2;Isotope&
Structure:11,1, 8,84f 3,81f 2,61f
Insulation,
COMPRESSORMASS
108,84 activecontrol:
[kg]
8e
MEANTIME
Objective:
BETWEENFAILURES 6000g 3000 1000
5000h
[h]
AVAILABILITYTIME
[mo]
SYSTEMCOST[$] 9100
96
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
a BritishOxygenCo.LTD.,London,England.
b GarrettCorp.,AiResearchManufacturingCompany,Phoenix,Arizona,USA.
c HughesAircraftCo.,CulverCity,California,USA.
d Powersuppliesareboththermal(350W)andelectrical(15W).200Warefordisplaceraction,theremaining
accountsforinsulationslosses(mainlyisotopehousingandhotheatpipe).Theisotopesource,coupledtothe
refrigeratorviathehotheatpipe,providesthethermalpower(Shelpuk,Crouthamel&Cygnarowicz(1970)
[215].
e FromShelpuk,Crouthamel&Cygnarowicz(1970)[215].
f Totalmassoftherefrigerator.
g FromSherman(1978)[216].
h FromStreed,Murphy&Brna(1971)[229].
NOTE DatainthistablearefromDonabedian(1972)[59]unlessotherwisestated.
CLOSEDCYCLEREFRIGERATORS
CYCLE VUILLEUMIER
MANUFACTURER HughesAircraftCo.a
TRADENAME
MODELOR
Prototype X447550 SESP712
PROGRAM
WORKINGFLUID Helium
OPERATING
PRESSURERANGE Upto27,4 33,4to41,5
px105[Pa]
SETTINGONTIME
WITHOUTLOAD 30
[min]
TEMP.STABILITY
+/0,1
[K]
97
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
PHASE/FREQUENCY
[Hz]
AMBIENTTEMP.[K]
CRYOSTATSIZE[m] 0,267x0,345x0,198
COMPRESSORSIZE
None
[m]
REFRIGERATOR
4,35 27,21
MASS[kg]
MEANTIME
BETWEEN
FAILURES[h]
OVERHAULTIME Objectiveb
Objectiveb10000 4300
[h] 3000
AVAILABILITY
TIME[mo]
SYSTEMCOST[$]
a HughesAircraftCo.,CulverCity,California,USA.
b FromStreed,Murphy&Brna(1971)[229].
NOTE DatainthistablearefromDonabedian(1972)[59]unlessotherwisestated.
CLOSEDCYCLEREFRIGERATORS
CYCLE VUILLEUMIER
MANUFACTURER HughesAircraftCo.a
TRADENAME
WORKINGFLUID Helium
OPERATINGTEMP. Around8,5,11and50(three
50to120b
RANGE[K] stages)c
OPERATINGPRESSURE
RANGEpx105[Pa]
98
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
10Wat33K
17Wat75K
SETTINGONTIME
20b
WITHOUTLOAD[min]
TEMP.STABILITY[K] +/5b
EXPANDER[rpm] Sixvaluesbetween100and300c
200to300for28Vsource.c,d
POWERINPUT[W] 105b
1200to1800for100Vsource.
VOLTAGE[V] 28DCand100DC
PHASE/FREQUENCY[Hz]
COOLINGMEAN Coolanol20c
AMBIENTTEMP.[K] 278to313c
CRYOSTATSIZE[m] 0,889x0,762x0,317c
COMPRESSORSIZE[m] None
68plusc
REFRIGERATORMASS[kg] 2,95b
14,5(electronicinterfaceunit)
MEANTIMEBETWEEN
3000b
FAILURES[h]
AVAILABILITYTIME[mo]
SYSTEMCOST[$]
a HughesAircraftCo.,CulverCity,California,USA.
b FromDonabedian(1972)[59].
c FromDoody(1980)[60].
d Atpresentelectricallypoweredfromresistanceheaters(Doody(1980)[60]).Thermalenergystorageunitsare
beingdeveloped(Richter&Mahefkey(1980)[195]).
99
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
CLOSEDCYCLEREFRIGERATORS
CYCLE VUILLEUMIER
TRADENAME
MODELOR
Prototype Prototype
PROGRAM
OPERATINGTEMP.
77 77to200 77 60to100 77
RANGE[K]
OPERATING
PRESSURERANGE 28,4to38,5 30,4(Highpressure)
px105[Pa]
TYPICAL
0,4Wat77K 0,5Wat77K 1wat77K 0,5Wat77K 1,6Wat77K
REFRIGERATION
SETTINGONTIME
WITHOUTLOAD 9 20
[min]
TEMP.STABILITY
[K]
VOLTAGE[V]
PHASE/FREQUENCY
[Hz]
AMBIENTTEMP.[K]
0,305x0,203 1,067x0,457
CRYOSTATSIZE[m]
x0,152 x0,457
COMPRESSORSIZE
[m]
REFRIGERATOR
2,72 36,73 6,80 4,67 7,26
MASS[kg]
100
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
MEANTIME
BETWEEN 3000
FAILURES[h]
OVERHAULTIME
1000
[h]
AVAILABILITY
TIME[mo]
SYSTEMCOST[$]
a Kinergetics(FormerlytheSubmarineSystemsDivisionofSterlingElectronics),Tarzana,California,USA.
b NorthAmericanPhilipsCorporation,BriarcliffManor,NewJersey,USA.
c RCA,defenseElectronicsLaboratory,Camden,NewJersey,USA.
NOTE FromDonabedian(1972)[59].
80KCOOLER(BAecooler)
Manufacturer:BritishAerospaceSpaceSystems,Ltd.BAehasmanufactured3batchesof6coolers.
Description:Oxfordtypecooler.Singlestage80KsplitStirlingcycle.
Figure522:80Kcoolerschematic.FromJewell(1991)[103].
Mass
Compressor:3,0kg.
Displacer:0,9kg.
Electronics:4,5kg.
Size
Compressor:length0,20m,diameter0,12m.
101
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Displacer:length0,19m,diameter0,075m.
Electronics:0,225mx0,230mx0,150m.
Powerconsumption(typical):30W
Workingfluid:Helium.
Performance(typical):0,8Wcoolingat80K(for30Winputpower).
Performancetesting
Coolerno.6of1stbatch.
Ambienttemperature293K.
Inputpower1535W.
Figure523:Coolerheatliftperformancevs.grosscompressorinputpower.From
Scull&Jewell(1991)[211].
References:Jewell(1988,1991)[104]&[103],Lewis(1988)[133],Scull&Jewell(1991)[211].
20KCOOLER
Manufacturer/Developer: British Aerospace Space Systems, Ltd. (Engineering model). Rutherford
AppletonLaboratory(Developmentmodel).
Description:Twostage20KsplitStirlingcycle(basedonOxfordtypetechnology).
102
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure524:20Kcoolerschematic.FromJonesetal.(1991)[110].
Mass
Compressor(each):3,5kg.
Displacer:1,3kg.
Electronics:4,5kg.
Size
Compressor(each):0,13mx0,14mx0,16m.
Displacer:0,075mx0,075mx0,21m.
Electronics:0,251mx0,254mx0,186m.
Powerconsumption
Compressor(each):35W.
Displacer:2W.
Electronics:30W.
Workingfluid:Helium.
Performance
60mWat20K.
300mWat30K.
Performancetesting
103
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure525:Heatliftperformanceof:a)developmentmodel;b)engineering
model.FromJonesetal.(1991)[110].
References:Jewell(1991)[103],Jonesetal.(1991)[110].
4KCOOLER
Developer:RutherfordAppletonLaboratory.
Description: Two stage Stirling cooler (20 K cooler above) and a precooler for a 4 K Joule Thomson
stage.Developmentmodel.
Figure526:4Kcoolerlayout.FromBradshaw&Orlowska(1988)[27].
Mass
Size
Workingfluid:Helium.
Performance
Precooler:300mWofcoolingat30Kfor~80Winputpower.
4Kstage:1,5mWat4,17Kfor126Winputpower,withamassflowof3,9mg/s.(Goal:5mWat4K
for<150W)
104
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Performancetesting
Figure527:Coolingpower/massflowvs.precoolertemperature.FromBradshaw
&Orlowska(1991)[28].
NOTE:A2,5Kprototypecoolerpracticallyidenticaltothe4Kcooler(exceptfortheuseofHe3gas)is
underdevelopment.Performancegoal:50Wat2,5K.
References:Bradshaw&Orlowska(1988,1991)[27]&[28],Jewell(1991)[103].
5.3.1.1 Description
The JouleThomson cryogenic cooler is based on the cooling caused by the adiabatic expansion of a
gas.
105
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
When a real gas is expanded at constant enthalpy (JouleThomson or throttling process) the total
temperature does not remain constant, opposite to what happens with a perfect gas. Rather, if the
temperatureofthegasisbelowacertaininversiontemperature(whichdependsonpressure)thetotal
temperaturewilldecreasewhenthepressuredecreases,whichwillresultinacoolingofthegas.
Letp0andT0bethepressureandtemperatureinagasafterthrottlingfromgiveninitialconditionspi
p0andTi.WhenT0isplottedvs.p0acurveexhibitingamaximumvalueofT0results.Similarcurves
will be obtained for different initial conditions, see the isenthalps, thin nearly horizontal lines in
Figure 528. The local slope, , of the curves is the JouleThomson (or JouleKelvin) coefficient, =
(T/p)h,wherehindicatesthattheevolutionfromitootakesplaceatconstantenthalpy.
The JouleThomson inversion temperature curve, heavy lines in Figure 528, is the locus of points
where =0.Intheregionwhere >0anisenthalpicexpansionwilldecreasethetotaltemperatureof
thegas,andconverselywhere<0.
Forperfectgases=0everywhere(constantenthalpymeansconstanttemperature).
Figure528:Isenthalpsandinversioncurvefordifferentgasses.aHydrogen.b
Helium.cNitrogen.FromZemansky(1968)[272].Datainb,afterHill&
Loumasmaa(1960)[89],arenolongervalidforabove20K.Upperisenthalpsare
insteadfromAngus&deReuck(1977)[6],pp.64127.Thelocusofthemaximahas
beendrawnbythecompilerasadottedline.
Purely thermodynamic considerations indicate that the expansion should start at the inversion
temperaturecurve.Forcertaingasesthemaximuminversiontemperature(thatcorrespondingtozero
pressure) is below room temperature (see for example Tmax for Hydrogen or Helium in Figure 528)
and, thence, precooling to the indicated temperature is required before JouleThomson expansion.
Manyothergases(forexampleNitrogeninFigure528)havemaximuminversiontemperaturesabove
roomtemperatureandnoprecoolingisrequired.
ValuesofTmaxandpmaxfortypicalgasesaregiveninTable55.
106
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table55:MaximumInversionTemperatureandPressureofSelectedCryogens
Tmax[K] Pmaxx107[Pa]
CRYOGEN
Calculateda Calculatedb Reportedc Calculateda Reportedc
Ar 775
1018 723 4,50
Argon 789
CO2
1223
Carbon 2053 1500 6,64
1326
Dioxide
H2 189
224 202 1,18 1,67
Hydrogen 239
He 39
35 40 0,20 0,38
Helium 66
N2 615
852 621 3,06 4,05
Nitrogen 620
a CalculatedbythecompilerthroughvanderWaalstwoconstantequation.Tmax=27Tc/4,Pmax=9pc.SeeLoeb
(1961)[135].CriticalpointconditionshavebeentakenfromTable81,Clause8.1.1.
b CalculatedbythecompilerfromthevirialequationofstateandforceconstantsfortheLennardJones
intermolecularpotential.Tmax=6,47/k.Heliumexhibitsquantumdeviationsfromthislaw.SeeHirschfelder,
Curtiss&Bird(1954)[91],Fig.6.63,p.174andTableIA,pp.11101112.
c FromZemansky(1968)[272].
JouleThomsoncryostatsareusedtocoolinfraredsensorsinelectroopticaldevices.Normallysensor
and cryostat are packaged inside a double walled glass dewar. A schematic of the cryostatdewar
systemisillustratedinFigure529.
Figure529:SchematicofatypicalJTcryostatdewarsystem.FromHellwig(1980)
[86].
Gasstoredinthesupplytankflowsthroughtheheatexchanger23whereitiscooledbytheexitgas
56. Between 3 and 4 the gas is expanded at constant enthalpy through the expansion or throttling
valve. The gas becomes partiallyliquefied in the expansion chamber where itis vaporizedagain by
contactingthewarmdetector.Theoutgoingvaporflowsthroughtheheatexchanger56.
In the simpler design the gas is supplied continuously from a high pressure source. More
sophisticated devices use some kind of gas flow regulation. Modern JT cooled cryostats could have
either a rapidstarting capability, an external control system to operate on a selfdemand basis, or
both.
107
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Normalflowcontrolconsists,Figure530,inaneedleactuatedbyapressurizedbellowswhichallows
forwideopenflowuntiltheliquidbuildupintheexpansionchambercondensesthepressurantand
thebellowsisdrawnintothecryostatrestrictingflow.
Figure530:SchematicofaselfdemandflowJTcryostatdewarsystem.FromOren
&Gutfinger(1979)[175].Thesketchofthevariableorificecontrollingdeviceis
fromBuller(1970)[35].
Inseveralinstances(Buller(1970)[35])thebellowsdoesnotrespondtothepresenceoftheliquidat
thedetector,ratheritisthermallyattachedtotheheatexchangersupportasmalldistanceawayfrom
thecoldend.Thebellowsispressurizedsothatwhenitactuatesliquidandvaporcoexistinsideand,
thence,theinternalpressure,bellowslengthandneedlepositiononlydependontemperature.
Bimetallicelementsorelectroniccircuitsarealsousedforflowcontrol.Forinstance,Peterson,Wurtz
&Winner(1976)[180]describesanimpedanceresponsiveelectronicswitchcircuitwhichenergizesthe
windingofanormallyopensolenoidvalvewhenliquidnitrogenwetsanabsorbingpacking.
108
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
ArrangementoftheCompiledDataonOpenCycleRefrigerators
JouleThomson AirProducts&Chemicals,Inc. 6
HughesAircraftCo. 1
HymaticEngineeringCo. 2
SantaBarbaraResearchCenter 4
a Numberofrefrigeratorslisted.
OPENCYCLEREFRIGERATORS
CYCLE JOULETHOMSON
MANUFACTURER AirProductsa
TRADENAME CryoTip
MODELOR
AC1 AC2 AC2L AC3L AC1101A
PROGRAM
Liquid
Liquid
Nitrogenor Nitrogen,
WORKINGFLUID Nitrogen Nitrogenor Nitrogen
Hydrogen Hydrogenor
Hydrogen
Helium
OPERATING
68to300 16to300 16to300 3,6to300 80to300
TEMP.RANGE[K]
OPERATING
80b
PRESSURE 80b 80b
1to152c
RANGEpx105[Pa]
TYPICAL
7Wat80K 4Wat23K 6Wat22K 0,5Wat4,4K 0,75Wat80K
REFRIGERATION
TEMP.STABILITY
+/0,10
[K]
COOLDOWN
TIME(NOLOAD) 5 10 40
[min]
109
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
GASFLOWRATE
0,401(LN2)
ATTYPICAL 1,79(N2) 0,401(LN2)
1,58 0,127(H2) 0,345
REFRIGERATION 0,113(H2) 0,142(H2)
0,354(He)
[kg.h1]
REQUIRED
None 30deg.ofvertical None
ATTITUDE
COOLINGMEAN Nonec
AMBIENTTEMP.
[K]
CRYOSTATMASS
0,453 0,680 9,98 9,98 0,227
[kg]
MEANTIME
BETWEEN
FAILURES[h]
OVERHAULTIME
1000c
[h]
PRIMARYUSE Laboratory
AVAILABILITY
Immediate
TIME[mo]
SYSTEMCOSTd
1585 2690 3395 4430 2850
[$]
a AirproductsandChemicals,Inc.,Allentown,Pennsylvania,USA.
b Minimumsupplypressure.
c FromStreed,Murphy&Brna(1971)[229].
d Notincludesgasstorage.
NOTE DatainthistablearefromDonabedian(1972)[59]unlessotherwisestated.
110
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
OPENCYCLEREFRIGERATORS
CYCLE JOULETHOMSON
MODELOR
AC2209 JTO001 MAC215 MC8
PROGRAM
Argon,
Nitrogenor
WORKINGFLUID Argon HydrogenorAir Nitrogenor
Hydrogend
Air
OPERATINGTEMP.
87 21,27 80to90
RANGE[K]
OPERATING
187,2(N2)d,e
PRESSURERANGE 116e 120e
118,2(H2)
px105[Pa]
TYPICAL
0,25at22Kd 40Wat87K 2Wat21K 10Wat80K
REFRIGERATION
TEMP.STABILITY
+/0,10
[K]
COOLDOWNTIME 12from245Kd
0,2 3 0,5
(NOLOAD)[min] 23from295K
GASFLOWRATE
ATTYPICAL 0,320to0,355(N2)d 0,055(H2)
0,113 0,128(N2)
REFRIGERATION 0,023to0,026(H2) 0,118(Air)
[kg.h1]
REQUIRED
None None
ATTITUDE
COOLINGMEAN
AMBIENTTEMP.
[K]
0,0076
0,006Diameterd 0,025Diameter
CRYOSTATSIZE[m] Diameter
0,130Length 0,063Length
0,051Length
CRYOSTATMASS
0,068 0,0056f
[kg]
111
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
MEANTIME
BETWEEN
FAILURES[h]
OVERHAULTIME
[h]
AVAILABILITY
Immediate Immediate
TIME[mo]
SYSTEMCOST[$] 4300
a AirProductsandChemicals,Inc.,Allentown,Pennsylvania,USA.
b HughesAircraftCo.,CulverCity,California,USA.
c HymaticEngineeringCo.LTD,The,Redditch,Worcs.England.
d FromHughes&Herr(1973)[97].
e Minimumsupplypressure.
f FromAnon(1966)[7].
NOTE DatainthistablearefromDonabedian(1972)[59]unlessotherwisestated.
OPENCYCLEREFRIGERATORS
CYCLE JOULETHOMSON
MANUFACTURER SantaBarbaraa
TRADENAME
MODELOR
9159 41614 42902
PROGRAM
OPERATING 87to100
77to300 87to300 77to300
TEMP.RANGE[K] c
OPERATING
PRESSURE 50to550d
RANGEpx105[Pa]
TYPICAL
0,2W
REFRIGERATION
TEMP.STABILITY
+/5e
[K]
112
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
TIME(NOLOAD)
[min]
GASFLOWRATE 0,022(Ar)at4,15x107
ATTYPICAL 0,294at0,69x10 Pa
7 0,028at5,50x10 7 Pa
0,032c
REFRIGERATION 0,490at1,10x107Pa Pa 0,026(N2)at3,40x107
[kg.h1] Pa
REQUIRED
None
ATTITUDE
COOLINGMEAN
AMBIENTTEMP.
300
[K]
CRYOSTATMASS
[kg]
MEANTIME
BETWEEN
FAILURES[h]
OVERHAULTIME
[h]
PRIMARYUSE IRsensorscooling
AVAILABILITY
TIME[mo]
SYSTEMCOST[$]
a SantaBarbaraResearchCenter,Goleta,California,USA.
b AdditionaldataonthisrefrigeratoraregiveninOren&Gutfinger(1979)[175].
c FromHellwig(1980)[86].
d Supplypressure.
e 42902isademandflowcryostatwhichcanbeadjustedtooperateeitherwithconstantdetectortemperature
orwithsometemperaturefluctuation(asstated)toobtainmaximumgaseconomy.
f Atmaximumoperatingpressure,beforeactuationofaflowrestrictingneedle.
g Thesevaluesarerelatedtotheheatexchangeronly.
NOTE DatainthistablearefromBuller(1970)[35]unlessotherwisestated.
113
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
5.3.3.1 Description
Cryogensmaybestored:1)Asliquidinequilibriumwiththeirvapors,subcriticalstorage,2)athigher
pressuresandtemperatures,assupercritical,homogeneousfluids,and3)assolidcryogens.
1. Under normal gravity conditions, the fluid is usually stored in the twophase form
becauseoftheassociatedmasssaving.
Temperatures available using most common liquefied gases, in the subcritical storage
systems,rangefromapproximately4to77K.Byvaryingthepressure,thetemperatureof
aliquefiedgascanbevariedtoprovidecoolingfromthetriplepointtothecriticalpoint.
Aconstanttemperaturecoolingcanbeprovided,withinthisrange,bypressurecontrol.
The cooling systems which use this concept could be of two types, namely: the direct
contact,orintegralcoolers,andtheliquidfeedcoolers.
2. Inthespacebornesystem,theabsenceofgravityoraccelerationorientationimpedesthe
use of the standard twophase systems, since random orientation of the liquid vapor
interface during weightlessness could result in liquid ejection through the venting duct
(seeclause6.4.1).
Spacestoragesystemofcryogenicliquidscanalsobeaccomplishedbypressurizationof
the cryogen to supercritical pressures. Now the absence of gravity or acceleration
orientation forces does not effect the delivery or venting of fluid since the supply and
venting ports are, at all times, in direct communication with a relatively homogeneous
fluid.However,thetotalmassperunitmassoffluidstoredisgreaterwithsupercritical
systemsthanthatencounteredwithlowpressuretwophasesystems.
When extended storage of cryogens is required to provide cooling at a specified low
temperature, new design problems appear. For example: during a constant pressure
withdrawalofasupercriticalfluidfromatank,thetemperatureofthefluidcontinually
rises due to he added input energy from the environment to the container. In order to
maintain a relatively constant temperature for cooling purposes, a decaying tank
pressure must be utilized. Other problems arise when using vapor cooled shields in
subcriticalsystems(seeClause6),sincetheventedfluidmaynotbeavailableforshield
cooling before being used for cooling the load. In such cases a secondary or guard
cryogenmaybeused(seeClause6.4.1).
3. Cryogenscanbestoredinthesolidphase.Coolingsystembasedonthesublimationofa
solid coolant show considerable promise since a number of problems associated with
eithersubcriticalorsupercriticalstorageareavoided.Solidcryogenrefrigeratorsconsist
inasolidifiedgas,aninsulatedcontainer,aventingpathtospace,andaconductionpath
fromthecoolanttothedevicebeingcooled.Theoperatingtemperatureobtainablewith
thesesystemsdependsuponthechoiceofcoolant,thepressuremaintainedinthesystem,
and the heat load. The advantages of the use of a solid cryogen over normal liquid
cryogenshavebeenmentionedintheGeneralIntroductionofClause4ofthisPart.
114
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
6
VCS Dewars
6.1 General
ThisClauseconcernsDewarsholdingcryogensusedforcoolingsystemsinthetemperaturerange0
100K.
Theselowtemperaturelevelsaremainlyrequiredbyspaceborneelectronicsystemsoperatingunder
verylownoiseconditions.
Coolingbyliquidorsolidcryogensmaybebasedoneitherofthefollowingideas(seealsoclause5.3).
1. Thecryogenisstoredasasourceoflowtemperaturegases.Theusefulnessoftheseopen
cycle cooling systems, based on stored liquid cryogens, appears to be confined to cases
whererefrigerationisrequiredforrelativelyshortperiod(Breckenridge(1972)[29]).
2. Thecryogenisindirectcontactwiththecomponenttobecooled.Theheatistransferred
from the component through boiling or sublimation of the cryogen at the component
surface. The resulting vapors are, in most cases, ejected outside. These vapors could be
used to cool the insulation surrounding the cryogenic container, as in the case of the
VaporCooledShieldDewars(VCSDewars).Onlywhentheboilingpointofthecoolant
exceeds the environment temperature makes sense to condense the vapors and send
thembacktothecontainertorepeatthecycle.
Forspaceapplicationssolidcryogensofferthefollowingadvantagesover(normal)liquidcryogens:
1. Latentheatofsublimationisgreaterthanlatentheatofvaporization.
2. Liquidposeproblemsofphaseseparationunderreducedgravityconditions.
3. Soliddensityishigherthanliquiddensity.
AsolidcryogencoolerforanIRdetectorisshowninFigure61.
115
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure61:Schematicrepresentationofasolidgryogencooler.FromBreckenridge
(1972)[29].
Superfluid liquid helium, on the other hand, has a number of unusual properties which make it
exceptionallysuitabletoprovideverylowtemperatureenvironments.Itisasuperconductorofheat,it
formsathinandhighlyconductivefilminallsurfaces,andithasessentiallyzeroviscosityforcertain
types of flow. Because of these reasons, many VCS Dewars under development will use superfluid
heliumasthecoolingcryogen
The amount of cryogen required to perform a given mission, and thus the mass of the system,
dependsnotonlyonthedetectorcoolingloadandonthelifetime,butalsoontheparasiticheatleaks.
Extremelyefficientthermalinsulationsshouldbedevisedtokeeplowtheseheatleaks.
The VCS Dewars which are being introduced can be also used for long term storage of cryogenic
propellantsinspace,themaindifferencesbetweenbothapplicationsarethetemperaturelevelandthe
geometricscale.
ThebasicideaoftheseDewarsconsistsinusingthecoldnessoftheevaporatingcryogentocoolthe
insulation.Thisisachievedbymeansofanumberofhighlyconductivemetallicshieldsplacedwithin
the insulation perpendicularly to the temperature gradient and set in contact with venting ducts
conductingtheboiloffvapors.
The contact between the metallic shields and the venting ducts could be achieved by either of the
followingprocedures.
1. The shields are soldered around the circumference of metallic discs which have been
previously joined to the venting duct or penetration. This procedure will henceforth be
callednormalattachmentsincetheaxisofthepenetrationisroughlyperpendiculartothe
shield.
2. In the tangential attachment, the vaporventing duct, in the shape of a cooling coil, is
eithersolderedorcementedtothemetallicfoil.Normallytheentranceandtheexitends
ofthecoilareconnectedtotheneckofthecryostat.
Additional details concerning VCS systems are given in Clause 6.4 of this Part. For the present
purposesitissufficienttoenvisageaVCSDewarasitissketchedinFigure62.Thehighlyconductive
shieldsareplacedbetweenthelayersofamultilayerinsulationextendingalongtheentirecontainer.
No precise details concerning the thermal contact between shields and venting tube are required at
thismoment.
116
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure62:SketchofatypicalVCSDewar.FromNiendorf&Choksi(1967)[169].
TheadvantageoftheVCSsystemcanbeunderstoodfromFigure63,whichrepresentsthatpartofthe
insulation close to a venting duct in a normal attachment system. The relative amount and the
directionoftheheattransfertoorfromthesystemisindicatedbymeansofarrowsofvaryinglengths.
Figure63:HeattransfermechanismthroughanormalattachmentVCSDewar.
FromNiendorf&Choksi(1967)[169].
Itcanbeseenthattheheat,Q,totheoutershieldisequaltotheheat,Q1,transferredtotheventedgas
through the shield, plus Q2 the heat which continues through the insulation. This mechanism is
repeated at each conductive shield, reducing the heat which would be transferred through a
conventionalmultilayerinsulationsystem.
6.2.1 Introduction
The following analysis is an extension of the work performed by Paivanas, Roberts & Wang (1965)
[177],andbyNiendorf&Choksi(1967)[169].Heretheeffectofpenetrationontheheatleaksistaken
intoaccountinafairlysimplifiedway.
AtheoreticalmodelwhichisintendedtodescribethebehaviorofaVCSshouldconsiderthefollowing
points:
117
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
1. Thermal conductivities of insulation, venting ducts and supports as function of
temperature.
2. Finitenumberofmetallicshieldsattachedtotheventingduct.
3. Finitethermalconductivityalongthemetallicshields.
4. Thermalresistancebetweenthemetallicshieldsandventingduct.
5. Convective heat transfer between gas and venting duct, and between gas and cooled
supports,ifany.
6. degradationoftheinsulationbecauseofthepenetrations.
A theory based on such fine details, however, would greatly hinder the attainment of the insight
requiredtodealeasilywithVCSs.Thus,amodelbasedonthefollowingsimplifyingassumptionswill
beused:
1. Thermalconductivitiesofinsulations,ventingductsandsupportsareuniformandbased
onsomemeantemperature.
2. Thenumberofmetallicshieldsisinfinite.
3. Conductivityalongtheshieldsisinfinite,sothatthereisnotemperaturegradientalong
them.Asaconsequence,aonedimensionalmodelofheattransferthroughtheshieldcan
beapplied,inthismodelthetemperatureisonlyfunctionofthecoordinate,x,acrossthe
insulation.
4. Thereisnothermalcontactresistancebetweentheshieldsandtheventingduct.
5. Thermal conduction through the insulation and through supports occur separately but
simultaneously,withnointerchangeofheatbetweenthem.Thence,isnodegradationof
theinsulationbecauseofthepenetrations.
6. The heat transfer rate between vented vapors and duct walls is infinite, so that the gas
temperatureateachcrosssectionoftheductisthatcorrespondingtotheductwallatthe
samecrosssection.
7. Anareaweightedaverageoftheventingductandtheinsulationthermalconductivityis
representedbyasinglefunction,k(T).
8. Theinsulationiscooledbythevaporsflowingthroughtheventingduct,whereascooling
ofthesupportsiftheyarevaporcooledisprovidedbythevaporflowingthrougheach
ofthem.
9. Thespecificheatofthevaporisconstant.
The validity of the most significant of these simplifying assumptions will be discussed in further
clauses.
withtheboundaryconditions:
118
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
x 0 , T TC , x t , T TH [62]
Figure64:Insulationmodelgeometry.
Similar equations and boundary conditions are applicable to each one of the p supports; it is only
requiredtosubstituteksj,Asj,Tsj,msj,andtsj,(j=1,2,.....p)fork,A,T,mandt.
Inaddition,theboiloffrateisrelatedtotheheatinputtothecryogenbymeansoftheexpression:
p
m msj h fg Q1 Qm Qs
j 1 [63]
dT
p
dTs
Q1 kA k sj Asj
dx x 0 j 1 dx x 0
Eq.[61]withboundaryconditions[62]canbeintegrated,whenkisuniform,leadingtothefollowing
equation:
dT TH TC
kA mc p mc [64]
dx x 0 p
t
e kA 1
SubstitutingEq.[64],andsimilarexpressionsforeachsupport,intoEq.[63]oneobtains:
msj
1 0
p
mo S S
1 mS / mo 1 [65]
m e 1 j 1 m
m msj t sj kA
S
e mo mt k sj Asj 1
where 1 is the dimensionless detector heat load, m0 is the characteristic boiloff rate, and S the
sensibility of the cryogen. All these magnitudes have been defined in the List of Symbols. In
particular,m0istheboiloffrateofthesamecryogenstoredinavesselhavingthesamesizeasthat
being considered, but thermally insulated by means of a conventional MLI with the same k and no
penetrations(bystoreditismeantherethatnoelectronicdeviceistobecooled).Sistheratioofthe
maximumcoolingbyvaporconvectiontothatbyphasechange.
119
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Eq. [65] would give, through the ratio m/m0, a measure of the improvement achieved by vapor
cooling. For example, m/m0 < 1 for a VCS storage container, Whereas m/m0 = 1 for a conventionally
insulated storage container. When additional heat loads are taken into account, either because
penetrations or electronic devices, m/m0 can be larger than unity, as will be shown below. For each
value of these additional heat loads, however, m/m0 will be a monotonic function of S. The largest
value of m/m0 will be always that corresponding to S = 0 (no vapor cooling), and the smallest that
correspondingtoS.
Forslightlycooledsupports((msj/m)2<<1)Eq.[65]becomes:
mo S m t p k sj Asj p msj
1
m e
mS / mo
1
1 o
m kA j 1 t sj
j 1 m
0 [66]
FortheconventionalMLI(S=0)theratiom/m0becomes:
t p k sj Asj
m
1
kA j 1 t sj
1
p
[67]
mo S 0 msj
1
j 1 m
Forvaporcoolingwithacryogenofinfinitelylargesensibility:
t p k sj Asj
m
1
kA j 1 t sj
p
[68]
mo S msj
1
j 1 m
Values of the ratio m/m0 for different heat additions to the cryogen, other than those across the
insulation,havebeenplottedagainstthesensibility,S,inFigure65.ItisshowninthisFigurethatthe
largest gain for a given cryogen, i.e., the smallest value of m/m0, is achieved when the heat transfer
acrosstheinsulationisdominant,i.e.,whenthecryostatisexclusivelyusedforstoragepurposes.In
these cases, vapor cooling is clearly advisable for high sensibility cryogens such as hydrogen or
helium.
120
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure65:Ratiom/m0againstthecryogensensibility,S,fordifferentvaluesofthe
heatadditionstothecryogenotherthanthoseacrosstheinsulation.Nocooled
supports(msj=0).Calculatedbythecompiler.
Whenotherpathsofheatadditiontothecryogen(suchaspenetrationsorelectronicheatloads)are
present,theimprovementbecauseofvaporcoolingisnotsolarge.ItcanbededucedfromEqs.[67]
and [68] that the ratio of the smallest to the largest evaporation rates tends to unity when the heat
loads other than those across the insulation increase. The reason for this is clear: when the heat
transferthroughtheinsulationisnotdominantnosubstantialgainisachievedbyreducingit.
Table61givesvaluesofthelowerboundsofm/m0forseveraltypicalcryogens.Theadvantageofthe
VCSsystemisnoteworthy,atleastforstorageorshippingcryostats.
Values of the lower bounds of m/m0 for temperature dependent thermal conductivity, k, of the
insulationarealsogiveninTable61.Thesevalueshavebeenobtainedbytheprocedureexplainedin
Clause6.2.3.1.
ThethermophysicaldatawhichhavebeenusedforestimatingSandm/m0aregivenintheupperpart
ofTable61.AmoreextensivecollectionofdatacanbefoundinClause8.1ofthisPart.
121
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table61:BenefitObtainedfromaVCSSysteminaStorageContainer
CRYOGEN Helium Hydrogen Neon Nitrogen Argon Oxygen Methane
VaporSpecificHeat
5,23 13,88 1,03 1,04 0,52 0,91 2,09
cpx103[J.kg1.K1]
HeatofVaporization
20,52 448,2 89,09 199,3 161,7 213,1 508,2
hfgx103[J.kg1]
HeatofSublimation
508,2 105,6 224,7 185,6 226,8 568,7
hfgx103[J.kg1]
LIQUID TH[K]
SOLID TH[K]
122
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
a Heliumremainsfluidevenatabsolutezero,providedthatthepressuredoesnotexceedabout2,5x106Pa.
b AccordingtoPaivanasetal.(1965)[177],Heliumsensibilityhasbeenloweredby15%toallowforthe
significantfractionofvaporizedliquidwhichremainsinthetankassaturatedvapor.
Table62:RelaxationoftheRestrictionsInvolvedintheIdealizedModel
BasicAssumptionof MoreElaborate Corrective
Comments
theIdealModel Model Factor
123
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Otherthree ValuesofkeffforMLIwrapped
dimensionaleffects. aroundatankofasolidcryogen
VCSDewarare1,3to4,1times
largerthanthosededucedfrom
flatplatecalorimetertechniques.
(Bell,Nast&Wedel(1977)[21]).
Thermalconductance Procedurestoincreasethis
betweenshieldsand contactthermalconductanceare
ventingductis widelyknown.
infinitelylarge.
Heattransferprocesses Resultsfromacomputerized
throughtheinsulation analysisforaMLIindicatethata
andthrough verysmalldegreeofcoupling
penetrationsdonot takesplace(Bell,Nast&Wedel
interact. (1977)[21]).
The list of simplifying assumptions used in the idealized model is larger than the list of correcting
factorsaccountingfortheinaccuraciesoftheseassumptions.Evenwhenweareunabletoestimatethe
correction,welistthesimplifyingassumptiontoemphasizetheneedforfurtherstudy.
m 1 k d
1
mo k 0 1 S
[69]
m ln 1 S
[610]
mo S
couldbeusedtocalculatethesensitivenessoftheresultswhichhavebeenobtainedtotheassumption
ofuniformthermalconductivitythroughouttheinsulation.
124
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
6.2.3.1.1 Data on k()
Dataonthetemperaturedependenceofkcannotbeobtainedeasily.Althoughalargeamountoftests
have been performed to measure the effective thermal conductivity of an MLI as a function of the
warm boundary temperature, TH, or of a characteristic temperature defined somehow, it is stressed
that the values from these tests should not be considered as an average thermal conductivity of the
materials constituting the insulation, rather they give, in an expeditious way, the heat flux as a
function of temperature for a very complex transfer process involving conduction, radiation, and
(perhaps)convection.
If the above objection, which is applicable to any Fourier lawtype analysis of the heat transfer
through an MLI, is skipped, one can estimate k(). Representative examples giving the effective
thermalconductivityofseveralMLIsareshowninTable63.
It can de deduced from these examples that the conduction term dominates the heat transfer at the
lowtemperaturesinvolved.
125
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table63:(Effective)ThermalConductivityofSeveralMLIsvs.Temperature.
SAMPLEDESCRIPTION:ShieldsofAluminium
foil.Spacersofglassfiberpaper.
TYPICALVALUES:N/t=2x103m1to4x103m1.
=88kg.m3.
keff=3,1x105W.m1.K1forTH=294K,TC=20K.
EMPIRICALCORRELATION:
keff=1,854x107T+2,775x1013T3.
REFERENCES:Sampledescriptionandtypical
valuesfromMatsch(1962)[143].Empirical
correlationafterPaivanasetal.(1965)[177].
SAMPLEDESCRIPTION:Shieldsofdouble
aluminizedMylar.Spacersofsilknet.
TYPICALVALUES:N/t=1,5x103m1.
keff=6,6x106W.m1.K1forTH=135K,TC=55K.
EMPIRICALCORRELATION:
keff=6,80x1013(N/t)1,56(TH+TC)/2+
5,40x1010(TH4,67TC4,67)/(THTC)N/t
REFERENCES:Sampledescriptionandmeasured
datafromKelleretal.(1974)[118].Empirical
correlationfromBelletal.(1977)[21].
SAMPLEDESCRIPTION:Shieldsofdouble
aluminizedMylar.SpacersofTissuglas.
TYPICALVALUES:N/t=4,3x103m1.
keff=1,3x105W.m1.K1forTH=296K,TC=54K.
EMPIRICALCORRELATION:
keff=4,65x1019(N/t)2,91(TH+TC)
3,22x1022(N/t)2,91(TH3TC3)/(THTC)+
8,01x1010(TH4,67TC4,67)/(THTC)N/t
REFERENCES:Sampledescriptionandmeasured
datafromKelleretal.(1974)[118].Empirical
correlationfromBelletal.(1977)[21].
126
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
6.2.3.1.2 Analytical background
ThethreesetofdatapresentedinTable63indicatethatalinearkvs.Trelationshipcouldrepresent
fairlyaccuratelytheeffectivethermalconductivityofatypicalMLIattemperaturesbelow200K.In
addition,sinceconductioncontrolstheheattransferprocess,itmakessensetointroducetheconcept
ofinsulationlocalthermalconductivity.
Underthevalidityofthisassumption,Eq.[69]with k =>k1(TH+TC)/2yields:
m 2TC ln 1 S T TC 1 ln 1 S
2 H 1 [611]
mo TH TC S TH TC S S
DataonTable61labelledkdependsonThavebeencalculatedbymeansofEq.[611].
Dividing the value of m/m0 given by Eq. [611] by that deduced from Eq. [610] one deduces the
correctivefactor,k,ortheinfluenceofthetemperaturedependentthermalconductivity.
It is understood that the values of k for> both systems under comparison (that with temperature
independent k, and that with k linearly depending on T) should be identical, otherwise the
characteristicboiloffrates,m0,woulddiffer,andtheirratioshouldbetakenintoaccountcalculatek.
ThedatagiveninTable61indicatethatm/m0isfairlysensitivetotheuniformthermalconductivity
assumption,particularlywhenSislarge.
Thecorrectivefactor, k,isshowninFigure66asafunctionofthesensibility,S,ofthecryogen,for
severalvaluesoftheratioTC/TH.
Noticethat k,whichissmallerthanoneinthisparticularcase,doesnotdependonthespecificvalue
ofk1,assumingofcoursethat k is>thesameforbothsystemsundercomparison.
Inordertomagnifythecorrectiveeffect,1hasbeenplottedinlieuofkinFigure66.Thefactthat
k is smaller than one indicates that the variable conductivity insulation is more effective than that
withuniformconductivity,andthisissobecauseoftheeffectofthecoolerlayersoftheinsulation.
127
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure66:Correctivefactor,k,forthedependenceofinsulationthermal
conductivity,k,ontemperature,T,againstthesensibility,S,ofthecryogen,for
severalvaluesofthetemperatureratio,TC/TH.Alinearthermalconductivityvs.
temperaturedependencehasbeenassumed.Calculatedbythecompiler.
S i i 1 i i 1
mn
, i 1,2,, n [612]
mo
InEq.[612]iisthedimensionlessheattransferratethroughtheithinsulationlayer:
Dj
j , j 0,1,2,, n [613]
j
where
128
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
k
j 1
Dj
j
k
d [614]
and
j j 1 j , o 0 , n1 1 [615]
Figure67:Insulationmodelwithfinitenumberofshields.
Obviously the sum of thicknesses between shields plus those between the bounding faces of the
insulationandtheneighbouringshieldswillequalthetotalinsulationthickness,t.
Thence
n
j 0
j 1
[616]
Theproblemisnowtominimizetheratiomn/m0,whichappearsinthenequations[612],withthen+2
auxiliary conditions [613] and [616]. Following an idea set forth by Bejan (1975), who dealt with a
similarproblem,themethodofLagrangemultiplierswillbeused.Tothisendwefirstintroduce2n+2
additionalunknowns,i,jand,andthenminimizeanewfunction,F,definedasfollows:
129
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
n
m
F i n S i i 1 i i 1
i 1 mo
[617]
n Dj n
j j j 1
j 0 j j 0
with the auxiliary conditions [612], [613] and [616]. In other words, we are to solve the following
5n+4equations:F/i=0;F/j=0;F/j=0;Eq.[612];Eq.[613],andEq.[616]whicharen,n+1,
n+1,n,n+1and1equations,respectivelytodeterminethepropervaluesof:mn/m0,i,j,j,i,jand
. There are 5n+5 unknowns, but one among i, j or can be assumed to be equal to unity.
Eliminationofj,i,jandyields:
i i 1 Di
i
i 1 Di 1 i [618]
and
1 S i 1 i 1 Di
i
1 S i Di i [619]
where,accordingtoEq.[614],Di/i=k(i)/ k .>
1. Whentheinsulationthermalconductivityistemperatureindependent,Di=iqi,thence
Eq.[614]becomes:
i=i1.
Thisequationindicatesthattheminimumheatfluxthroughtheinsulationoccurswhen
the distances between shields, and between the bounding faces of the insulation and
neighbouringshields,areallequal.
CombinationofEqs.[612],[613]and[614]yields:
S
i i 1
m
i 1 i 1 n
mo n 1 [620]
whereastheexpressionrelatingtheboiloffratewiththeheatinputtothecryogen,
mn 1
1 , o 0
mo n 1 [621]
130
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
providesuswiththedimensionlesstemperatureforthe1stcooledshield.FromEqs.[620]
and[621],withn=1,onecandeducethetemperaturejump,iqi,intermsofi,mn/m0,
Sandn.Additionoftheseveraltemperaturejumpsgives
1 S n1 1
1
n 1
mn
mo S [622]
The corrective term, n, which gives the influence of the finite number of shields
assumingtemperatureindependentthermalconductivitybecomes,afterrecallingEq.[6
10],:
1 S n1 1
1
n n n 1
m
m ln 1 S [623]
2. Whentheinsulationthermalconductivityisalinearfunctionoftemperature,k=k1T,Eqs.
[624]and[625],below,shouldsubstituteforEqs.[618]and[619].
i 2Ti
[624]
i 1 Ti Ti 1
and
TH TC S Ti TC Ti 21 Ti 2
TH TC S Ti 1 TC 2Ti Ti Ti 1
[625]
ThesetwoequationstogetherwithEq.[616]furnishtheoptimumshieldspacingandthe
correspondingtemperaturefield.
Thecorrectivefactor, nk,forthefinitenumberofshieldswhenkisalinearfunctionofT,
canbeexpressedas:
whereT1and 1,whichcorrespondtothefirstcooledshield,canbededucedashasbeen
indicated.Theresultingexpressioniscomplicated,andonlythenumericalresultswillbe
given.
131
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
6.2.3.2.2 Some numerical results
Theabovemathematicalbackgroundhasbeenappliedtothecomputationofthefollowingdata.
1. Foruniforminsulationthermalconductivity.
Table64givesnumericalvaluesofthecorrectivefactor, n,ascalculatedbyEq.[623],
fortypicalcryogens,whenTH=300K,200Kor150K.
Figure 68 presents similar data. Now n1 is plotted against the cryogen sensibility, S,
forvariousvaluesofn.
ItcanbededucedfrombothTable64andFigure68thatwhenthesensibility,S,ofthe
cryogen is large, as for liquid helium, a very reduced number, n, of cooled shields will
decreasesubstantiallytheboiloffrate.
132
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table64:CorrectiveFactor,n,GivingtheInfluenceoftheNumber,n,of
ConductiveShieldsontheBoiloffRateofSeveralCryogens.(k= k ).
TH=300K
TH=200K
TH=150K
133
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure68:Correctivefactor,n,accountingfortheinfluenceofthefinitenumber,
n,ofshields,vs.thesensibilitySofthecryogen,forseveralvaluesofn.Calculated
bythecompiler.
2. Data for systems whose thermal conductivity is a linear function of temperature are
showninTable65andTable68.
Table65givesthecooledshieldtemperatures,Ti,anddimensionlesspositions, i,which
minimize the boiloff rate for several cryogens; two to seven cooled shields are
considered.
The factor nk appears in Table 68 for the same cryogens, boundary temperatures, and
number of shields as those in Table 64. It is deduced from both tables that the gain
achievedbyanumber,n,ofoptimallyplacedcooledshieldsislargerwhenthethermal
conductivityvarieslinearlywithtemperature.
134
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table65:CooledShieldTemperatures,Ti,andDimensionlessShieldPositions,i,
WhichMinimizetheBoiloffRateforSeveralCryogens.(k=k1T)
LIQUIDHELIUMa
SOLIDHYDROGEN
Table66
SOLIDNEON
SOLIDOXYGEN
SOLIDNITROGEN
SOLIDARGON
Table67
LIQUIDOXYGEN
SOLIDMETHANE
a Heliumsensibilityhasbeenloweredby15%toallowforthesignificantfractionofvaporizedliquidwhich
remainsinthetankassaturatedvapor.
Table66:CooledShieldTemperatures,Ti,andDimensionlessShieldPositions,
i,WhichMinimizetheBoiloffRateforSeveralCryogens.(k=k1T)
LIQUIDHELIUMa SOLID SOLIDNEON SOLIDOXYGEN
HYDROGEN
135
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
aHeliumsensibilityhasbeenloweredby15%toallowforthesignificantfractionofvaporizedliquidwhich
remainsinthetankassaturatedvapor.
b Forthedefinitionofiseesketch.
Table67:CooledShieldTemperatures,Ti,andDimensionlessShieldPositions,i,
WhichMinimizetheBoiloffRateforSeveralCryogens.(k=k1T)
136
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
b Forthedefinitionofiseesketch.
137
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table68:CorrectiveFactor,nk,GivingtheInfluenceoftheNumber,n,of
ConductiveShieldsontheBoiloffRateofSeveralCryogens.(k=k1T).
TH=300K
TH=200K
TH=150K
a Heliumsensibilityhasbeenloweredby15%toallowforthesignificantfractionofvaporizedliquidwhich
remainsinthetankassaturatedvapor.
138
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
1 1 21
1
m2
1 S1
22 2 1 31 mo 0
[627]
1 1 1 1 mo mo 1
S m2 m2
where subscripts 1 and 2 denote shield positioning, except for m2/m0 which is the
dimensionlessboiloffrateofthesystemwithtwocooledshields.
RepresentativeresultsaregiveninFigure69.Contoursofconstantvaluesoftheratioof
the flux to the uncooled shield heat flux are plotted as functions of the dimensionless
distances of both shields to the cold boundary of the insulation. Different cryogen
sensibilities have been considered. The numerical values labelling the various contours
indicate the corrective term n/nopt1. Obviously the resulting configuration is
symmetricalabouta45axis,sincetheshieldpositionsareinterchangeable,nevertheless
only contours where 1 < 2 have been represented. This mapping procedure has been
usedbyAtherton&Prentiss(1973)[12].
139
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure69:Contoursofconstantvaluesoftheratiooftheheatfluxthroughthe
VCSsystemtotheuncooledshieldheatflux,mappedasfunctionsofthe
dimensionlessdistances,1and2,ofthetwovaporcooledshieldstothecoldface
oftheinsulation,forseveralvaluesofthesensibility,S,ofthecryogen.Uniform
insulationthermalconductivity.Thenumericalvalueslabellingthecontours
correspondston/nopt1.Calculatedbythecompiler.
Itcanbededuced,fromthedistortionwhichthecontoursufferwhenSincreases,thatthe
sensitivenessoftheheatfluxtoshieldmisplacingincreaseswithS,buttheincreasedheat
fluxis,inanycase,small.
Although the calculation of the optimum position for any number of cooled shields
presents no insurmountable difficulties, the graphical representation of the results
becomesincreasinglydifficultwithincreasingnumberofshields.Figure610,borrowed
fromAtherton&Prentiss(1973)[12],presentsdataforthreevaporheliumcooledshields.
The minimum heat flux is obtained with 1 = 0,25, 2 = 0,50, 3 = 0,75. The mapped
contours give the displacement of the first shield, from its optimum position, which
increasestheheatfluxby10%asfunctionsofthepositions, 2and 3,oftheothertwo
shields. Again we note that the heat flux is remarkably insensitive to discrepancies in
shieldpositioning.Forexample,ifthesecondshieldiscorrectlyplacedat 2=0,5andthe
140
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
thirdshieldmisplacedat 3=0,9,thefirstshieldcanstillbeplacedanywherewithin 1=
0,250,10withoutincreasingtheheatfluxmorethan10%fromtheminimumvalue.
Figure610:Contoursofdimensionlessdisplacementsofasingleshieldfromits
optimumposition(1=0,25)whichproducea10%increaseintheheatfluxthrough
athreeshieldsystem.Thecontoursaremappedasfunctionsoftheremainingtwo
shieldsdimensionlesspositions.Numericalvaluesareforheliumbetween4Kand
300K.FromAtherton&Prentiss(1973)[12].
2. Whenthethermalconductivityisalinearfunctionoftemperature,theexpressionrelating
the dimensionless boiloff rate to shield positioning becomes very involved. It is,
nevertheless,feasibletoplotFiguresequivalenttoFigure69.Thishasbeendoneandthe
resultsarepresentedinFigure611.ItcanbededucedfromthisFigurethatalthoughthe
tolerancetoshieldmisplacingislessthaninthecaseofuniformthermalconductivityitis
stillfairformanufacturingpurposes.
141
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure611:Contoursofconstantvaluesoftheratiooftheheatfluxthroughthe
VCSsystemtotheuncooledshieldheatflux,mappedasfunctionsofthe
dimensionlessdistances,1and2,ofthetwovaporcooledshieldstothecoldface
oftheinsulation,forseveralcryogensintypicalcases.Temperaturedependent
insulationthermalconductivity(k=k1T).Thenumericalvalueslabellingthe
contourscorrespondston/nopt1.Calculatedbythecompiler.
d k dT m Nu dTb
S
d k d mo
d [628]
T is used instead of the dimensionless function to introduce more easily the temperature
dependenceofthephysicalmagnitudesinvolved.
142
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Concerningthevaporflowingthroughtheventingduct:
dTb mo t 2 k b
Nu T Tb [629]
d m Nu S A k
NubeingtheNusseltnumber(seeECSSEHB3101Part13Clause6.2and6.3).
Theboundaryconditionsare:
0 , T Tb Tc , 1 , T TH [630]
theboiloffrateisgivenby:
m Nu
TH TC k dT
mo k d 0 [631]
Beforeintegratingtheabovesystem,letusexaminethedependenceontemperatureoftheparameters
involved.
1. In the case of laminar flow through a circular duct with fully developed velocity and
temperature profiles, the Nusselt number, Nu, becomes (Figure 61, ECSSEHB3101
Part13Clause6.3.1.1):
Nu=4,364forconstantheatfluxalongtheduct [632]
Nu=3,66forconstantwalltemperaturealongtheduct [633]
The first value applies to the normal attachment case, and the second to the tangential
attachment.
Forturbulentflow(DittusBoelterformula(seeECSSEHB3101Part13Clause9.2)):
Nu 0,023Re 2 Pr
0, 4
[634]
where the fluid properties are evaluated at the arithmetic mean temperature difference
(see ECSSEHB3101 Part 13 Clause 6.2). Eq. [634] is valid under the following
conditions:
1) Re > 104. For not too high values of the Prandtl number this bound can be lowered
downto4x103(ESDU68006(1968)[65]).
2)0,7<Pr<100.3)t/d60.
143
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
It is deduced that Nu depends on temperature at most through the exit temperature
difference, and thence can be considered as a constant parameter when interesting the
abovesystemofequations.
2. The temperature dependence of the fluid physical properties are, for most vapors,
roughlyasfollows:kb ~ b ~T0,7,whereascpispracticallytemperatureindependent.From
thisfactitisdeducedthatSandm0aretemperatureindependent.misalsotemperature
independentbecausetherequirementofmasspreservation.
3. 3)Theinsulationthermalconductivityisassumedtobealinearfunctionoftemperature,
k=k1T.
Introducing the dimensionless temperature, = T/TH, and the new dimensionless
independentvariable =( k /k(T H))(m Nu/m 0) theabovesystem,afterintegrating
onceEq.[628],becomes:
d
1 C S b C [635]
d
2
d b mo 1 0,7
r b b [636]
d m Nu S
whereristhedimensionlessheattransfercoefficient,whichisdefinedas:
t 2 k TH k b TH
r Nu [637]
A k2
Theboundaryconditionsare:
0 , b C
1 C m Nu [638]
, 1
2 mo
Eqs.[635]and[636]withboundaryconditions[638]defineaneigenvalueproblem.The
third boundary condition can be only met when mNu/m takes a definite value which
dependsonS,randC.
144
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure612:FactorNu,accountingforfiniteconvectiveheattransferintheventing
duct,vs.coefficientr,forseveralcryogens.TH=300K.Calculatedbythecompiler.
EXPLANATION
145
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure613:FactorNu,accountingforfiniteconvectiveheattransferintheventing
duct,vs.coefficientr,forseveralcryogens.TH=200K.Calculatedbythecompiler.
EXPLANATION
146
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure614:FactorNu,accountingforfiniteconvectiveheattransferintheventing
duct,vs.coefficientr,forseveralcryogens.TH=150K.Calculatedbythecompiler.
EXPLANATION
Tolookmorecloselyattheinfluenceofronthetemperatureofthevaporsemergingfromtheventing
duct,Figure615givesTb= bTHagaistTb= TH,forseveralvaluesofthedimensionlessheattransfer
coefficient,r.Thefluidisvaporheliumandthewarmfacetemperature,TH=300K.Itcanbeseenthat
the vapor exit temperature value of Tb corresponding to T = 300K decreases sharply when r is
decreased.
147
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure615:Heliumvaporbulktemperature,Tb,vs.insulationtemperature,T,for
differentvaluesofthedimensionlessheattransfercoefficient,r.TH=300K.
Calculatedbythecompiler.
Figure 616 gives the distribution of temperature across the insulation in the same cases as in the
previousFigure.TheintricatenatureoftheinfluenceofronT(),whichhasbeennotedbyTsao(1974)
[242],canbeexplainedasfollows:Whenrissmall,theheliumflowingthroughtheducthasalowand
practically constant temperature, as shown in Figure 615. Hence the thermal conductivity, kb, of
heliumisrelativelylow.Thissmallvalueofkbpreventssufficientheatfrombeingtransferredfromthe
insulationtothegasandkeepstheinsulationhotand,thus,itsthermalconductivitylarge.Thehighk
andthelowkbconditioninducesalargeheatfluxacrosstheinsulationandasmallheatfluxacrossthe
ductwall.Thiseffectstartsatthecoldendandextendstothewarmend.Asrincreasestheinsulation
temperaturedecreasesfirstandthenincreasesagain.Forlargevaluesofrthevaportemperatureand
theinsulationtemperaturearealmostequalandincreaseuniformlyacrosstheinsulation.
148
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure616:Temperature,T,acrosstheinsulationfordifferentvaluesofthe
dimensionlessheattransfercoefficientr.Heliumvaporcooling.TH=300K.
Calculatedbythecompiler.
Figure617:SketchofaVCSinsulationinthenearnessoftheventingduct.
Normalattachment.AfterPaivanasetal.(1965)[177].
3. Joiningtheventingduct,intheshapeofaspiral,totheinnersurfaceofatube,filledwith
insulating powder to which the conductive shields are attached. To minimize heat
149
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
conductionalongtheenclosingtubethethreadofthespirallingventingductshouldbe
muchlargerthanitsdiameter.
4. Attaching the venting duct tangentially to the shield. This solution allows a drastic
increaseintheductlength.
In the tangential attachment system the venting duct is joined to several metallic shields. After
spirallingaroundoneshield,theductisattached,foranotherspiral,tothenextshield,andsoon.
Toestimatethelengthofventingductwhichisattachedtoeachmetallicshield,oneassumesthatthe
thermaljointconductancebetweentheshieldandtheductisverylarge,andthatthelongitudinalheat
conductionalongtheductisnegligible.Thence,thewalltemperatureofaportionoftheductwillbe
thatoftheshieldtowhichthisportionisattached.
The length of the part of the duct attached to a shield should afford the fluid bulk temperature to
increasefromsomeinitialvalue,Ti(thetemperatureofthenearestinnershield)toavalueclosetothe
ductwalltemperature,Tw.
Therequiredductlength,forthelaminarflowcase,canbefoundinJacob(1958)[101],Vol.1,p.461.
Fig.256.
TheturbulentcaseisconsideredinKays(1966)[117].Thetemperaturefieldisextressedasaninfinite
seriesexpansioninEigenfunctions.ThefiveleadingtermsintheseriesaretabulatedinTable127of
the mentioned source. The Reynolds numbers (and, thence, the mass flow rates) required for fully
developedturbulentflowrates,however,muchtoolargeforthepresentapplication.
150
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure618:Sketchoftheinsulationandofthesimplifiedconfigurationsusedto
analyzetheinfluenceofthefinitethermalconductivityoftheshields.(a)
Insulation.(b)Simplifiedconfigurationinthephysicalcoordinatesx,y.(c)
Simplifiedconfigurationinthestretchedcoordinates,,.
2 1
0
2
[639]
Boundaryconditions:
0 , 0, 0 [640]
1 , 1, 1 [641]
151
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
, 1 2 m y ,
, S [642]
2 mo
,
1 , 0 [643]
1
wheremy,m0andSaredefinedasbefore.Inparticular,m0isgivenby:
mo
k xR 2 1 2 TH TC
[644]
h fg t
Theexpressionrelatingtheheatadditiontothecryogenboiloffratebecomes:
1
my 2
2
d [645]
mo 1 0
The right hand side in Eq. [645] is the dimensionless heat transfer rate across the cold face of the
insulation(=0).
Figure619:SketchofatypicalspaceborneDewar.Allthedimensionsareinmm.
TheMLIisdoubledaluminizedMylarTissuglast=0,025mthick.AccordingtoNast,Barnes&Wedel
(1976)[161]therearetwoblanketswithasinglecooledshieldsandwichedbetweenthem.Thefactthat
intheNimbusFDewarthiscooledshieldisgroundedtoasecondtankcontainingsolidammoniaand
doesnotcompletelysurroundthemethanetankwillbedisregardedhere.
TheeffectivethermalconductivityoftheMLI,deducedfromBell,Nast&Wedel(1977)[21],Fig.2,is:
kx=3,3x105W.m1.K1;TH=296KandTC=50K.
152
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Neitheroftheabovementionedreferencesgivesthecharacteristicsofthecooledshield,thencewewill
assume that this shield iscopper, 3,8x105 m thick. For copper at150 K, which is the ammonia tank
temperature, k = 400 W.m1.K1 (see Figure 855 in this Part). Assuming that the lateral thermal
conductanceisexclusivelyduetothecoppershield,
ky=(0,4x103)(3,8x105)/(5x102)=0,3W.m1.K1.
Ontheotherhand,R,measuredasindicatedinFigure618(a),takesavalueR=0,76m.Thus,
=(kx/ky)(R/t)2=2,5x102.
Thisvalueof justifiesasmallperturbationapproachtotheproblemoflateralheattransfer, being
thesmallparameter.
Noticethat isalsosmall;accordingtoFigure619atypicalvalueis =0,08,andthissimplifiesthe
numericalcomputationsonwhichtheresultspresentedinClause6.2.3.4.4arebased.
, i i , [646]
i 0
Substituting the expansion [646] into Eq. [639] with boundary conditions [640], and equating
coefficients of equal powers of leads to the following set of differential equations and boundary
conditions(i=0,1,2,...):
o
0
[647]
2 i 1 1 i
0 for i 1
2
0 , i 0, 0 [648]
1 , o 1, 1 , i 1, 0 for i 1 [649]
i , 1 2 m y i 1 ,
, S [650]
2 mo
i ,
1 , 0 [651]
1
Thedifferentialequations[647]withboundaryconditions[651]suggestseekingforsolutionsofthe
form:
153
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
o , Ao [652]
1 d 2 Ao
1 , A1 f1 [653]
2 d 2
1 d 2 A1 1 d 4 Ao
2 , A2 f f 2 [654]
2 d 2 4 d 4
1
wherefi()isthesolutionoftheordinarydifferentialequation
d df1 d df i 1
2 , 2f i for i 1
d d d d
[655]
withtheboundaryconditions
, f i 0 [656]
df i
1 , 0 [657]
d 1
InordertocalculateAi()weenforcethefulfillmentoftheboundaryconditions[650].thisyieldsthe
followingsetofordinarydifferentialequations(noticethat(dfi/d)=12):
d 2 Ao m y dAo
S 0 [658]
d 2
mo d
3
d 2 A1 m y dA1 1 m y
F1 o
dA
S S [659]
d 2
mo d 2 mo d
where
df 2
F1 d2
[660]
1
Thegeneralsolutionsofthedifferentialequation[658]are
154
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
my
Ao M o N o e
S
mo [661]
my 3
1 m
A1 M 1 N1e S y F1 Ao M o
S
mo
[662]
2 mo
where Mi and Ni are yet unknown integration constants. In order to calculate these integration
constants, we take into account the boundary conditions [648] and [649]. The zero order solution
results to be that corresponding to an infinitely large thermal conductivity along the shields. The
boundary conditions [648] and [649] cannot be satisfied for any when i 1 because of the
functions which appear in the right hand side of Eqs. [653], [654],... . Thence, we will enforce the
fulfillmentoftheseboundaryconditionsfor=exclusively.Thisgives:
1
No my
[663]
S
e mo
1
3
1 m
N1 S y F1 N o 1 N o [664]
2 mo
andsimilarexpressionsforMithatwedonotreproduceheresincetheoverallheatfluxthrough =0
isofconcernwhereasthetemperaturedistributionisnot.
The mathematical problem defined by means of Eqs. [647] and [648] presents two noteworthy
characteristics:
1. One must proceed tofirst order to find thezero order solution,to second order tofind
the first order, and so on. This greatly complicates the algebra involved. The backward
influenceofthesuccessivedifferentialequations[647]istypicalofellipticalproblemsas
theoneunderconsideration.
2. The functions i(,), i 1, which are usually called outer functions (Nayfeh (1973)
[162]),donotfulfiltheboundaryconditionsatbothendfaces(=0; =1)exceptfor
=.Thereforetheresultingoutersolutionfor,althoughitapproximates(uptotheorder
considered)theexactsolutionas0awayfrombothendfaces,breaksdowninregions
ofnonuniformityclosetothesefaces.Theseregionsarecalledboundarylayersorinner
regions. Within them exact solution changes sharply with in order to retrieve the
boundaryconditions.
Todetermineaninnerexpansionvalidintheboundarylayercloseto =0,thelayerisstretchedbya
factor . The exponent is determined so that both terms in Eq. [639] become of the same order
when both and are of order unity. It is seen that this is achieved when = 1/2. The same
stretchingisapplicabletotheboundarylayercloseto =1.Thethicknessoftheeitherlayerbeingof
order1/2.
155
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Inordertosolvetheinnerproblemnearthecoldendface, =0,weintroducetheinnervariable =
1/2 (which is of order unity throughout the inner layer) and we try a composite expansion of the
form:
j 1
, Outer solution 2
j ,
j 0
inner solution
[665]
The Inner Solution will ensure the fulfillment of the boundary conditions at = 0 and will, in
addition, fade out for distances from the cold end face of order 1/2. The reason for the existence of
terms 1/2,3/2,...,canbemadeapparentwhentheboundarycondition[642]isexpressedintermsof
the inner variables ,. Finally, no zero order terms appear in the solution, since the boundary
conditionat=0issatisfied,tozeroorder,bytheoutersolution.
Theinnerfunctions j(,)willbedefinedbythefollowingsequenceofdifferentialequationsand
boundaryconditions(j=0,1,2,...):
2 j 1 j
0
[666]
2
0 , j 0, i 0, for j 2i 1
j 0, 0
[667]
for j 2i 2 , i 1
, i , 0 [668]
j , 1 2 m y j 1 ,
, S [669]
2 mo
j ,
1 , 0 [670]
1
0(,),whichsatisfieshomogeneousboundaryconditions,vanishidentically.Theproblemfor 1(,)
thenbecomes:
2 1 1 1
0
2 [671]
0 , 1 0, 1 0, [672]
156
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
, 1 , 0 [673]
1 ,
, 0 [674]
1 ,
1 , 0 [675]
1
Notice that 1(,) does not contribute to the overall heat flux through = 0, it merely readjusts the
temperature field. This is so since, according to the boundary conditions [673] to [675], no heat is
transferredthroughthreeoftheboundaries,thencetheoverallheatflowthroughthefourthboundary
willbezero.Nevertheless,1iscalculatedinordertoproceedtohigherorderterms.
Solutionstoproblemsofheatflowinsemiinfinitehollowcircularcylinders,whichareverysimilarto
that defined by means of Eq. [671] with boundary conditions [672], are widely known (see f.e.,
Carslaw(1921)[38]pp.127129orBudaketal.(1964)[33]pp.468469).Followingtheusualpractice,
wereachtheexpressionof1(,):
0, C d
1 o n
1 , 2 e n
Co n
Co2 n 2 Co2 n
[676]
n 1
whereC0(n)=Y1(n)J0(n)J1(n)Y0(n),J(n)andY(n)aretheBesselfunctionsoffirstand
second kind respectively (Abramowitz & Stegun (1965) [1]), and n are the roots of the equation
Y1(n)J1(n)J1(n)Y1(n)=0.
Theaboveexpressionfor1(,)becomes,aftersomealgebra:
21 2 d 2 Ao
1 ,
d 2 0
Co n
1
e n
4 n
[677]
n 1
C n
3 2
n o
2
Once1(,)hasbeencalculated,theproblemfor2(,)becomes:
2 2 1 2
0
2
[678]
157
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
0 , 2 0, 0 [679]
, 2 , 0 [680]
,
2 ,
2 1 2
2
S
m y d 2 Ao
2 2 mo d 2 0
[681]
e n
4 n
n 1
n3Co2 n
2
2 ,
1 , 0 [682]
1
Noticeagainthatwedonotneedthefullsolutionofthisproblemtocalculatetheheattransferrate
acrossthecoldfaceoftheinsulation(=0),sincetheoverallheattransferratethroughthiscoldface
mustbalancethatthroughthecylinder=.
2 0 d 0 2 d [683]
wheretherighthandsidewillbeevaluatedbyresortingtoboundaryconditions[681].
UsingEqs.[661]and[663]forcalculatingd2A0/d2resultsin:
3
my
S
1
2
2 1 2
2
mo
1
d
2 2
4 n2
[684]
0
my
n 1
n4Co2 n
S
e mo
1 2
158
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
1 o 1
1
d d
0 0
my 2 Outer Solution
mo 1 2 3 / 2 2
1 [685]
d Higher order terms
0
Inner Solution
in Outer variables
Curiously enough the correction to the cryogen boiloff rate because of the first inner term, 2, is of
order.Thiscanbeseenbyrecallingthat=1/2and,thence
1 1
20 d 20 d
3/ 2
[686]
ComingbacktoEq.[685],wededucefromEqs.[652],[655]and[661],
o
1
2 my
1 2 0
d S No [687]
mo
1
1
2 m
2
d S y N 1 [688]
1 0 mo
whereN0isgiveninEq.[663]andN1inEq.[664].
SubstitutionofEqs.[684],[686],and[687]with[663],intoEq.[685]yields:
my
F1 m y e mo
3 S
4 1 2
S
2 mo S mmy 2 2
my
S
e mo 1
1 e o
1 0
3/ 2
[689]
S 1 my
2
2
S
n 1 4C 2 4 n mo
n o n
2
WecanfurtherassumethatintherighthandsideofEq.[689]Smy/m0isequivalenttoln(1+S).Thisis
thezeroorderapproximationanditssubstitutionintofirstordertermswillresultinanerroroforder
2.Then,neglectingothertermsoforder2,wefinallyarriveto(recallEq.[610]:
159
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
F1
ln 1 S
4 1 2
2
2 2
y
my
1 1 S
0
3/ 2
[690]
m 4 2 1 S
ln 1 S
n 1 n4 Co2 n 2n
Figure620:Coefficient,(y1)/,ofthefirstordercorrectionaccountingforthe
influenceofthefinitethermalconductivityoftheVCSsonthecryogenboiloff
rate,asafunctionofthecryogensensibility,S,fortwovaluesofthedimensionless
outerradiusoftheventingduct,.Theresultshavebeenobtainedbymeansofa
perturbationschemeinthesmallparameter,,whichmeasuredtheratioofnormal
160
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
tolateralheatflux,andarevalidprovidedthattermsoforder3/2canbeneglected.
Calculatedbythecompiler.
ThecorrectionislargerthanthatfromPaivanasetal.(1965)[177],Fig.5,byafactoroftheorderof3,
butthisfactordecreaseswhenincreases.TheaxialsymmetryoftheconfigurationsketchedinFigure
618 allowed us to show forth the influence of the radius which does not appear in the two
dimensionalmodeloftheaboveauthors.
n 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10
nk/n 1,0 0,5128 0,4563 0,4430 0,4402 0,4401 0,4408 0,4431 0,4457
161
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
InTable61twovaluesofm/m0,aregivenforheliumwithTH=300K.Thefirstonecorrespondtok=
k and>thesecondonetokdependingontemperature.Theratioofthesecondvaluetothefirstoneis
k=0,46.
It is seen that the error incurred in assuming no interactive adverse effects is close to 4% except for
situationscorrespondingtolargedeviationsfromtheidealcase,asinthecasen=0oftheabovetable.
6.3 Supports
6.3.1 Introduction
Supportsarebasiccomponentsofcryogenictankagewhoseaimistransferringinertialloads,dueto
themassesofcryogenandinnervessel,totheoutershell.
Intheabsenceofsupports,theseinertialloadswouldactdirectlyontheinsulation,compressingitand
degradingitscharacteristics,nottomentiontheproblemswhichcouldariseasaresultofbreakageof
venttubesandfillinglines.
Fromthethermalcontrolpointofviewthesupportsposesevereproblemsbecause:
1. theirthermalconductivityislargerthanthatoftheinsulationand,
2. theperformanceofanMLIishighlysensitivetopenetrationsthroughthelayers.
Thesepenetrationslocallydegradetheinsulation,anditsnegativeeffectscanextendoversignificant
areas.
Sincetheheatleaksfromthecryogencouldbegreatlyaffectedbythesupports,considerablecareand
ingenuityshouldbeexercisedtodesignsupportsbeingbothstrong,towithstandthestressestowhich
thetankislikelytobesubjected,andgoodinsulators,tocontributelittletoheatinleaks.
Theconfigurationchosentosupportaninsulatedvesseldependsonthedesignerabilitytotacklethe
specificproblemsofaparticulardesign.Itsmanufacturewillinvolvecraftmanshipandtechnology.
Somecommonlyusedsupportsare:
1. Tensionrodsofhighstrengthmaterial,
2. tensileties,
3. saddlebandsofmetalorplastic,
4. plasticcompressionblocks,
5. multiplecontactsupports(stackeddiscs)and
6. compressiontubes.
InthecaseofspaceborneVCSDewarsthemostcommonlyusedare:
1. Tubesundertensionalflexuralloads,and
2. lowthermalconductancetensileties.
The use of plastic compression blocks has found limited application (see JPLCaltech VCS Dewar,
Clause6.4.3.2).
Stacked discs use the thermal joint conductance between two solids tore duce heat leaks through
them.Thisidea,whichwasfirstsuggestedbyMikesell&Scott(1956)[151]andextensivelydeveloped
by Probert (1967) [186], has been considered for supporting spaceborne cryogenicpropellant
162
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
containers (Glaser et al. (1967) [75]). Its use for small containers, however, seems to be ruled out
becauseofthebulkyframeworkrequiredtoholdthediscsinplace.
VaporcoolingofthesupportshasbeenanalyzedbyTsao(1974)[242],andBejan(1975)[20].InTsaos
analysis helium vapors cool the entire length of the support, whereas in the system considered by
Bejan cooling is concentrated at some points along the support (cooling stations) leaving the in
between stretches free of coolant. The idea of combining support and venting tube has been often
suggested(see,forexample,Bennetetal.(1974)[23].
A helpful concept in the first choice of the support material is the Material Figure of Merit or
strengththermalconductivityratio.Compositedesignallowsthecombinationofseveralmaterialsin
themostfavorableway.
ThisClauseconcerningsupportsisarrangedinageneraltospecificorder.Figuresofmeritforseveral
materialsatcryogenictemperaturesaregiveninClause6.3.2.Then,dataonlowthermalfluxtubing
are presented in Clause 6.3.3. Finally, several representative supports are described in full detail.
TensileandflexuralsupportsaredealtwithinClause6.3.4andcompressivesupportsinClause6.3.5.
The information presented here could be complemented with that in Clause 6.5 (Existing Systems).
Duplicityinpresentationisavoidedinanycase.
163
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table69:FigureofMerit,/k,ofSeveralTensileSupportMaterialsatCryogenic
Temperaturesa
Ultimate Figureof
Thermal
Tensile YieldStress, Merit,
Material Conductivity,
Strength, 0,2x106[Pa] (/k)x106
k[W.m1.K1]
ultx106[Pa] [Pa.m.K.W1]
METALLIC
INORGANIC
ORGANIC
164
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Ultimate Figureof
Thermal
Tensile YieldStress, Merit,
Material Conductivity,
Strength, 0,2x106[Pa] (/k)x106
k[W.m1.K1]
ultx106[Pa] [Pa.m.K.W1]
165
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure621:Cryogenicsupportstubes.a)Composite.b)Allmetal.Alldimensions
areinmm.FromHall&Spond(1977)[81].
A thorough information on the manufacture and testing of thesetubes is given by Hall et al. (1971)
[80].AlesscompletebutmoreaccessiblereferenceisthatbyHall&Spond(1977)[81].Unfortunately
notensileand/orflexuraltestsofcompletetubeassembliesarereported,probablybecauseofthefact
that the main emphasis was placed onthe development of cryogenic transfer lines, nevertheless the
manufacturingdetailsandheattransferdatamaybeofinterest.
Twelvestylesoftubingwithdiameters12,7x103m,50,8x103mand127x103mwerefabricated,and
testedattemperaturesfrom20Kto294Kpressureupto20,7x10Pa.
Metal liners were fabricated by resistance welding, fusion welding or chemically milling a thicker
stockmaterial.
End fittings were joined to the liners by fusion or resistance welding. Explosive forming techniques
providecapabilityforjoiningaluminiumendfittingsdirectlytothinstainlesssteelliners.
Stainlesssteelisrecommendedforliners.321CRES(321StainlessSteel:0,18Cr,0,10Ni,0,04Ti,0,08
C, Fe Balance. CRES: Crucible Electric Steel Co., Homestead, Pa.) exhibits excellent welding
properties, although, after fusion welding, a relatively large heat affected zone appears in the weld
areaand,thence,thestructuralpropertiesarereduced.347CRES(347StainlessSteel:0,18Cr,0,10Ni,
0,08 Nb, 0,08 C, Fe Balance. CRES: Crucible Electric Steel Co., Homestead, Pa.) has been selected
becauseofitsexcellentweldingandformingcharacteristics.
Overwrappingwasperformedbyeithermachinewrappedfilamentwinding,overwrapbybraiding,
orhandtapewrapping.
Therecommendedreinforcementis20endS/HTSglassrovingwithanepoxycompatiblefinish.
Resinmatrixisselectedonthebasisofgoodmechanicalpropertiesatroomtemperatures,reasonably
good performance at cryogenic temperatures, shelf life in prepreg form (in excess of 2 weeks), and
adequatecuringtemperature.Theresin5868Rfulfilstheserequirements,itcuresat422K.
SomeresultsfromthethermaltestsaresummarizedinFigure622toFigure625.Anouterthermal
guardshroudwasplacedtominimizetheradicalheatflux,qm,duringtheperformanceofthetests.On
thecontrary,noinsulationwasplacedinternallyandthetubeswereevacuated.Data,notgivenhere,
indicatethattheeffectofchangesintheinternaltubeemittance, ,isnegligible.Onlydatafortubes
withdiameters12,7x103mand50,8x103mhavebeenreproducedhere.
166
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Although the tubes are too slender for supporting purposes some of the trends in Figure 622 to
Figure 625 are worth being mentioned. It can be seen, for example, that there is a limit in the
reductionofheatfluxtobegainedbyusingthefiberglassoverwraptechnique,andthatthereduction
inlinerthicknessdecreasestheheatfluxtentimesmoreeffectivelythanthereductionintheoverwrap
thickness.
Figure622:Heattransferrate,Qs,throughfiberglassoverwrappedandthrough
allstainlesssteelsupportsvs.supportlength,L,forseveralvaluesoflinerwall
thickness,tl,andoverwrapthickness,to.(a)Innerdiameterofthetube,d=
12,7x103m.(b)d=50,8x103m.FromHalletal.(1971)[80].
167
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure623:Heattransferrate,Qs,throughfiberglassoverwrappedsupportsvs.
linerwallthickness,tl,forseveralsupportlengths,Landoverwrapthickness,to=
0,762x103m.Hoopwrapping.(a)Innerdiameterofthetube,d=12,7x103m.(b)d=
50,8x103m.FromHalletal.(1971)[80].
168
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure624:Heattransferrate,Qs,throughfiberglassoverwrappedstainlesssteel
supportsvs.overwrapthickness,to,forseveralsupportslengths,L,andlinerwall
thicknesstl=0,51x103m.Hoopwrapping.(a)Innerdiameterofthetube,d=
12,7x103m.(b)d=50,8x103m.FromHalletal.(1971)[80].
169
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure625:Heattransferrate,Qs,throughfiberglassoverwrappedstainlesssteel
supportsvs.warmboundarytemperature,TH,forseveralvaluesofthecold
boundarytemperature,TC.Tubelength,L,linerwallthickness,tl,andoverwrap
thickness,to,asindicatedintheinsert.Hoopwrapping.(a)Innerdiameterofthe
tube,d=12,7x103m.(b)d=50,8x103m.FromHalletal.(1971)[80].
170
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure626:Typicalsupportingmethods.Noticehowtherodsshownin(a)are
crossedtominimizetheeffectofthermalcontractionandtoincreasethelengthof
theheatflowpath.In(b),longsuspensionrodsareaccommodatedinstandoffs.
FromBarron(1966)[18].
Figure627showsacloseupofasupportforaDewaroftheliquidheliumcooledIRtelescopebeing
developedbyGermanSpaceAgency(DFVLR)foruseonboardtheShuttle/Spacelab.Thesesupports
areconstructedoffiberglassreinforcedcompositewithcrosssectionsof0,87x104m2(thosesupports
inthebottomofthecontainer)and0,33x104m2(thoseinthetop),andaredesignedtowithstandthe
launch vibration of the vehicle, the minimum frequency being 30 Hz. The heat leaks through all
supportswouldbe150mW,butcanbeconsiderablyreducedbycontactingthesupportstotheVCS.
Figure627:Tensilesupportofaliquidheliumtank.FromLemke,Klipping&
Rmisch(1978)[131].
Inadditiontosupportingtheinnervesselandotheritems,thesupportcabealsousedtorestrainthe
cooled shields of the VCS system so that they do not contact each other bringing forth a thermal
bridge.ThiscanbeachievedbyspacingdiscslockedonthesupportassketchedinFigure628.These
discsprovidespacingbetweentheshieldswithoutimposingaxialloadswhichwouldtendtobuckle
theshields.
171
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure628:Spacingdiscs.FromBennettetal.(1974)[23].
Theuseofvariablegeometrysupportingsystemshasbeensetforthrecently.Urbach&Herring(1976)
[243] depict a liquid helium Dewar, developed by Ball Brothers Research Corp. (see Clause 6.4.3.2),
whosesupportingsystemconsistsofsixtitaniumsupportswhichareretractable,plussixfiberglass
supportsowhichtheVCSsareattached.Thetitaniumsupportsareusedduringthehighacceleration
phaseoflaunching.Onceinorbitthesesupportsareretractedintothecryogencontainerwhichrests
onthefiberglasssupports.
172
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure629:SupporttubeforaliquidheliumDewar.FromBennettetal.(1974)
[23].
Thesupportismadefrom304StainlessSteel.Itis0,3mlong.Itscrosssectionalareais2,09x104m2at
thewarmend,and0,88x104m2atthecoldend.
The supported mass is 390 kg. The support can withstand a steady acceleration of 10 g and 5 g
vibration,bothintheaxialdirection.
Theventingductisthermallyconnectedtotheinnersurfaceofthesupportbyeithersoftsolderingor
brazing.Thusthesupportservesasaheattransfermediumbetweencooledshieldsandventingduct.
Toinsurethattheventingductdoesnotcontributesignificantlytothethermalconductionalongthe
supporttubethethreadofthespirallingventingductshouldbeseveraltimesitsdiameter.
After the cryostat is filled with helium, the support tube is packed with metallized hollow
microspherestoprovideinsulationforboththeprelaunchconditionandthemission.
Theinnervesselisrestrainedfromlateralmovementbythreeradialfiberglassties,each0,5mlong
and0,165x104m2incrosssectionalarea.SpacingdiscsasthosesketchedinFigure628areprovided.
Thecryogentemperatureis2K.Theestimatedheatleakthroughthesupportisnotgiven.
173
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure630:Twowaysofsupportingcryogeniccontainersbymeansoftensileties.
AfterGlaseretal.(1967)[75].
TheliquidheliumcryostatshowninFigure631,beingdevelopedbyESAforuseonboardSpacelab,
hasatanksupportedby24fiberglassstruts.Eachstrutiscomposedofthreepartsconnectedtogether
atthelevelofeachshieldinordertofacilitatetheintegrationandtoachieveagoodthermalcontact.
Figure631:SketchoftheSuperfluidHeliumCryostatforSpaceUse(CRHESUS)
showingthetensiletiesusedforsupportingtheheliumtank.FromLizonTati&
Girard(1978)[134].
TheheatflowbetweenthemainelementsofthecryostatisshowninFigure632.
174
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure632:CRHESUSheatflowdiagram.FromLizonTati&Girard(1978)[134].
175
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure633:Compositecolumncompressivesupport.FromHeim&Fast(1973)
[85].
Thesupportswereconstructedusingaluminiumfortheintermediatetubeandfiberglassepoxyfor
theinnerandoutertubes.Bothfiberglassepoxytubeshavea1,6x103mwallthicknesssincethiswas
thethinnesttubewallmanufacturedusingnormalshoppractice.Awall3,2x103mthickwaschosen
forthealuminiumtubetoassuregoodtubetoflangewelds.Fouraluminiumflangesweremachined
with 6x103 m deep groves, to accept the epoxy fiberglass tubes, and two of these flanges were
weldedtothealuminiumtubeasshowninFigure633.Priortobondingwithepoxy,allaluminium
bondingsurfaceswerechemicallyetchedwithasodiumdichromatesulphuricacidsolution,whereas
theinnerandouterbondingsurfaceswerelightlysandedandwipedwithcleaningagent.Allflange
jointswerebondedtogetherwithalowtemperatureepoxyandcuredatroomtemperature.
Aftercuring,thetopandbottomflangesweremachinednormallytothecolumncenterline.Several
layersofsuperinsulationwereinsertedbetweenthetubestominimizeheattransfer.
Thespecimenwhichhasbeendescribedwastestedwiththefollowingresults:
Collapseload...........8,53x104N
Heatleak...............13,53x103W
Heightchange................0
ThesecompositecolumnsarebeingusedattheUSNationalAcceleratorLaboratory,Batavia,Illinois,
tosuperconductingmagnetcoils.TheVCSDewarflownontheNimbusFweathersatellitehadsimilar
supports.
6.4.1 Introduction
This Clausedeals with phase separators for dewars holding cryogens other than superfluid helium.
This means that separation between liquid and vapor cannot be based on the thermomechanical
effect (see Clause 7.1.1.1). The superfluid porous plug, based on this effect, will be introduced in
1
Clause7.4.
176
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Theultimateaimofanyphaseseparatoristoallowventingofvaporonlyforrelievingthepressure
increaseswhichresultfromtheheatinputtothestoredcryogen.Ventingofliquidwouldresultina
lossofcoolantandadecreaseofthecoolingeffectivenessofthesystem.
Ventingofvaporonly,torelievethecontainer,canbeachievedefficientlyundersteadyconditions,in
the terrestrial laboratory, when the necksupport of the dewar is placed vertically upwards or only
slightlytilted.Underreducedgravityconditions,onthecontrary,theliquidvaporinterfacecanshift
easilybytheactionofsmalldisturbingforcesandseepageofrefrigerantliquidwouldresult.
Phase separation is also a problem in liquid propellant tankage, but there the aim is twofold: 1)
Venting of vaporonly, as above, and 2) Feeding the engines with liquid only. Problems associated
withliquidretentiondevicesareoccasionallyconsideredinthisClauseinasmuchasliquidretention
ensuresventingofvapors,butthemass(below100kg),size(below1m)andothercharacteristicsof
thetanksindicatethattheyareusedforcryogeniccoolingpurposes.
Several (mostly desirable) features of separating systems for cryogeniccooling dewars are
summarizedinTable610.
Table610:MainFeaturesofSeparatingSystemsforVCSDewars
Aim Ventingofvaporsonly
Background 1.Workatcryogenictemperatures.
Requirements 2.workunderreducedgravity.
3.Sturdy.canwithstandstructuraleffectsofaccelerations.
4.Satisfactoryperformancecanbepromptlyrecuperatedafter
accelerations.
5.Nomovingparts.
6.Passive.Noextraenergyrequired.
7.Basedonavailabledesigndata.
Criticallity Smallullages.
Alternative 1.Singlebubble.
StartingFluid 2.Manybubbles(Lowqualityfluid).
Configuration 3.Manydroplets(Highqualityfluid).
Suitable 1.Bubblepositioner.
Devices 2.Lowqualityfluidseparator.
3.Highqualityfluidseparator.
Variousdevices,withtheiradvantagesandlimitations,areintroducedinTable611.Mostofthemdo
notcompletelyfulfilthebackgroundrequirementsinTable610.
177
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table611:PhaseSeparatingSystems
Basic Concept Description Advantages Drawbacks References
Principle
178
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
179
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
towardregionsofhighfield withstandaccelerations.
strength.Ventvalveisplaced Recoveryafteraccelerations
intothelowfieldregion. abovedesignvaluesis
unknown.
180
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
181
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure634:Schematicofthermodynamicventsystem.a)Forcedconvection.From
Mitchelletal.(1967).b)Pulsedconstantpressure.FromMlleretal.(1983)[157].
The twophase fluid drawn from the container is throttled and passed through a heat exchanger to
vaporize any liquid still remaining in the vent stream, and to cool the bulk tank fluid circulating
throughtheothersideoftheexchanger.
After leaving the heat exchanger, the vent fluid can be either vented directly or further expanded
throughaturbinetosupplypowertoatankmixer.
Since the quality of the inlet stream could vary, a modulating valve is used for controlling the
throttlingprocess.Flowcontroldownstreamoftheheatexchangerismaintainedbyavalvesensing
containerpressure.
Themainadvantageofthesystemisthatitsoperationisindependentoftheliquidvapordistribution
inthecontainerordisturbingaccelerationsonthevehicle.
Bulk mixing is used for temperature uniformization. If the mixer is electrically driven there is an
increaseintheexternalheatinputtothecontainer.Thiscouldbeeliminatedbyuseofaturbinedrive.
Theheatexchangercanbeacoiledtube,plateandfin,oraporousplugclosetoaheatsource.Inthe
socalledinternalconfiguration,theheatexchangerisplacedwithinthecontainer,asinFigure634a.
The cryogenic fluid and vapor are the heatexchanger hotsidefluid. Operation of the system then
reduces the pressure within the container. Other locations of the heat exchanger, such as on the
insulation (Figure 634b), or on the container wall, will result in larger system masses but do not
require recirculation of the fluid for effective cooling. Nevertheless, recirculation is still useful in
containers holding cryogenic liquids for long times, to avoid temperature stratification (Moses &
Gluck(1973)[156])andtoprovideamoreuniformfluid.Capillarypumpinghasbeenconsideredfor
thesepurposes(Blatt&Aydelott(1978)[25]).
The performance ofan internal heat exchangershould not vary significantlywith gravity level. The
mixing process, on the contrary, strongly depends on this level. Aydelott (1976, 1979) [14] & [15]
considered jet stirring in partially filled containers under reduced gravity. The interaction of the jet
with the liquidvapor interface and the resulting bubbles, unsteadiness of the interface, etc... are
182
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
complicated phenomena deserving careful watching. The nonsteady effects of superimposed
accelerationshavenotbeenconsideredyet.
A very simple thermodynamic phase separator which has been utilized in Dewars onboard the
CosmosseriesisshowninFigure635.Itconsistsofatubetwistedintoaspiral(theheatexchanger)
withathrottlingdeviceattheinputend.
Figure635:Thermodynamicphaseseparator.FromFradkov&Troitskii(1975)
[71].
Theinnerpressureofthecontainerisp1.Theexitpressurep2(p2<p1)iskeptconstantduringtheflight
bycontrollingthegasexhaustintospace.
Under the action of the pressure difference, p1p2, throttling of a small part of the cryogen from the
container takes place in the throttling device and the fluid temperature within the spiral tube is
lowered. As a result of the heat transfer from the bulk liquid, the liquid within the heat exchanger
evaporatesandonlyvaporreachestheexit.
183
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure636:Acapillarybarrierinstaticequilibrium.FromMcCarthy(1968)[144].
ThepressureatlevelAintheliquidis
pl=pvlgl,
whereasthepressureinthevapor,thedensityofwhichisnegligible,ispvatanylevel.
The shape of the interface in the level A opening must result in a capillary pressure balancing the
differencepvpl
(1/R1+1/R2)=gl,
where is the liquidvapor surface tension and R1, R2 the two principal radii of curvature of the
interface.
Foracircularopening,diameterd,anawettingliquid,thelargestpressuredifferenceappearswhen
theinterfacebecomeshemispherical,R1=R2=d/2.Thus,
4/dgl
andthecurvatureoftheinterfacedecreasesasldecreases,assketchedinFigure636.
Staticequilibrium,intermsofthestaticBondnumber(seeClause6.4.7.1),requires
Bo=gld/
It is assumed that the liquid wets the barrier (i.e., the liquidsolid contact angle, , is close to zero).
Thus, the barrier offers resistance to vapor only. Conversely, when approaches 180 there is no
resistancetopassageofvapor.
Fluids such as those used for cryogenic cooling and cryogenic propellants have, in general, zero
contactanglesonsteel,aluminium,titanium,andallothermetalsthathavebeeninvestigated,andon
ceramicororganicglassysolids(Neu&Good(1963)[166]).
184
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure637:Containerwithacapillarybarrierpartition.FromMcCarthy(1968)
[144].(a)Anangularaccelerationappearswhentheinterfaceisformedatthe
barrier.(b)Theconfigurationreachesasteadyangularvelocitybeforeinteraction
oftheinterfacewiththebarrier.SeeTable612forthedefinitionofthe
experimentalconditions.
Table612:ExperimentalConditionsforCapillaryBarrierStabilityStudies(Figure
637).
d/D Nodeffectfoundincase(b)even
thoughdvariedbyafactorof3.
lo/D lo/Dsmallenoughforsmall
dissipationbutlargeenoughtoreach
the =>0state.
0,1<Op<0,46 Op Opistheratioofopentototalareaof
thebarrier.Akintoporosity,
seeClause7.4.3.
Rotational LdD/
Bond
Number
185
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Number 641.
NOTE FromMcCarthy(1968)[144].
In the case of Figure 637a the critical disturbance corresponds to an acceleration parallel to the
barrier.ThisisthecounterpartofFigure636with L insteadofg.Theresultsofthetestsareshown
inFigure638.Itisseenthatthebarrierislessstableunderdynamicthanunderstaticconditions,>the
criticalBondnumbers being, respectively, less than 1and 4.See alsoFigure639, wherea Reynolds
numberinfluenceappears.
Figure638:Resultsofbarrierdynamicstabilitytests.Bondnumbercontrolled
mode.Testswereinsufficientfordeterminingtheeffectonbarrierstabilityofthe
variousdimensionlessparameters.FromMcCarthy(1968)[144].
186
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure639:Resultsofdynamicstabilitytestswithdifferentbarriers.Bond
numbercontrolledmode.Theacceleration,g,isparalleltothebarrier.FromFester
(1973)[67].AReynoldsnumberthroughtheholehasbeenplottedvs.thecritical
Bondnumber.
Normal(tobarrier)accelerations,whichproducetheinstabilityoftheinterface,areusuallynotcritical.
Whentheporesofthecapillarybarrierarecircularofdiameterd,thecriticalBondnumberhappensto
be
Bo=gd2/=3,36
when the contact angle is zero (Fester (1973) [67]). This has been verified by drop tower tests of
capillarybarrierswhichalsoshownthatthecriticalBoforasquareweavescreenisslightlylessthan
thatgivenabove.
Figure637bcorrespondstoacontainerwhichcouldreachasteadyangularvelocitybeforetheliquid
vapor interface approaches the barrier, thence the phenomena of interest occur while there is no
acceleration of the reference frame (other than gravitational). The controlling parameter is not the
Bondnumber(ratioofhydrostatictosurfacetensionforces)buttheWebernumberwhichistheratio
ofdynamicforcesinthefluidtosurfacetensionforces(seeClause6.4.7.1).
Results of several tests are giveninFigure640 where Wec is an analyticallyobtained criticalWeber
number(Figure641).
187
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure640:Resultsofbarrierdynamicstabilitytests.Webernumbercontrolled
mode.FromMcCarthy(1968)[144].TheWebernumberinabscissaeisnormalized
withananalyticalcriticalWebernumberWec,whichisgiveninFigure641below.
Figure641:CriticalWebernumber,Wec,asafunctionofgeometry,l/D,and
positionoftheaxisofrotation,L/D.Theseresultshavebeenobtainedbyuseofa
potential(incompressible,inviscid,irrotationalflow)theorywithOp1,although
assumingthatthebarrierinducesacapillarypressuredifference.FromGluck
(1970)[76].
ThedampingeffectofperforatedbarrierscanbeassessedintermsofaWebernumberdefinedas,
We=V2d/,
whereVistheliquidimpingementvelocity.Therelativemeritsofdifferenttypesofbarriersaregiven
inFigure642.
188
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure642:Dampingperformanceofselectedbarriers.FromFester(1973)[67].The
dampingcategoriesAtoGareassociatedtotheflowpatternsresultingafter
impingementoftheliquidwiththebarrier,fromorderly(A)toirregular(G).
Capillary barriers are hardly used alone as separating devices. They can, however, enhance the
performanceofotherdevicesasinthecaseofthecompartmentedtankinFigure643.
189
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure643:Compartmentedtankdevice.FromFester,Eberhardt&Tegart(1975)
[68].
Inthissystemascreenlinerconcentricwiththetankwallholdstheliquid(orpartofit).Thisliquid
canbeusedeitherforwallcoolingorforfeedingthethrusters.Retentionoftheliquidwithintheliner
depends on the balance of pressure forces (static and dynamic) and surface tension forces. The
additionofbarriers,asshowninFigure643,reducesthehydrostaticheadmakingiteasiertoretain
liquidinahighgenvironment.Obviously,theventingcompartmentshouldbedepletedpriortothe
othercompartments.
Figure644:Sustainedliquidheightinacapillarytube.
190
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
l 4Lb cos / d
2
[691]
whereisthesolidliquidvaporcontactangleandLbthesocalledBondlength
Lb=[/(lv)g]1/2
which, for a given g, is a material property (see Clause 6.4.6.2). Usually l >v and the later is
neglected.TheBondlengthappearswheneverhydrostaticandcapillaryforcesbalanceeachother.
Iftheliquidwetsthesurfaceofthecapillarybecomesclosetozeroandlreachesitsmaximumvalue
forgivenLbandd.
Equation[691],above,canbeusedinordinaryfibrouslayers,whenchannelgeometryisnotuniform,
providedthatanequivalentdiameter,DE,isusedford.
DE=[/(1)]do,
beingthevolumeporosity(seeTable746,Clause7.4.3),anddothediameterofthefiber.
Experimentalresultsforseveralfibers(closeto0,94)areshowninFigure645.Liquidwasethanol.
Acapsulecontainingtheliquidandpackedfiberswascentrifuged.Sustainedliquidheightisdeduced
fromliquidmassinsidethecapsulebeforeandaftercentrifugation.Gravitylevelwasaround40go.A
smallamountofliquidwaslostbecauseevaporationintotheatmosphere.
Figure645:Sustainedethanolheight,l,vs.diameteroffiber,do.Gravitylevel40go.
FromEnya,Kisaragi,Ochiai,Sasao&Kuriki(1981)[64].
ThesolidlineinFigure645hasbeendeducedfromEq.[691]with =0andDE=10,2do.Thecorrect
expressionofDEwith=0,94shouldbeDE=15,7do.Thence,experimentalheightsare1,5timeshigher
than those predicted. Reasons for the deviation could be the highly distorted configuration of the
channelsanduncertaintiesinthevaluesofanddo.
Withstandingoftheaccelerationbythefibersisalsoimportant.CeramicfiberKaowool(seeECSSE
HB3101Part7,clause5)exhibitsgoodcharacteristicsbutsmallpiecesoffiberareentrainedintothe
vapor.
191
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure646givessimilarresultsforammonia.Theporousmediumwaspackingglasswool,do=106m
and0,95.Packinglengthwas20mmexceptforpointlabelledunderfilledNH3whichwas10mm.
Figure646:Sustainedliquidheight,l,vs.gravitylevel,g/go.Liquidsare:Ammonia
(circle),underfilledAmmonia(square),andethanol(triangle).Matrixisglass
wool,do=106m.SolidlineshavebeendeducedfromEq.[691]with=0andthe
quotedvaluesofd.FromEnya,Kisaragi,Ochiai,SasaoandKuriki(1981)[64].
Accelerationwaschangedfrom10goto150go.
The capsule was hermetically sealed and the volume of the spread liquid was measured through a
scaleintheglasscontainer.
Solidlines,whicharedrawnmerelyforreference,havebeendeducedfromEq.[691]with =0and
thequotedvaluesofd.
Sustained liquid height was twice as high as the theoretical value. This could be attributed to glass
woolgeometryortoaperforatedTeflonplateplacedtopreventammoniaspillage.
192
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure647:Criterionfortheonsetofnucleationinsubcooledboiling.After
Collier(1981)[46].
TheincipienceofnucleateboilingintubeshasbeenconsideredbyDavis&Anderson(1966)[52].They
givethecriticalradius,rc,ofanactivecavityfornucleateboilingas,
rc Bkl / q
1/ 2
[692]
with
B=[2Tsat(1/v1/l)]/hfg
Intheseequationsthesymbolshavetheusualmeanings.
Atlowvaluesofqandofthepressure(whichappearsimplicitlyinB)thecriticalradiiaremuchlarger
thantheradiiofthevoidsanditisdifficulttoreachboiling(Enyaetal.(1981)[64]).Nevertheless,Eq.
[692]isbased,amongothers,onthefollowingtwohypotheses:
1. Bubleradiusismuchsmallerthanthatofthetube,and
2. Thereisasufficientlywide(continuous)rangeofactivecavitysizesavailable.
Whenrcresulttobetoolargeanestimateofthelargestactivecavityontheheatingsurfaceshould
be made. In the case of water reasonable agreement with experimental data was found when a
maximumactivesizeof106mradiuswasused.
193
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
6.4.5.1 Post
Acentralpost,seeinsertinFigure648,canbeusedtopositionabubblebetweenthetopofthepost
andthetopofatank.Thepostheight,l,requiredtopositionagivenullage,U,isdeducedfromFigure
648 (curve labelled d/R = 0). In this particular instance gravity is nil (spherical bubble), the tank is
spherical,andthediameterofthepostzero.Uisgivenby
U 1 1 / 2 R
3
[693]
Figure648:Postheight,l,requiredtopositionagivenullage,U,underreduced
gravity.SeeClause6.4.5.2forexplanationofcurvesd/R=/0,BandC.
Anullageof0,125(or12,5%)correspondstoasphericalbubbleofdiameterR.Whenthepostisvery
slender (d 0) the location of the bubble is indeterminate if the ullage is smaller than 0,125 (notice
sphereBintheinsertofFigure648).Thus,thepostlengthisusuallysmallerthanthetankradius.
AccordingtoamathematicalanalysisquotedbyTegart&Fester(1975)[232]:
1. Theaxialstabilityoftheconfigurationincreaseswhenthepostdiameterandthetaperto
therootincreases.
2. The interface contacting the top edge of the post is less stable than one intersecting the
postelsewhere.
194
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
3. The configuration has little lateral stability. Any lateral disturbance produces an offset
ullagealthoughrecenteringoccurswhentheperturbationdisappears.
Thepostsaresimple,easytodesign,manufactureandinstall,butprovidepoorullagecontrol.
6.4.5.2 Standpipe
Thestandpipeisessentiallyalargediameter,hollowpost.Openingsareprovidedaroundthebaseso
itcanfillwithliquid.Figure649,fromPetrashetal.(1963)[184],showsaconfigurationthebehavior
of which under large ullage conditions has been tested in MA7 spacecraft. Height of standpipe is
determinedinamannersimilartothatusedforthepost,althoughtheresultsareslightlymodifiedby
the larger values of d. For instance, considering a thinwalled standpipe of diameter d, the ullage
fraction,U,sphereAinFigure650,is:
2
U 1 1 / 2 R d / 4 R / 1 1 / 2 R
3
[694]
Figure649:Experimentalglasstankwithastandpipe.FromPetrash,Nussle&
Otto(1963)[184].Allthedimensionsareinmm.
195
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure650:Minimumullagecenteringcapabilityofthestandpipe.
which reduces to Eq. [693] above when d << R. Curves of U for different values of d/R have been
showninFigure648.
Thestandpipeswallowsthebubble,sphereBinFigure650,when
Ud3/8R3.
ThecorrespondinglimitingcurvehasbeenlabelledcurveBinFigure648.
Centeringofthebubblecannotbeaccomplishedforullagefractionseitherlessthand3/8R3(sphereB
inFigure650)orlessthan(1/2d/4R)3(sphereCinFigure650).Thelastmentionedlimitationhas
beenlabelledCinFigure648.
Analysisoftheullagecenteringcapabilityofthestandpipeshowedthat(Tegart&Fester(1975)[232]):
1. Atlowullagevolumesthelateralstabilityofthestandpipeismuchlikethatofthepost.
2. Atlargesullagesmostoftheliquidbecomesorientedinsidethestandpipe,Figure651.
Figure651:Liquidacquisitionbythestandpipeforlargeullages.FromPetrash,
Nussle&Otto(1983)[184].
Thestandpipesaresimple,easytodesign,manufactureandinstall.Nevertheless,theirullagecontrol
isstillpoor.
196
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
6.4.5.3 Post with fingers
A post with fingers, Figure 652, is slightly better than the post alone. Smaller bubbles (up to 0,05
ullage volumes) can be stabilized when the ullage is initially centered, but other stable bubble
locationsarepossible.Stabilityintheaxialdirectionisthesameasforthepost.
Figure652:Centralpostwiththin,offaxis,posts(fingers).FromTegartetal.
(1972)[233].
The post with fingers device presents minimum loading and handling problems, and slightly
improvedullagecontrol.
6.4.5.4 Vanes
Thisdeviceconsistsofseveralvanesradiatingoutwardfromasmallsupportingpost.
The height of the device depends on the ullage volume as in Figure 648, other variables being the
numberandprofileofthevanes.
The vane profile is so designed that the sole ullage equilibrium configuration is the centered one,
capillaryforcespushtheoffsetbubbletoitsequilibriumposition.
Aninnerlimitinthevaneprofileallowstheundistortedbubbletobetangenttothetankwallandjust
touch the vanes. In order to stabilize the bubble in the centered position the vane profile is kept
outsidetheinnerlimitexceptforthecenteredposition.
The relationship between the vane profile, ullage volume and number of vanes is deduced from
Figure653b
Rmin()=(Rr)cos(/2)[r2(Rr)2sin2(/2)]1/2
where:=(2/n)sin,nnumberofvanes,andr=RU1/3.
197
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure653:Criteriatodeducevaneprofilelimits.FromTegartetal.(1972)[233].
Theouterlimitiscontrolledbyaphenomenoncalledbubblebreakup,madeapparentindroptower
tests.Asaconsequenceofthisbreakuptheullagesplitsintoanumberofbubbleswhichfitwithinthe
vanes with no capillary forces acting on them. The experiments indicate that the maximum local
lengthofthevaneisgivenbythetangencycondition,Figure653c
Rmax()=Rcos(/2)/[1+sin(/2)],
whichresultstobeullageindependentsincer=Rmaxtan(/2).
InnerandouterlimitscalculatedintypicalcasesareshowninFigure654.
198
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure654:Limitingvaneprofiles,Rmin/RandRmax/Rforn=6,8and12vanes.
Rmin/RhasbeencalculatedforanullageU=0,05.Rmax/Risullageindependent.
AfterTegartetal.(1972)[233].
Inmostcasestheprofileofthevanegoesbetweenthesetwolimits.Nevertheless,insomeinstances
the outer limit is exceeded near the root of the central post, for example when operation at larger
ullagesisrequiredorwhenthepumpingcapabilityofthevanemustbeenhanced.
Therestoringforceofaneffectivevaneprofilecanbeestimatedasfollows:
1st.Thefinitenumberofvanes(6,8,12,...)issubstitutedbyaninfinitenumber(centralaxisymmetric
body)theradiusRoofwhich,measuredfromthetankcenter,increaseswithdisplacementangle,.
2nd. The geometry of the displaced and distorted bubble and the capillary forces acting on it are
simplifiedsothattheforcebecomesproportionaltothedifferenceincurvaturebetweenoppositeends
ofthebubble,asshowninFigure655.
199
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure655:Simplifiedbubblegeometry.Thebubbleisheldbytwocontiguous
vanesandshapesupasifitwereheldbytheeffectivevane.FromTegartetal.
(1972)[233].
Thecapillarypressuredifferenceacrossthebubbleis:
1 1 1 1
pb p a
rb rc ra rc [695]
thence,
1 1
K
rb ra [696]
resultstobeproportionaltotherestoringforce.
Thedefinitionofbubbleshapeiscrucial.UnfortunatelythisisnotdiscussedinthereportbyTegartet
al.(1975)[233].
When the ullage is not too large and R Ro() no too small, it can be assumed that the bubble is
stabilizedbetweentwoconcentricsphereswithradiiRoandRrespectively.Thus,thebubblebecomes
axisymmetric, Figure 656, and its volume can be easily computed. The relationship between the
ullage,U,andtheangle,a,whichcharacterizesthebubbleshape,becomes:
1 R a 1 Ro
3 3
U 1 o 1 cos 1
2 R 2 8 R
3 1 Ro / R a [697]
cos a sin
2 4 1 Ro / R 2
200
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure656:Theidealdistortedaxisymmetricalbubble.
Curvesofavs.Ro/Rforseveralvaluesoftheullage,U,areshowninFigure657.
201
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure657:Angleawhichmeasuresthedistortionofthebubblevs.ratio,Ro/R,of
innerbodyradiustotankradius.Calculatedbythecompiler.
Once Ro() is defined, and a calculated, the curvatures at both ends of the bubble (Figure 655) are
givenby(omittingthecontributionofrc)
1 2 1 2
,
ra a rb a
R Ro R Ro [698]
2 2
andKcanbecalculatedbymeansofEq.[696]above.
Three vane profiles from Tegart et al. (1972) [233] are shown in Figure 658. The dimensionless
restoringforceRKcorrespondingtoeachprofileisalsoshown.
202
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure658:Typicaleffectivevaneprofiles,Ro/R,anddimensionlessrestoring
force,RK,vs.displacementangle,.TheFigurehasbeenreplottedbythe
compilerafterarepresentationinpolarcoordinatesbyTegartetal.(1972)[233].
TheresultsinFigure659havebeencalculatedbyuseoftheverysimpletheorywhichhasbeenjust
presented.Theprofilesaregivenbytheequation,
Ro m
1 2 U 1
3
R k [699]
where k and m are two parameters, both close to unity, which individualize the members of the
family. Other profiles could be considered. The forces RK shown in the Figure seem to exhibit the
sametrendsandordersofmagnitudeasthoseinTegartetal.(1972)[233].
203
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure659:Typicaleffectivevaneprofiles,Ro/R,anddimensionlessrestoring
force,RK,vs.displacementangle,.Thevaneprofileshavebeencalculatedby
Eq.[699]withtheshownvaluesofkandm.ForceshavebeendeducedfromEqs.
[696]to[698].
3rd.Giventhenumber,n,ofvanes,theactualvaneprofileisdeducedbyintersectionoftheenvelope
ofthebubbleswithcouplesofplanescontainingtheverticalaxisofthetank,forminganangle2/n,
andcontactingsymmetricallyeitherendofthebubble.
Vanes are complex to design and difficult to manufacture and install, they are, however, highly
reliableandprovideagoodullagecontrol.
204
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
205
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure660:Bondlength,Lb,asafunctionofT,forsaturatedArgon,Methane,
NitrogenandOxygen.
206
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure661:Bondlength,Lb,asafunctionofT,forsaturatedEthane,Carbon
DioxideandAmmonia.
207
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure662:Bondlength,Lb,asafunctionofT,forsaturatedHydrogen,Helium
andNeon.
208
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table613:SourcesofDataforCalculatingBondLengths
lv Parachor
Reference Reference Reference
Temp.Range[K] Temp.Range[K]
209
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
6.4.6.3 Wetting
Wettingofthesolidbytheliquidiscrucialtotheperformanceofanyliquidretentionsystem.
Wettabilityismeasuredbytheliquidsolidcontactangle.Whenthecontactangle,,isclosetozero,it
is said that the liquid wets the solid. Unfortunately measurements of the apparent contact angle
hardlyyieldreproduciblevaluesduetomacroscopicdisturbingeffects.
The contact angle depends on the liquidvapor surface tension, and on the characteristics and
cleanlinessofthesurface.
Figure 663 indicates that an almost linear relationship exists between cos and for homologous
seriesofliquidsonthesamesolid.Thecriticalsurfacetensionisthatcorrespondingtocos=1.Ifthe
surfacetensionislessthancritical,theliquidspreadsonthesolidsurface.
Figure663:Relationbetweencontactangle,,andsurfacetension,,forseveral
liquidsonthequotedsurfaces.
Explanation
210
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Polyvinylfluoride(PVF,Tedlar)
Quartz,Gold,Silver Enyaetal.(1982)[64]
Lowfreeenergysurfaceshavesmallcriticalsurfacetensions,whereashighfreeenergysurfaces(like
mostmetals)havelargecriticalsurfacetensions,butsincetheyhavelargeadsorptionforces,theyare
pronetocontamination.Theresultingfilmcoatedsurfaceisalowfreeenergysurface.
Normally,surfacetensiondecreaseswithincreasingtemperaturesothatliquidswhichdonotspread
atlowertemperaturescouldspreadonthesamesurfaceathighertemperatures.
6.4.6.4 Compatibility
Compatibility of cryogens with their containers should be carefully considered. Many cryogens,
particularlypropellants,areextremelyreactive.
Theresistanceofmanyalloystotheseliquidsdependsontheformationofaninertcorrosionresistant
barriercoating.Inseveralcasesthemetalscoulddecomposetheliquid.Finally,severalmetaloxidizer
combinationsmayigniteunderimpact,nottomentionthattherearecryogenswhicharehazardous
materialsandrequirecarefulhandling.
Hydrogen embrittlement is considered in Clause 9.3.1 and material compatibility with Oxygen in
Clause1.1.1and9.2.2.CompatibilitydataofmaterialswithAmmonia(NH3)aresummarizedinTable
614,below.
211
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table614:CompatibilityofMaterialswithAmmonia.Nonmetals.
Material Temperature,[K]a
Gas Liquid
Thiokol COLD
GlassFabricand HOT
Silicone
Elastomer
SiliconeGreases HOT
Haveg41Epon 373
Silicone 297
Elastomer
SiliconeResins 297
Teflon HOT
Cork 297
212
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Material Temperature,[K]a
Gas Liquid
Polystyrene 297
Polyesters 297
Phenol 297
Formaldehyde
Nonmetals 373
Glass
Stoneware 373
Karbate 1366
Carbon 1366
Graphite 1366
NOTE *GlassFabricandSiliconeRubber.
a Maximumtemperaturepermissibleforagivenmaterialinclasses1to3.Minimumtemperatureatwhicha
givematerialbecomesclass4.
CompatibilityClassificationforNonMetals
Class
1 2 3 4
DurometerReading 3 10 10 <10or>+10
Change
213
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table614(Cont.)CompatibilityofMaterialswithAmmonia.Metals
Material Temperature,[K]a
Gas Liquid
347Stainless 297
Steel
Carpenter20 589
214
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Chlorimet23 297
NickleCopper 297
DowMetalC LOW
DowMetalF1 LOW
DowMetalH LOW
DowMetalJ1 LOW
DowMetalM LOW
215
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Titanium 353
Zinc 297
Zirconium 353
a Maximumtemperaturepermissibleforagivenmaterialinclasses1to3.Minimumtemperatureatwhicha
givematerialbecomesclass4.
CompatibilityClassificationforMetals
1 Excellent <1 No No
2 Good <5 No No
6.4.7 Testing
Testofphaseseparationdevicestobeusedonboardspacecraftseemsatfirstglancetodependonthe
ability to reproduce the low gravity levels which prevail in orbital flight. This is a hard task
particularlyfortimesexceedingafewseconds.Nevertheless,engineeringjudgementanddimensional
analysiscanbeprofitablyusedtosimulateinorbitbehaviorthrough1gtests.
1. When fluid motion is forced so that the imposed pressure differences are larger than
hydrostaticpressuredifferencesat1g,theeffectofthegravitylevelisirrelevant.System
behaviorcanbeunderstoodintermsoflaboratoryobservations.
2. Systems which exhibit similar performances working in their normal and in upside
downpositionarenotverysensitivetothegravitylevel.
216
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
3. Matters are quite different when imposed pressure differences are low and nonplanar
interfaces exist, as in the case of capillarydominated configurations. In particular,
interfaces are larger under reduced gravity since the weight of the fluid contained by
surfacetensionforcesissmaller.EveninthiscaseusefulresultscanbeobtainedonEarth
byreproducingthedominantdimensionlessparameters.
217
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
6.5.1 Introduction
Thereareavastvarietyofcryogenicsystems,forterrestrialandspaceapplications,whoseinsulation
is cooled by an evaporating cryogen. Stored cryogens in space have long been used for several
purposes:rocketpropulsion,environmentalcontrolsystems,andfuelcells.Liquidneonwasusedfor
Geminiflights6and7toprovide32Kcoolingforinterferometerspectrometers.Nevertheless,onlyin
recentyearshasdevelopmentproceedonVCSDewarsforlongtermcoolingofdetectorsandoptical
components.
Stored solidcryogen systems offer distinct advantages over stored liquid systems for 10 K to 90 K
coolinginspace(seeClause6.1inthisClause).Liquidhelium(He4)isusedtocoverthe1,8K4,2K
temperaturerange.
InmanyinstancestheVCSsarecooledbythevaporsfromthecryogenstoredintheinnercontainer.
Some other systems, however, use a guard cryogen in addition to the primary cryogen. Figure 664
shows a schematic of a dual stage solidcryogen cooler. The primary cryogen maintains the desired
sensor temperature, while the secondary cryogen, which has a substantially higher heat of
sublimation than the primary cryogen, intercepts heat from the outer shell and provides a low
temperatureenvironmentaroundtheprimarystage.
Figure664:Sketchofadualstagesolidcooler.FromNastetal.(1976)[161].
Figure 665 depicts two configurations of He4 coolers for instruments. That in Figure 665(a) is a
singlestage cooler whose toroidal shape allows the IR telescope to be surrounded by the cooler.
Figure665(b)showsacooleremployingasolidcryogensecondarystage.
218
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure665:Liquidhelium(He4)coolers.a)Singlestage.b)Dualstage.From
Sherman(1978)[216].
AcriticalproblemintheperformanceoftheVCSinsulationsystemsistheattachmentofthecooled
shieldstothecoolingduct.Thisattachmentcanbeachievedeithernormallyortangentially.
1. Inthenormalattachmentmodethecooledshieldsreachthecoolingductperpendicularly
toit.Thethermalcontactcanbeachievedeitherjoiningtheshieldstotheventingduct,by
soft soldering or brazing, as in Figure 617, or through heat stations across the piping
penetrations which are thermally bonded to both a support tube and the cooling duct,
Figure666.
Figure666:NormalattachmentoftheVCSstothecoolingductthroughheat
stationis.FromGlaseretal.(1967)[75].
NormalattachmentisusedinsmallsystemshavingseveralVCSs.
2. Inthetangentialattachmentmodetheventingduct,usuallyintheshapeofacoolingcoil,
is soldered or cemented to the metallic shields. The venting duct, which originates
219
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
somewhereinthenecksupport,spiralsaroundtheinnermostshield.Afterthisspiral,the
ductisattachedforthenextonearoundthenearestshield.Itmakesanotherspiralbefore
reachingthenextshield,andsoon,Figure667.
Figure667:Tangentialattachmentofthecoolingducttotheshields.Sketchedby
thecompilerafterHopkins&Chronic(1973)[94].
Severalideashavebeensetforthinordertoincreaseboththeavailabilityandtheperformanceofsolid
cryogencoolers.Themultimissioncooler(Sherman(1978)[216])wouldbereusableandcompatible
withavarietyofcryogenstocovera10Kto90Ktemperaturerangewithaonetothreeyearslifetime.
Another idea, which would increase the lifetime of solidcryogen coolers has been considered by
Sherman & Brennan (1976) [219]. It consists in using a heat piperadiator module to cool either the
outershellofthecooleroranintermediateshield.
220
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
2. Another container with solid carbon dioxide, which is the source of the vapors which
cooltheinsulationsurroundingthesolidargoncontainer.
3. Aliquidnitrogenheatexchangerforthesolidificationofbothcryogensduringthefilling
process.
Theusefulnessofsolidcarbondioxideasasourceofcoolingvaporsarisesfromthefactthatthelatent
heat of sublimation of carbon dioxide is approximately three times that of argon, whereas their
densitiesareverysimilar.
Thesolidargonandsolidcarbondioxidecontainersarefromstainlesssteelsheets0,61x103mthick
(cylindrical surfaces) and 0,91x103 m thick (top and bottom). Both containers were designed to
withstandinternalandexternalpressuredifferencesupto105Pa.Thesolidcarbondioxidecontainer
is placed above the solid argon container, and is thermally connected to a 3,81x105 m thick copper
shield which surrounds the solid argon container. Thence, this solid argon container, which is gold
plated,issubjectedtosolidcarbondioxideradiationtemperature.A5,08x102mthickMLIthermally
insulatesboththecooledcoppershieldandthesolidcarbondioxidecontainer.ThisMLIconsistsin
150 layers of doublealuminized Mylar with Tissuglas spacers. A cage of stainless steel tubing
(1,59x103 mouter diameter and0,254x103 m wall thickness), structurally joined to the solid carbon
dioxide container, supports the cooled copper shield and the MLI in the area surrounding the solid
argoncontainer.Asecondradiationshield,withaconstructionsimilartothatoftheabovementioned
outer shield, is placed amidst the solid argon container and the outer shield. The inner shield is
supportedbyasystemofNylonthreads.
The solid carbon dioxidecontainer is supported by a cantilever beam with a fixed end support and
concentrated load at full span. The beam is made from fiberglass filament wound structure
impregnatedwithanepoxyresin.Itsinternaldiameterisuniform,4,37x102m,whereasitsthickness
varies from 1,14x103 m at its clamped end to 0,305x103 m at its free end. Aluminium flanges are
fastenedtoeachendofthebeamwithepoxyadhesive.Thebeamisboltedtothecoolersupportflange
andtothecarbondioxidecontainerthroughtheseflanges.
Thesolidargoncontainerissupportedfromthebottomofthesolidcarbondioxidecontainerbythree
fiberglassepoxylaminatecolumns,12,7x103mdiameterand0,51x103mwallthickness.Inorderto
increase the thermal path length as far as possible, these columns extend from the bottom of the
carbondioxidecontainertothebottomoftheargoncontainer.
Thebeamsupportingthecarbondioxidecontainerisalsousedtoroutethefourfillandventinglines
(two for the liquid nitrogen heat exchanger, one for the solid carbon dioxide container, and the last
oneforthesolidargoncontainer).Tubingisstainlesssteel,exceptforseveralstraightportions,which
areMylaraimingatreducingheatleaks.
Thecontainers,whosefillingismadewiththecryogensinthegaseousphase,arecooledduringthe
filling process with liquid nitrogen flowing through a heat exchanger fashioned from 0,653x103 m
diameterstainlesssteeltubingsolderedtotheouterwallsofthecontainer.Toprovidegoodthermal
contactbetweentheliquidnitrogenheatexchangerandbothcryogensduringthecooldownprocess
thecontainersarepartiallyfilledwithcooperexpandedfoam.Thesamecopperfoamprovidesgood
thermalcontactduringthemissionbetweensolidargonandcopperthermallinkwiththeIRdetector.
Theargongasisliquifiedandsubsequentlysolidifiedduringcooldown.Argonmustbecontinuously
suppliedinordertomaintainagaspressureinexcessof0,685x10Pa(Argontriplepointpressure).In
thismanner,voidsoccurringbecauseofsolidificationcontractionarebeingcontinuouslyfilled.Solid
carbondioxideisgrowndirectlyfromthevaporphase.Topreventthegrowingsolidcarbondioxide
from blocking the feeding line, the inlet manifold is located near the innermost section of the
container,asdistantaspossiblefromtheliquidnitrogenheatexchanger.
Thesystemhasbeentested.Table615belowcomparespredictedtomeasuredcharacteristics.
221
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table615:CharacteristicsoftheLockheedVCSDewar
Design MeasuredValue
Value
DetectorOperatingTemperature[K] 50 52
NOTE Reference:Caren&Coston(1968)[36].
MANUFACTURERAND/ORDEVELOPER LockheddMissilesandSpaceCompanya
PRIMARYUSE IRDetectorCooler
CRYOGEN SolidArgonandSolidCO2
NATUREOFPROGRAM ConstructionofaPrototype
CURRENTSTATUSOFPROGRAM PrototypeTestedbyMarch1967
OPERATINGPRESSURE 0,015b
20b TOTALHEATLEAKS[W]
[Pa] 0,076c
TOTALSYSTEMMASS 13,57
[kg] SYSTEMDIMENSIONS
[m] 0,235/0,235
6,22
b Length/Diameter
MASSOFCRYOGEN[kg]
3,99c
a PaloAlto.California.USA.
b CorrespondstoSolidArgon.
c CorrespondstoSolidCO2.
222
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
223
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Thetotalmassis24kg,including5,4kgofsolidammoniaand6,4kgofsolidmethane(thelaunched
massofsolidmethanewas,however,5,8kg).Thediameterofthecooleris0,356manditslength0,654
m.
The DCA interfaces with the cooler through two shrinkfit connections. The first one connects the
detectorfocalplanetothemethanetank,andthesecondconnectstheDCAthermalguardandoptics
toathermalpathtowardammoniatank.TheDCAcanberemovedeasilyatroomtemperature,while
at operational temperatures the differential contraction on the shrinkfit members provides thermal
contactandstructuralintegrity.
Support tubes were made of 1543/E787 fiberglass. The tanks were made of 6061 aluminium. Vent
linesareofconvolutedTeflon,whichminimizesheatleaksandretainsahighdegreeofflexibilityat
cryogenic temperatures. The methane fill/vent Teflon tube goes from the methane tank through the
MLI, then to the ammonia tank, where it is thermally grounded, and through the ammonia MLI to
space.Theammoniafill/ventTeflontubegoesfromtheammoniatankthroughtheammoniaMLIto
space.Thesensibleheatoftheventgasisusedtoremoveheatfromtheammoniatank.Effectivevapor
coolingofbothventlinesandoftheMLIalsooccurred.
TheMLIofthetanksconsistsofdoublealuminizedMylarTissuglas.Layerdensitywas4300m1and
layerthickness25,4x103m.Theinsulationwasappliedtothetanksbyspirallywrappingthelayers,
goringtheends,andthenformingbuttjointsusingaluminizedMylartape.Thisprocesswasrepeated
tenlayersatatime(upto110layers)withthegorejointsstaggeredtominimizeradiationheattransfer
throughthegaps.
The vacuum shell consists of a 6061 aluminium cylinder with a spun elliptical dome bonded to the
cylinder,andaflangewhichcontainsan0ringandprovidesthemainvacuumseal.
Themountingplateisa6061aluminiumwebstiffenedstructuretowhichtheexteriorplumbing,outer
shell,andcoolerareattached.
The cooler was launched aboard the Nimbus F vehicle on June 12, 1975. At the time of launch the
methane and ammonia were 73 K and 137 K respectively. On the fourth orbit the explosive valve
ventingthemethanetospacewasfired,andtheinitialhighmethaneflowratetemporallyupsetthe
spacecraftintherollaxis,butcontrolwasreestablishedafterashortperiodoftime.
Table616showsthepredictedheatloadsthroughthedifferentcomponents.Thetemperaturehistory
oftheinfrareddetectorsandtheopticsispresentedinFigure668.Thedetectorremainedwithinthe
specific temperature for over six months. The temperature rise near the end of life is believed to be
duetotheincreasingtemperaturegradientbetweenthesmallremainingvolumeofsolidcryogenand
the container walls. The temperature rise occurred after approximately seven months, when the
methanewascompletelydepleted.Theammonialifetimeexceededthemethanebyalargevalue,as
showninFigure668.Theammoniatemperaturewasconstantwithinthedataresolution(0,8K)until
methanewasexhausted,atwhichtimethaammoniareachedanewequilibriumtemperature.
224
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table616:PredictedHeatLoads
Qx103[W]
AmmoniaGross* MethaneNet
MLI 214 29
FiberglassSupports 36 31
Radiation 41 13
VentGas 27
DexiglasIntermediary 12
SlittedMLI 13 12
LN2andVentLines 16 4
Total 305 89
NOTE *Thenetbalanceontheammonia,whichincludesheatlossestothemethane,iscalculatedtobe0,226
W.
Reference:Nast,Barnes&Wedel(1976)[161].
Figure668:Detector,T1,andoptics,T2,temperaturevs.orbitaltime.
MANUFACTURERAND/ORDEVELOPER LockheedMissilesandSpaceCompanya
PRIMARYUSE IRDetectorCooler
CRYOGEN SolidMethaneandSolidAmmonia
NATUREOFPROGRAM DevelopmentofaFlightModel
CURRENTSTATUSOFPROGRAM FlowninJune1975onNimbusP
225
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
OPERATINGPRESSURE 0,089b
TOTALHEATLEAKS[W]
[Pa] 0,226c
TOTALSYSTEMMASS 24
[kg] SYSTEMDIMENSIONS[m]
0,654/0,356
Length/Diameter
5,76 b
MASSOFCRYOGEN[kg]
5,35c
a PaloAltoResearchLaboratory,PaloAlto,California.USA.
b CorrespondstoSolidMethane.
c CorrespondstoSolidAmmonia.
226
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
areallequalto25,4x103m.Theshieldsprovidebothradiationshieldingandcoolingoftheinsulation
andsupports.Nopaddingbetweenshieldsisusedexceptforsupportingpurposes.
Figure669:JPLCaltechIRdetectorcoolerarrangement.
Theventingduct,whichismadefromstainlesssteeltubing,isthermallyconnectedtoeachshieldin
turn.Ventingductlengthis1,53m,anditswallsurfaceareais0,72x104m2.
Two support designs have been considered.Both are sketchedin the following page,although only
onewillbeusedinthefuturedevelopments.Thetitaniumstrutprovidesamorerigidlinkingbetween
detectorandtelescope,butafiberglasspadlooksmoreefficientand,thence,itisonlyoneanalyzed.
Each support (titanium rod or fiberglass pad) is thermally connected to the various cooled shields
andpassesthroughthemsothattheheatleakthroughthesupportsislargelyinterceptedandcarried
offbytheoutflowingheliumgas.Thetotalcrosssectionalareaoftheeightfiberglasssupportpads,
fourateachendofthecontainer,is0,15m2.
Theheattransferprocesswithinthecryostatiscontrolledbythefollowingremarkablepropertiesof
superfluidheliumII(seeClause7inthisPart):1)afilmwiththicknessoftheorder107mspreadsover
all the inner surfaces, 2) the superfluid component flows readily through this film toward the heat
sources, whereas the normal fluid flows away from the source carrying the heat either through
convectionorthroughevaporation.
Asetofcapillarytubes,5x103mindiameter,runningparalleltotheaxisofthecryostat,havebeen
incorporated into the design. Its aim is twofold: 1) to avoid liquid sloshing during launch and
insertion operations, and 2) to assure that the liquid helium is in thermal contact with the detector
mounting.Thisthermalcontactisachievedthroughsurfacetensionwhich,inordertominimizethe
liquidfreesurfacearea,increasestheareaoftheheliumcapillarytubeinterface,whichresultsinthe
thickeningoftheheliumlayerincontactwiththedetector.
Liquidvaporphaseseparationintheventingductispresumablyachievedbyasuperfluidplug(see
Clause7.4inthisPartand,inparticular,theinformationfromSchotte(1984)[209]).
The flow of boiloff helium is restricted at its exit by a variable orifice valve, controlled so as to
maintaintheinternalpressureat1,63x103Pa.(heliumvaporpressureat1,8K).
Reference:Mason(1972)[142].
227
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
MANUFACTURERAND/ORDEVELOPER JPLandCaltecha
PRIMARYUSE IRDetectorCooler
CRYOGEN LiquidHelium
NATUREOFPROGRAM DesignStudyb
CURRENTSTATUSOFPROGRAM Completed
a JetPropulsionLaboratoryandCaliforniaInstituteofTechnology.Pasadena.California.USA.
b PreliminaryphaseoftheIRASDewardevelopment.IRAS,ajointDutchUKUSsurveysatellite,waslaunched
in1981(Neugebauer(1978)[167]).
228
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
229
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
mounted. There the minimum thicknessis0,076 mon the axis between the two torispherical heads,
whichapproximate2/1ellipsoids.
TheDewarhasa2,5mlongstainlesssteelfillline,a3,6mlongfillventline,anda46mlongshield
heat exchanger line. The innermost vaporcooled shield functions as a boiler, or external
thermodynamicphaseseparator,inaliquidexpulsionmode(seeClause1.1.1).Theshieldlinestartsat
atee,approximately1,5mfromthepressurevessel,inthefillventlineotheboilershield,itisspirally
wrappedovertheshield,andterminatesatthetankpressureregulatoroutsidetheoutershell.
Phase separation is achieved by using the diamagnetism of superfluid liquid helium (helium is
repelledbymagneticfields,buttheforceperunitvolumeontheliquidismuchlargerthantheforce
perunitvolumeonthevapor).Tothisaimthemouthoftheventisplacednearthemagnet,wherethe
product of magnetic field and field gradient is maximum, this results in phase separation which
increasestheoperationallifetimeoftheDewarbyabout25%(ascomparedwithliquidexpulsion).
Allinstrumentationtothecryostatpressurevesseliscontainedineitherthefilllineortheventline,
thuseliminatingtheneedforcoldvacuumtightelectricalfeedthroughs.
Reference:Pope,Smoot,Smith&Taylor(1975)[186].
MANUFACTURERAND/ORDEVELOPER GarrettAiResearcha
PRIMARYUSE SupercoolingMagnetCooling
CRYOGEN LiquidHelium
NATUREOFPROGRAM DevelopmentofanEngineeringModel
CURRENTSTATUSOFPROGRAM Completed
OUTER NUMBEROFVCS 2
TEMPERATURE[K]
OPERATING 4 DETECTORCOOLING
TEMPERATURE[K] LOAD[W]
OPERATING TOTALHEATLEAKS[W]
PRESSURE[Pa]
MASSOFCRYOGEN 430
[kg] 2,38/1,83
a DivisionofGarrettCorp.,Torrance,California,USA.
b Magnetsystemmassisalsoincluded.
230
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
6.5.2.5 Ball Brothers VCS Dewar 1976
DESCRIPTION AND COMMENTS. Over the years 1974 to 1976 Ball Brothers Research Corporation
hasdesignedandfabricatedalonglifeliquidheliumDewar.Thisdevelopmentprogramwasinitiated
to provide a refrigeration system for future scientific experiments in space such as IR telescope,
superconducting magnets, and precision gyroscopes. The Dewar can contain 86 kg of superfluid
heliuminspaceforamissionof1year.
Analyticalsimulationofthestructuralperformanceproveddifficult,soastructuralmodelwasbuilt
prior to completion of the engineering model by mid1975. Testing with normal liquid helium at
ambient conditions successfully concluded the program. Additional testing with superfluid helium
wasconductedinearly1976.
the pressure vessel (inner container) is 1,02 m long and is made with 5083 aluminium. Two
torisphericalheads,oneateachend,arejoinedbyacylindricalcentersection.Aninstrumentcavity,
0,457mindiameter,isplaceinthecenterofthecontainer.Fivevalvesandtwosuperfluidplugs(see
Clause 7.2) are placed on the cavity. The valves are used to direct and control flow filling, venting,
and/orporousplugoperation.Afterfilling,acrossovervalvemaybeopenedandthecryostatvented
throughboth(fillingandventing)lines,ifrequired.Oneofthesuperfluidplugsisceramicandhasan
average pore size of0,5x106 m; the other plugis nickel, with anominal pore size of2x106 m. Both
plugshavebeentestedinthelaboratoryandweresetupinthecryostatforcomparisontesting.
The insulation system consists of four MLI blankets (6,35x106 m thick Mylar sheets aluminized on
both sides and spaced by Dracon net (see ECSSEHB3101 Part 7 clause 6.1.1, DoubleAluminized
Mylar, Silk Netting, for further details regarding similar systems)) whichare separated by three
aluminium vapor cooled shields. Stainless steel filling and venting ducts are attached to the vapor
cooledshieldsbymetal)clipsandaluminiumfilledpolyurethaneresin.
The inner container, the VCS and the outer shell are structurally linked by a support system. Six
titaniumsupportsareprovidedforgroundandlaunchoperations.Thesesupportsareretractedinto
theinnercontainerfororbitalflight.Inorbit,thesystemconsistsexclusivelyofsixfiberglasssupports
whicharecooledthroughtheVCS.
Theoutercontainerisconstructedof5083aluminium,andconsistsoftwotorisphericalheads,of1,37
mouterdiameter,joinedby0,856mlongcylinder.Acoverplate,0,61mdiameter,inthetopheadis
providedforaccesstotheinnercavity.Externalplumbingisattachedtotheoutercontainer.
Thefirstlifetimetestofthethermalmodelinvolvedapproximatelytwomonthsoftesting,ofwhich
the last three weeks were the formal stabilization time. During the last week, the VCS Dewar
insulation system was stabilized to within 1 K, and the flow rate was stable to less than 3%.
Vacuum pressure was 5x104 Pa and the tank pressure was 105 10 Pa. The environmental
temperaturewas2932K.Theheliummassboiloffratewas2,5x106kg.s1forthelastweekofthe
test. This correspond to an overall heat leak of 0,059 W and secures a storage time of 8110 h. The
calculatedlifetime,basedonaheatleakof0,041Wwas11600h.Aheliumleaklocatedintheinternal
plumbingcouldaccountforthebelowpredictedexperimentalperformance.
Achartofthevariousthermalelementheatleaks,temperatures,andcoolingprovidedbytheeffluent
gaseousheliumispresentedinFigure670.
231
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure670:HeatFlowdiagramoftheBallBrothersLiquidheliumDewar.
Reference:Urbach&Herring(1976)[243].
MANUFACTURERAND/ORDEVELOPER BallBrotherResearchCorporationa
PRIMARYUSE LongTermStorage
CRYOGEN LiquidHelium
NATUREOFPROGRAM Experimental
CURRENTSTATUSOFPROGRAM Completed
TOTALSYSTEMMASS SYSTEMDIMENSIONS
[kg] [m]
Length/Diameter 1,02/1,37
MASSOFCRYOGEN[kg] 86
a Boulder.Colorado.USA.
232
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
233
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
7
Superfluid Helium
Figure71:PhasediagramforHe4(nottoscale).FromArp(1970)[10].
Liquid helium undergoes a phase transition at a temperature of about 2,2 K, at the vapor pressure.
Thistransitionisdetectedbytheshapedpeakofthespecificheatvs.temperaturecurve.
At temperatures above the lambda point, helium behaves like a normal viscous fluid. This phase is
calledHeliumI.
Below the lambda point, liquid helium Helium II has a numberof remarkable properties,the most
important of which is superfluidity. Strictly speaking only one isotope of helium, He4, becomes
superfluidbelow2,2K.In1971,however,aphasetransitionwasfoundinthelightisotopeofHelium,
He3(seeclause8.3)atatemperatureof2,7x103K.Onlyafter1974ithasbeenwidelyacceptedthat
thisnewphaseissuperfluid(Mermin&Lee(1976)[149]).
234
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Macroscopic superfluid dynamics is based on the following fundamental result of the microscopic
theory:AttemperaturesotherthanzeroHeIIbehavesasifitwereamixtureoftwodifferentliquids.
Oneoftheseisasuperfluid,whichischaracterizedbyadensity s,zeroentropy,zeroviscosity,and,
wheremotionisinvolved,avelocity u s .Theotherisanormalviscousfluid,whichischaracterizedby
adensity n,and,whereappropriate,avelocity u n .Nofrictionoccursbetweenthesetwopartsofthe
liquid in their relative motion, at least provided that both un and u s are small (see Figure 74 in
clause7.1.2anddiscussionthereof).
TodepicttheHeIImotionasamixtureofnormalandsuperfluidflowsallowsasimpleanalysisofthe
phenomena which occur when quantum effects are important but, like any description of quantum
phenomenainclassicalterms,itshouldbeviewedwithcaution.
2. The resulting equations will be particularized to the steady, slow flow case (clause
7.1.1.1).
3. Critical velocities will appear through an heuristic introduction of the frictional effects
(clause7.1.2).
Details concerning the basic equations can be found in Landau & Lifshitz (1959)[129], Khalatnikow
(1965)[122],andRoberts&Donnelly(1974)[196],amongothers.
Ashasbeensaid,HeIImaybethoughtofasamixtureoftwocomponents:thesuperfluidcomponent
(subscripts)andthenormalcomponent(n).
1. Theconservationoftotalmasscanbeexpressedas:
j 0 [71]
t
where = s+ nistheactualdensityofHeII,whilethemassfluxdensityvector, j ,is
givenby
j s u s nun [72]
Foronedimensionalsteadyflow,themassconservationequationmaybewrittenas:
235
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
m jAFL [73]
mbeingthemassflowrateandAFLtheductcrosssectionalarea.
2. The equations governing the momentum balance for superfluid and normal fluid are,
respectively:
u s
u s u s p sT U
1
[74]
t
u n m m
u n u n s u s n u n
t n n
[75]
1
p s s T U n u n
n n
wherep,sand narerespectivelythepressure,entropyperunitmass,andnormalfluid
viscosity, while Uis the potentialofany conservative bodyforceper unit volume (e.g.,
gravity)towhichthesystemcouldbesubjected.msandmnaredefined,respectivelyas:
s
ms sus [76]
t
n
mn nun [77]
t
Equation [75] results by substraction of Eq. [74] to the equation governing the overall
momentumbalance(seeRoberts&Donnelly(1974)[196]).
Itisfoundexperimentally(persistenceofcirculationexperiments)thatthecirculationof
the superfluid component of velocity around any superfluid material path remains
constant. This is a consequence of the KelvinHelmholtz theorem of inviscid fluids in a
potential body force field, the only difference being that now the fluid needs not to be
incompressibleorbarotropic.
Constancyofcirculationsuggeststhatthetotalderivativeof u s (lefthandsideofEq.[7
4]) must be equal to the gradient of a scalar,(+U), where will be identified with the
chemical potential per unit mass. This chemical potential is a function of p, T and the
velocitydifference, u n u s .
Neglectinghigherordertermsinthisvelocitydifference,isdefinedas:
n 2
u n u s
1
sT [78]
2
236
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Strictly speaking, n and s are also functions of the velocity difference, but this can be
disregardedwithinthepresentapproximation.
Inaddition,whenthesuperfluidmotionstartsfromtherest,andboth u s and u n areso
smallthatnoquantizedvorticesappearinthesuperfluid(seeclause7.1.2),thesuperfluid
flowisirrotational,thence u s isequaltothegradientofascalar,.Inthatcase,Eq.[74]
becomes,
1
U 0
2
[79]
t 2
The nonlinear momentum terms ms u s and mn u n should appear in Eq. [75] instead of
beingequallydividedbetweenEqs.[74]and[75],asnotedbyLandau,whorecognized
that constancy of circulation of the superfluid component overrules misleading
symmetryarguments.
3. An additional equation is needed for the still undefined T. This equation, which comes
fromthelawofconservationofenergy,isverycomplicatedand,initscompleteform,of
verylimiteduse.
Forconvenience,wewillwritedowntheentropybalanceequation;tothisaimwestart
withthegeneralexpressionforanonreactingbinarymixture(vonKrmn(1955))
Ds T 2
k i si vd i
Dt T i 1
1
k
T T
2
2
2
i si vd i i vdi i
[710]
T T T 1 1
where vd i is the diffusion velocity of species i and the viscous dissipation function
(Rayleigh).
The left hand side of Eq. [710] gives the entropy variation per unit volume (D/Dt
indicates local plus convective derivative). The first term in the right hand side is the
reversible entropy flux through the boundary of the unit volume element. This flux
comesfrom:1)theconductiveheattransfer,2)thediffusionofspecies.Thesecondterm
givestheentropygeneratedintheunitvolumeelementperunittime.Thetermsinvolved
comefrom:1)viscousdissipation,2)thermalconduction,3)diffusion.
Fluxesduetocoupledeffects(Onsager)havebeenneglected.
Equation[710]isnowappliedtothebinarymixtureofthenormalfluid(1with1s1=s!)
andthesuperfluid(2with2s2=0).l2=sT.Thediffusionvelocitiesare,
v d1 u n s u s n u n s u n u s
[711]
237
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
v d 2 u s s u s n u n n u n u s
[712]
Thefollowingequationresults
s T
t
j s k
s su n u s
T
1
k
T 2 T su u n s u u sT [713]
s n s n s
T T T
Usuallytheheatfluxvectorisgivenby
q s sT u n u s
[714]
wherethermalconductiontermsareneglected.
Forastaticcounterflow,inwhichthereisnonetmassflow( j s u s nun 0 ),
q sTu n
[715]
m
q sTv n 1
vn AFL [716]
mispositivewhenHeIIflowsfromtheheatsourcetotheheatsink.Inthefollowing,v,
vn,vswillbeusedtoidentifycrosssectionalaveragesofthelocalvelocitiesu,unandus,
respectively.
238
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
7.1.1.1 Steady slow flow
Equations [74] and [75] can be simplified when / t= 0 and both the superfluid and normal
velocitiesaresosmallthatitisjustifiedtoneglectquadraticterms.
InthatcaseEq.[74]reducestoLondonsequation,
1
p sT U 0
[717]
Equation[75]forthenormalcomponentofvelocitycanbewrittendownas,
1 s
p sT U n u n
n n [718]
CombinationofEqs.[717]and[718]yields
1 n
p U u n
[719]
which describes the creeping laminar motion (Stokes flow) of a viscous liquid (density , dynamic
viscosityn)duetoanappliedpressuregradientandtoapotentialbodyforcefield.
Equations[717]to[718]intermsof,andEq.[78]become,respectively
u U 0 [720]
sT U n u n
n n [721]
and
n
s T u n
[722]
239
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
7.1.1.2 Several thermal effects
Themostsignificantphysicalresultswhichcanbededucedfromthelastparagraphs(clause7.1.1and
clause7.1.1.1)are:
1. TheheattransportthroughHeIIisaccomplishedbymotionofthenormalfluid.Eq.[7
14] shows that the vector u n u s points away from the heat source. When there is no
netmassflow of He II(j =0), the warm normalfluidgoesaway from the heat source,
andthecoldsuperfluidtowardtheheatsource.ThismechanismofheattransferinHe
II, called counterflow heat exchange, is far more effective than is heat transfer by
conduction.
2. AccordingtoEq.[717],leavingasidethebodyforces(U=0),apressuregradientwould
resultinanequalsigntemperaturegradient,andconversely.
(a) Letusconsiderapressuregradientthroughasuperleakfromavessel.Asuperleak
isacapillarycontainingjewelersrougeorsomeporousmaterialforpreventingthe
passageofthenormalfluid.
The temperature gradient appears because the superfluid leaving the vessel
transfersnoheatand,thence,thethermalenergyremaininginthevesselbecomes
distributedoverasmallerquantityofHeII(thespecificthermalenergyand,thus,
thetemperaturethatincreases).ThisisthesocalledMechanocaloriceffect.
(b) If a temperature gradient is established by heating the fluid in the vessel, the
normalfluid,impededbyviscosity,willremainmotionlesswhereasthesuperfluid
willflowupthetemperaturegradienttowardtheheatedvessel.Thiswillgiverise
toapressuregradient(Thermomechanicaleffect).
The helium fountain vividly illustrates the thermomechanical effect. When a
superleakcontainingaheaterandsubmergedinaheliumIIbath,isconnectedtoa
capillary(notasuperleak)extendingabovethebath,ajetofheliumemergesfrom
thecapillaryoncetheheaterisswitchedon.
240
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Sinceonlytwoindependentequationsareavailable,noexperimentalconfirmationoftheexistenceof
Fscanbeobtained.Thence,differentinterpretationsofsimilarexperimentaldatacanbefoundinthe
literature.
Friction forces are related to vortex generation, motion and decay. Vortices are created in the bulk
fluidbythermalfluctuations.Wallroughnessisprobablyunimportant,atleastresultsobtainedwith
differentmetalandglasscapillariesaresufficientlysimilartosupportthisstatement.
The motion of the vortex line is governed by the velocity at its axis. The superfluid velocity results
fromthesuperpositionofthetransportflowandofthevelocityinducedbyallvorticesandimages.
Equation [720] with U = 0, integrated along the cylindrical tube of length L with mutual and
superfluidfrictioneffectsincluded,becomes,
s Fsn Fs 0 [723]
L
Similarly,fromEq.[719],
p
Fn Fs 0 [724]
L
IntheseequationsindicatesdifferencebetweentwosectionsofthetubeseparatedbyadistanceL,
Fsnisthemutualfrictionforce,FsthesuperfluidfrictionforceandFnthenormalfrictionforce,perunit
volumeinanycase.
Equations[723]and[724]withexperimentallydeterminedvaluesof (=(1/)psT)and p
allowthedeterminationoftworelationsbetweenthethreeforces.
Asystematicsetofexperimentswithsuperfluidheliumflowthroughcapillaries,wherevsandvnwere
independently controlled, was performed by a group of the Kamerlingh Onnes Laboratory, Leiden
University, the Netherlands. The experimental layout basically consists of a closed circuit partially
filledwithliquidhelium,thecapillarybeingapartofthecircuit(Figure72).
241
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure72:SchematicoftheapparatususedbytheLeidengrouptoproduce
heliumflowthroughcapillarieswithindependentvariationofsuperfluidand
normalvelocities.a)FromVanderHeijden,VanderBoog&Kramers(1974)[247].
b)FromDeHaas&VanBeelen(1976)[55].
Aheaterplacedupstreamthecapillaryproducesanormaltransportvelocity,vn,throughit.Themass
flux, svs + nvn, can be independently controlled in two alternative ways. Van der Heijden, van der
Boog & Kramers (1974) [247], and IJsselstein, de Goeje & Kramers (1979) [98] used a second heater
whichevaporatestheliquidheliuminthetubedownstreamthecapillary,andaheatexchangerwhere
helium gas condenses restarting the circuit, Figure 72a De Haas & van Beelen (1976) [55], and
Slegtenhorst & van Beelen (1981) [224] used two plungers which move in opposite directions at the
samespeedwithineitherreservoirofthecircuit,Figure72b.
The following combinations of velocities can be obtained, by appropriate inputs to the heaters or
displacementoftheplungers.
(a) Constantnormalvelocity,vn,andvaryingsuperfluidvelocity,vs.
(b) Constantvelocityratio,vn/vs.
(c) Constantmassflux,svs+nvn.
T(aswellasthemeantemperature)ismeasured. isrelatedtothehydrostaticpressuredifference
between the helium in both reservoirs at known temperatures Eq. [720]. p is deduced from these
valuesbyuseofEq.[78],neglectingthevelocitydifferenceterm.
Couplesofvs,vnvaluescorrespondingtoisochemicalpotential(=0),isothermal(T=0)andisobaric
(p=0) flows can be obtained. In addition, flows with = 0 are produced in a circuit containing a
heater, to control vn, and a porous plug (Staas, Taconis & van Alphen (1961) [227], de Haas & van
Beelen(1976)[55]).Thistypeofflowwillbeinterestinginconnectionwiththesuperfluidporousplug
(seeClause7.4).
TheresultsofexperimentsperformedbyvanderHeijdenetal.(1974)[247],willbesummarizedinthe
following.TheseauthorspostulateanFs0.
242
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Intheseexperiments,capillarieswithDE=294x106 m(or95x106 m),L=0,146mwereused(T=1,2
K).SimilarexperimentshavebeenreportedbydeHaasetal.(1976)[55],IJsselsteinetal.(1979)[98]
andSlegtenhorstetal.(1981)[224].
Thescarcityofresultsfromothersources,orunderwidelydifferentgeometricalconditions,impedes
theformulationofcomparisonsbasedondimensionlessparameters.
The flow is called supercritical when 0, otherwise it is called subcritical. This could be
misleadingwhenanFs0ispostulatedsince(Eq.[723]) couldbezerowhenFsnandFs,although
large,balanceeachother(seeFigure76,below).
a. Thenormalcontributiontothefrictionforcesalwaysdeceleratesthenormalflow.Thepressure
dropduetothiscontribution, pn,isdeterminedbyPoiseuilleslaw(seeECSSEHB3101Part
13clause7.2.2)whentheflowofnormalfluidislaminar
n L
pn LFn 32 vn
DE2 [725]
A kinetic energy correction originating from the exit of the capillary should be taken into
account when relating measured pressure drops to friction forces. In the presently discussed
experimentsthiscorrectionisnegligible.
Normalfluidflowresultstobelaminarinsubcriticalflowaswellasinsupercriticalflowwhen
eithervs0orvsvn=0.
VanderHeijdenetal.(1974)[247]assumethatEq.[725]isvalideveninsupercriticalflow.This
assumptionallowsthemtocalculateLFsnandLFsfromEqs.[723]and[724].
b. The superfluid contribution to the friction forces always decelerates the superfluid flow.
Isobaricflowresults,accordingtoEq.[724],whentheeffectsofnormalandsuperfluidfriction
balanceeachother.Forexample,inthepresentexperimentsthishappenswhenthesuperfluid
andnormalvelocitiesare,respectively,vs=0,044m.s1andvn=0,038m.s1.
Thepressuredropduetosuperfluidcontribution,ps,canbeexpressedas:
ps=LFs=LFssvs2,
where LFs accounts for the superfluid friction in the capillary and svs2, with 1, is the
kineticenergycorrection.
Experimentsperformedunderconstantmassfluxconditions(svs+ nvn=Const.)indicatesthe
tendenciessketchedinFigure73.Inparticular,althoughFsincreaseswithvnvsinthevicinity
ofvnvs=0,thistrendceasesnearvnvs=0,02m.s1,wherehappenstobezero.
243
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure73:Thesuperfluidfriction,LFs,vs.relativevelocity,vnvs,forvariousruns
withsvs+nvn=Const.FromvanderHejden,vanderBoog&Kramers(1974)[247].
Letvsobethevalueofvscorrespondingtovn=0.
1. For vso < 0,05 m.s1 and Res = svsDE/n < 1100, the following modified Poiseuilles law
holds,
n L
LFs 32 vs [726]
DE2
2. Forvso0,05m.s1,theBlasiusformulaapplies(seeECSSEHB3101Part13clause7.2.2.1),
1/ 4
3 n v s7
LFs 158L 5
[727]
DE
Recallthetransitionalflowinclassicalhydrodynamics(ECSSEHB3101Part13clause
7.2). Here the normal fluid remains laminar, whereas thesuperfluid becomes turbulent.
DeHaas&vanBeelen(1976)[55],however,suggestthatintheBlasiusbranchthewhole
fluidshouldbehaveasan)ordinaryviscousliquid(seealsoOlijhoeketal.(1967)).
c. Themutualfrictioncontributiontothefrictionforcesdeceleratesthesuperfluidaslongasvs<vn
andconversely.
The mutual friction term appears in Figure 74 as a function of vnvs. According to Gorter &
Mellink(1949)[77],Fsnshouldbehaveas|vsvn|n,withn 3,butthefigureindicatesthatthe
exponentniscertainlydifferentfrom3exceptforlargevaluesoftherelativevelocity|vsvn|
(whereFs,ifexistent,wouldbenegligiblecomparedtoFsn,seeFigure75.Wewillcomeback
tothispointverysoon).Nearvnvs=0therelationshipappearstobelinearandexhibitsaslope
depending on vso. Notice the circles in the abscissae axis (zero mutual friction) which
correspond to subcritical strict counterflow. Other circles correspond to highvelocity
(supercritical)strictcounterflow,whereGorter&Mellinkformulaapproximatelyholds.
244
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure74:Themutualfriction,LFsn,vs.relativevelocity,vnvs,fromvarious
constantmassfluxruns.FromvanderHejden,vanderBoog&Kramers(1974)
[247].
Figure75:Mutualfrictiontosuperfluidfrictionratio,Fsn/Fs,vs.relativevelocity,
vnvs,fromvariousrunswithvs0andvn0.FromvanderHeijden,vanderBoog
&Kramers(1974)[247].
Figure75indicatesthatasurprisinglysimpledependencybetweenFsn/Fsandvsvnexistsforthe
resultsdeducedfrommanydifferentruns.Similarresults,withT=1,35K,havebeenobtained.
Thesignificanceoftheseresults,basedonasuperfluidfrictionforce,Fs,themereexistenceof
whichisopentoquestion,isbynomeansclear.
245
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
IthasbeenalreadyindicatedthatthepartofFigure74whichcorrespondstosufficientlylarge
valuesof|vnvs|isfairlyinsensitivetotheassumptiononFs(beitzeroornot).Asanexample,
thecirclesinFigure74andFigure75(correspondingtovn=0)allowustoestimateLFsnand
LFs,respectively,versusvs.ThekineticenergycorrectioncanbealsoestimatedbyuseofTable
813,clause8.2,sincethetemperatureisgiven.Atvs=0,16m.s1,Fs/Fsnislessthan0,1although
thisratioincreasesforsmallervaluesofvs.Then,thevalueof sinEq.[723]is,intheregion
oflarge|vnvs|,fairlyinsensitivetoFs.ThedepartureofFsnfromtheGorter&Mellinkformula
withn=3,mentionedinconnectionwithFigure74,couldthenbeduetotheassumedexistence
ofFs.
d. Isothermal and iso chemicalpotential curves. Figure 76 is a summary plot drawn with the
values of vs and vn at which either T or become zero. Shaded area, with its ill defined
boundary,correspondstotrulysubcriticalflow(=0).
Figure76:Isothermalandisochemicalpotentialflowsinthevn,vsplane.The
shadedregioncorrespondstosubcriticalflow(=0).FromvanderHeijden,van
derBoog&Kramers(1974)[247].
The curves are for the wide capillary experiments and seem to be temperature independent.
Resultsforthenarrowcapillaryareslightlydiferent.
Anextrapolationofthedatafor T=0suggeststhattheisothermintersectsthevn=0axisata
criticalvelocityvsc=0,01m.s1.Forthenarrowcapillary,vsc=0,03m.s1.
246
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Physically,counterflowcorrespondstomotionofwarmnormalfluidawayfromtheheatsourceand
countermotion of cold superfluid toward the heat source. Although both components can be
independently controlled, as said in clause 7.1.2, we will restrict the discussion here to the case in
whichthenetmassfluxiszero(svs+nvn=0).
Threedifferentsteadystateflowregimesappearsequentiallyincounterflowasthevelocitiesvsand
|vsvn| increase (see the review by Arp (1970) [10] and the more recent papers by Childers& Tough
(1976)[44]andLadner&Tough(1979)[128]).Transitionsbetweentheseregimesseemtobeassociated
to the onset of superfluid vorticity (first critical velocity) and to the onset of turbulence in both
componentsoftheHeIIflow(secondcriticalvelocity).
1. Regimeoflowvelocities.Aslongasthevelocitiesvsandvnaresmall,theequationsgiven
inclause7.1.1and7.1.1.1(withU=0)arevalid.Inthecaseofslowflowthroughlong
cylindricaltubesofequivalentdiameterDE,PoiseuilleslawEq.[725]holds.
Assuming counterflow heat exchange, combination of Eqs. [716] withm = 0, and [725]
yields
dp q
32 n 2 [728]
dx sTDE
if,inaddition,Eq.[717]withU=0istakenintoaccount,
dT q
32 2 2n 2 [729]
dx s TDE
It can be deduced from Eq. [729], and from the dependence of n, and s on T, that
q/(dT/dx)variesapproximatelyasT12DE2.
2. Intermediate flow regimes. As vs or |vsvn| increase, quantized vortices appear in the
superfluid because the irrotational superfluid flow pattern becomes energetically
unfavorable.
Thedefinitionofthesuperfluidcriticalvelocity,vsc1,hasbeenthesubjectofcontroversies
inthepast.Evenitsdeterminationonthebasisofexperimentaldatahasnotbeenwithout
ambiguities(seeKeller(1969)[119],p.289andff).
(a) Earlycalculations(Feynman(1955)[69])equatedthekineticenergyoftheflowto
the energy of a quantized vortex formed in a flow passage of diameter DE,
obtainingthefollowingexpressionforthesuperfluidcriticalvelocity,vsc1:
h 1 D
v sc1 ln E [730]
mHe DE 2ao
histhePlancksconstant(2h=(6,625170,00023)x1024J.s),mHetheatomicmassof
helium(mHe=4,0026x(1,659790,00004)x1027kg),andaoanempiricalvortexcore
radius(ao1010m).
(b) Van Alphen et al. (1969) [246], summarizing data from different sources, which
cover seven orders of magnitude in DE, and which were obtained by use of
247
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
different experimental techniques, arrived at the following empirical expression
(Leidencriticalvelocity):
wherevsc1ismeasuredinm.s1andDEinm.AlthoughthedatasupportingEq.[7
31]werealltakenintheneighbourhoodofT=1,4K,VanAlphenetal.pointedout
that this critical velocity is temperature independent in the temperature region
lowerthan5x102Kbelowthepoint.
The differences between the values predicted by Eqs. [730] and [731] are
enormous,especiallyforlargetubes(Figure77).Thereaderinterestedinfurther
detailsconcerningthispointcouldconsultKeller(1969)[119]orArp(1970)[10].In
anycase,itshouldbesaidthatmuchworkneedstobedonebeforepredictingwith
confidencetheonsetofsuperfluidvorticity.
Figure77:Correlationsbetweenthecriticalsuperfluidvelocity,vsc1,andthetube
diameter,DE.Theexperimentaldatahavebeenreplottedbythecompileraftervan
Alphenetal.(1969)[246].Theycorrespondtowidelydifferentflowconditions.*
ClowandReppy,TT50x103K. Fokkens,filmflow. Pellman,superfluid
windtunnel. Chase,heatconductionTT;vn0. VanAlphen,adiabatic
flowrate. VanAlphen,energydissipationtechnique. Kramers,secondsound
attenuationinpuresuperfluidflow. VanAlphen,criticalflowthroughjewellers
rouge. KellerandHammel,isothermalflow. DatafromreviewsofAtkins,and
HammelandKeller.
248
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Althoughitshouldbeemphasizedthatvsc1isnotthatvalueofvsatwhichdeparturesfromthelinear
behaviorappear(Keller(1969)[119],p.289),thevalidityoftheslowflowassumption(clause7.1.1.1)
intheregimeoflowvelocitiescanbeassessedatthisstageoncetheupperboundofvs,andthusofvn,
areknownbymeansofanorderofmagnitudeanalysisofEqs.[74]and[75].Themomentumterms
intheseequationsarenegligiblecomparedtothepressuregradienttermsprovidedthat
v s2 vn2 / L 32 n vn / DE2 ,
where L is the total length of the tube, and Eq. [725] has been used to estimate dp/dx. The above
inequalitiesyieldthefollowingtwoconditions:
vn DE DE
1. 32
n L
2. snottoosmallcomparedton.
vnDE/nisinthisregime,atmost,oforder50,whereasDE/Lcouldbeoftheorderof103
or even smaller; thence, the first condition is fulfilled through the whole region of low
velocities.Thesecondconditionceasestobetrueintheproximityofthepoint.
Nosimpleanalysisoftheflowstructureintheintermediaterangeisavailable.Childers&
Tough (1976) [44] and Ladner & Tough (1979) [128] experimentally investigated the
pressureandtemperaturedropsassociatedwiththethermalcounterflowofHeIIinlong
capillaries.Theymonitoredcontinuouslythepressureandtemperaturedifferencesalong
the tube as the heat flow increased from zero. For low values of q straigth lines
correspondingtoEqs.[728]and[729],respectively,aregenerated(Figure78).
Figure78:Schematicofpressureandtemperaturedropdataasafunctionofheat
flux.
Atagivenql(whichwillcorrespondtovsc1)dp/dxjumpstoaslightlylargervalue,while
dT/dxjumpsmoremarkedly.Thejumpscanbetriggeredbymechanicalvibrationofthe
cryostat or by small but abrupt changes in q. If at this time q is decreased, a hysteresis
loopthroughpointsq2andq3appearsasinFigure78.Theregionbetweenq2andq3(but
notthatpastq3)canbedescribedintermsofamutualfrictionforce(Vinen(1957)[255]).
According to Vinen, mutual friction affects the heat flow through the scattering of the
normal fluid thermal excitation by a tangled mass of quantized vortex lines in the
249
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
counterflowingsuperfluid.Thebasicvariableinthetheoryisthelengthperunitvolume,
Lv,ofvortexline.Lv[m2]dependson|vnvs|,TandDE.
Themutualfrictionforceperunitvolume,Fsn,isrelatedtotheforceperunitlength,f,on
asinglevortexlineby
2
Fsn fLv ,
3
wherethefactor2/3takesintoaccountthatonlytheaxialcomponentoffcontributesto
Fsn. For the normal fluid at rest, the force per unit length, f, on a vortex line moving at
velocityvtwillbe
1 s n
f B vt ,
2
directedoppositetovt.Bisadimensionlessparameteroforderonerelatedtothevortex
linerotonscatteringcrosssection. isthestrengthofaquantizedvortexring(=h/mHe,
Eq. (7.14)), vt is the relative velocity between the normal fluid and the vortex lines. For
counterflowVinenassumedvtvs.
OnceFsnisknown,combinationofEqs.[723]and[724],thelastwithFs=0,yields(/L
=d/dx)
dT Fsn 1 dp
dx s s s dx [732]
When Fsn = 0 the relationship between dT/dx and dp/dx for the regime of low velocities
(Eqs.[728]and[729])isrestored.Intheregimeofourpresentconcernthenormalfluid
stillflowslaminarly,thusthesecondtermintherighthandsideofEq.[732]isthepartof
thetemperaturedropwhichcorrespondstotheirrotationalsuperfluidflow,andtherest
givestheadditionaldropwhichwewillcalldT/dx.
The evolution of the length per unit volume, Lv, of vortex line is controlled by two
mutually competing although independent mechanisms: vortex generation and decay.
Bothconcernaninfinitemediumwithnorestrictingboundaries,buttheeffectofthewall
canbetakenintoaccountbyassumingthatitinterfereswiththegenerationmechanism
within a distance = /Lv1/2, being a dimensionless constant, of order one, on which
reststheexistenceofacriticalvelocity.
Figure79 showsa typical sketch ofLvforsteady state (generation balancingdecay). In
additiontoLv=0anoseshapedcurveappearsinthefigure,indicatingthatLvisadouble
valuedfunctionofvsprovidedthatvsDEexceedssomecriticalvalue,whichisgivenby
250
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure79:SchematicofLv1/2DEvs.vsDEundersteadystateconditions.From
Childers&Tough(1976)[44].
4 2
vsc DE
n 1 B
,
where l and 2 are two more dimensionless, temperaturedependent, parameters of
orderonewhichaccountforthegeometricalstructureofthevorticity. lisageneration
and2adecayparameter.
Only in the upper part of the curve in Figure 79 Lv increases with vs, consequently the
onlystableallowedvaluesofLvareLv=0andthosedefinedbytheupperpart.
Figure 78 can now be understood in terms of Vinens theory. Increasing the heat flux
fromzero,theregimeinwhichthenormalfluidislaminarandthesuperfluidirrotational
iscrossedover.Whenqisincreasedslowlybeyondq2,curveLv=0wouldcorrespondtoa
metastable equilibrium and a sudden jump to the configuration defined by the upper
partofthecurvewouldresult.Oncevorticityhasbeengenerated,theonlywaytoregain
theconditionLv=0istoreducetheheatfluxbelowq2.
A theory based on so many experimental parameters (l, 2,,B) will inevitably agree
withtheexperimentaldata.Nevertheless,asshownbyChilders&Tough(1976)[44],and
Ladner & Tough (1979) [128], once two combinations of these parameters are deduced
fromexperimentallydeterminedvscanddT/dxforagiventubeatasingletemperature,
the functional form of the mutual friction region is given at all temperatures.
Furthermore,thetemperaturedependenceofl/2,whichinVinensmodelisdetermined
fromexperiments,canbecalculatedbyuseofatheoryduetoSchwarz(1978)[210].The
agreementofthistheorywithvaluesof l/2obtainedbyLadner&Toughinlongglass
tubesofrectangularcrosssectionisfair.
Vinens model does not provide a picture of the onset of vorticity, since the generation
termresultstobezerowhenLv=0.AccordingtoSchwarz(1978)[210],twotypesofonset
behavior are possible. In narrow channels, the rate at which the microscopic vortex
fluctuationsofacriticalsizearethermallynucleatedinthefluidseemstobecontrolling.
Inwidechannelsoneobservesanintermittentbehaviorsimilartothatinclassicalfluids.
251
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
3. Regime of large velocities. Mutual friction between both components controls the flow
structureinthisregimewheretheGorter&Mellinkexpressionholds(seeclause7.1.2)
Fsn A s n vn vs
n
[733]
with n 3. In this equation A [m4n.sn2.kg1] is the Gorter & Mellink constant, a slowly
varyingfunctionoftemperatureand(perhaps)ofgeometry.
Assuming that equation [733] is valid in this regime, combination of Eqs. [714] (with
crosssectionalaveragevalues),[732]and[733]yields
n
dT dT 1 dp q
A n
dx dx s dx s s sT [734]
where dT/dx concerns the temperature gradient resulting from mutual friction. Notice
thatthediameter,DE,doesnotappearinEq.[734].
Thephenomenologicalequation[733]alsoapplieswhenvsandvn,althoughpointingin
opposite directions are not related to each other through svs + nvn = 0. Other
mechanismsseemtoberesponsibleforthenonlinearmutualfrictionintubeswithvnvs
orvsvn.
Thesecondcriticalvelocity,boundingfrombelowthisregimeoflargevelocitiescanbe
estimated from experimental results. A critical Reynolds number, Rec, based on the
normalflowvelocity,hasbeenexperimentallyverifiedinsomeexperimentsalthoughit
doesnotappearclearlyinothers(Ladner&Tough(1979)[128]).TherangeofRec(103to3
x 103) is similar to that corresponding to transition to turbulence in classical fluid flow,
althoughacleardependenceontemperaturecanbeobservedinthepresentcase.
Figure710,fromArp(1970)[10],givesthecriticalReynoldsnumbervs.temperaturefor
counterflowheatexchange,asdeducedfrom
vnc 2 DE D
Re E q
n n sT [735]
252
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure710:CriticalReynoldsnumberforcounterflowheatexchange,Rec,asa
functionoftemperature,T.FromArp(1970)[10].
The values of vnc2 in the above expression are those found experimentally by Staas,
Taconis&vanAlphen(1961)[227].
Thesameauthorsalsoobservedthattherelationshipbetweenthepressuregradientand
the normal flow velocity is, in this regime, that corresponding to a classical turbulent
flow(seeclause7.1.2andalsoECSSEHB3101Part13clause7.2).
The validity of Figure 710 has been disputed by Slegtenhorst (1981a),who argues that
sincetheflowmesurementsofStaasetal.correspondtoflowwith =0,theycannotbe
automaticallyappliedtocounterflow.
Insum,theexistenceoftwocriticalfluxesisbynomeansclear.Insomecasesqclandqc2
arefairlysharplydefined,whileinothercasestheyapparentlytendtomerge,oroneof
themtendstosmearout.Itappearsthattheexperimentalresolutioninmostoftheearly
experiments on thermal counterflow was such that the entire upper portion of the
hysteresisloopinFigure78appearedasasinglecontinuouscurvewheredT/dxqnwith
n3.
4. SummaryoftheresultsconcerningconterflowheatexchangeinHeII.PlotsofdT/dxvs.q
fortemperaturesintherange1,5K2KaregiveninFigure711.Thefiguresaresimilar
to those by Arp (1970) [10], although they cover a slightly different range of tube
diameters.
253
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure711:Diagramswhichrelatethethermalgradient,dT/dx,totheheatflux,q,
incounterflowheatexchange.T=1,5Kto2K.CalculatedbythecompilerafterArp
(1970)[10].
254
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Thecurveslabelledwithtubediameters,DE,correspondtotheregimeoflowvelocitiesandhavebeen
deduced from Eq. [729]. The K, which is also used to identify these lines, is the permeability or
geometricfactorofanequivalentporousmedium(seeclause7.4.2.4).
ThecriticalvaluesofqhavebeendeducedfromEq.[715]with u n calculatedasfollows:
vsclfromEq.[730]withao=1010mandvnclrelatedtovsclthroughtheconditionj=0
vsclfromEq.[731]andvnclasabove;
vnc2fromEq.[735]andFigure710.
The last curve will be used to estimate the heat transfer rate in the intermediate region. Finally, the
solidlinehasbeendeducedfromEq.[734].
The behavior of dT/dx vs. q in the intermediate regime has been conjectured by Arp (1970) [10] as
follows.
1. The temperature gradient required to transfer a given rate, once vscl has been just
exceeded,willbeslightlylargerthanthatpredictedbymeansofEq.[729].
2. Whenthenormalflowvelocityincreasesuptovnc2,dT/dxvs.qpredictedbyEq.[729]is
onetotwoordersofmagnitudelessthanpredictedbyEq.[734].Therealcurveshould
besomewherebetweenthesetwo,andnottooclosetotheupperone.
3. Once Rec has been exceeded, turbulence becomes fully developed as velocities further
increasebyafactoroftwoorless,thenEq.[734]applies.
DottedlinesinFigure711havebeensketchedwiththeseargumentsinmind.
Equation [716], with m = 0, indicates that large values of q can be obtained, without vn exceeding
vnc,when p and, thence, is large enough. That is why pressurized superfluid helium constitutes a
veryappropriatecoolant.
ExperimentaldataforcounterflowheatexchangeinHeIIatatmosphericpressurehavebeenreported
byBonMardion,Claudet&Seyfert(1979)[26].TheirresultsaresummarizedinFigure712,where
X T LT q 3, 4 [736]
L(T)[m]beingthedistancebetweenthechannelsectionattemperatureTandthewarmendatT.q
[W.m2] is the wall mean heat flux between both sections.The curve in Figure 712 could be used in
severalways.
255
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure712:TemperatureprofilealongachannelfilledwithHeIIatatmospheric
pressureinconterflowheatexchange.FromBonMardion,Claudet&Seyfert
(1979)[26].
1. Whenq=1W.m2,X(T)isthelengthLgivingthepositionofthecrosssectionofthetube
atwhichthetemperatureisT,measuredfromthatwhereT=T.InthissensetheFigure
712representsthetemperatureprofilealongthetube.
2. Forgivenqandendtemperatures,TiandTo,therequiredchannellengthwillbe
L X Ti X To q 3, 4 [737]
Equation[737]togetherwithFigure712willalso:
3. ProvideqwhenL,TiandToaregiven.
4. ProvideX(To)whenL,qandX(Ti)areknown.
Therangeofparametersexploredexperimentallywas
1,4KTT
256
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
2103DE5
1102L100
TheuncertaintyinherentinthecurveofFigure712isoftheorderof3%.
n
vs1 vs 2 vn1 vn 2
2 s
,
whichdoesnotcorrespondtostrictcounterflowinbothcapillaries(vs1=nvn1/s,vs2=nvn2/s).
257
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure713:TubeandHeIIbatharrangement.
Assumingcounterflowheatexchangeatlowvelocities(clause7.1.3)thedistributionofpressureand
temperaturewithinthetubecanbeexpressed,afterEqs.[715],[728]and[729],asfollows:
32q
x
p x p1 g 1 x 2 n dx
DE 0 sT [738]
x
T x T1 2 2 n2 dx
32q
[739]
DE 0 s T
Thesignbeforetheintegralwillbeusedwhentheheatsourceistopplacedinthecylindricaltube.
If (dp/dT)sat is the slope of the vaporliquid equilibrium line, the power input, q*, necessary for local
boilingatlevelx*canbededucedfrom
32q * n
x*
dx g 1 x *
dp DE2 0 sT
[740]
dT sat 32q * n
x*
2
dx
DE 0 s T
2 2
258
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Thisequationisonlyvalidwhenboilingoccurswithinthetube(x*0).
Whentheheatsourceistopplacedandthetemperaturedifferencesaresosmallthattheintroduction
of a mean value of T to evaluate the integrals in Eq. [740] is justified, the following simplified
expressionresults.
x*
1
sTD 2
1 l
q*
dp / dT sat g
E
32 n x*
1 [741]
s l
Usually(dp/dT)sat/s0,1andx*/l<<1,thustheaboveexpressioncanbefurthersimplified.
Equation[741]furnishesanestimateofthefractionx*/l,oftubelengthwhichisfilledwithliquidHe
IIforagivenvalueoftheheatflux,q*,undertheassumptionofonedimensionalflow(planarvapor
liquidinterface).Inrealpracticemattersconcerningboilinginveryslendertubesarenotsosimple,as
wewillseeinthenextparagraph.Seealsoclause7.4.2.4.
Figure714:Filmandbulkliquidconfiguration
259
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
CombinationofEqs.[75],with/t=0,and[78]yields:
1 1 n 2
u s2 U p, T u n u s 0
2 2 [742]
U gz
y3
,
being a constant which specifies the Van der Waals interaction with the wall, and (p,T) the
chemicalpotential,perunitmassofstationaryfluid.
Sincethefilmisextremelythin(seebelow):
1. Wecanneglectthemotionofthenormalcomponent( u n =0).
2. According to the local continuity equation, usy/usz/L, and L being the characteristic
lengthsparalleltotheaxesyandzrespectively(inparticular,isthefilmthickness),and
usy,uszarethecorrespondingcomponentsofthevector u s .Thus,usy(/L)usz<<usz.
3. Sincethemotionofthesuperfluidcomponentisirrotationalthroughoutthefluidregion,
whichincludesapartatrest(seeclause7.1.1),
u sz u sy
y z
andthenthechangewithyofuszisnegligiblecomparedtouszitself,
yusz(/L)usy(/L)2usz<<usz,
thenceweinferthatusz=vs(z)dependsonlyonz.
IntegratingEq.[742],with un =0,overthefilmsurface
S 2
vs gz 3 po , To
2 [743]
where po and To are the pressure and temperature of the reservoir. When the flow is isothermal,
accordingtoEq.[78],
p po
p, T po , To
260
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Neglectingchangesinhydrostaticpressureoftheheliumvapor,pporesultstobethepressurejump
throughthefilmsurfaceatheightz.If,inaddition,thecapillarypressureisnegligible(curvatureof
thefilmsurfacesmallenough),ppo=0and,thence,Eq.[743]becomes:
s 2
vs g 3 0 [744]
2
ThisequationdiffersfromtheclassicalBernoulliequationfornormalliquidsinthe s/factor,which
isduetothefactthatinthiscaseonlythesuperfluidmoves.Ontheotherhand,Eq.[744]indicates
thatshoulddecreasewhenvsincreases(Bernoullithinning).
Now,letmbethemassoffluidtransportedbythefilminunittimeacrossasectionofunitwidth.
m s vs [745]
CombinationofEqs.[744]and[745]yieldsthefollowingexpressiontocalculate:
~ ~
z 3 1 0
~ [746]
where
~
z z / zc , / c ,and
~
m6
zc
8 2 3 s3 g
2 s
and c
m2
arecharacteristiclengthsintheverticalandhorizontaldirection,respectively.
~
z vs.
~
,asgivenbyEq.[746],isrepresentedinFigure715asafullline.
261
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure715:Bernoullithinning.ThefulllinecorrespondstoEq.[746].Thedotted
lineistheKontorovich(1956)[125]solution.Neithersolutiongivesthecorrect
transitionofthefilminterfacetothehorizontalfreesurfaceinthereservoir,
becausecapillarypressurehasbeenneglected.Curveslabelledwiththevaluesof
BocorrespondtoEq.[749].
Kontorovich(1956)[125]givesforvs.mtheexpression
1/ 3
m2
1/ 3
1 [747]
gz 6 s gz
whichcanbededucedbyapproximatesolutionofEq.[746]when
~
issmallenough.IndimensionlesscoordinatesEq.[747]becomes
~ 1 1
~ 1 / 3 1 ~ 1 / 3 [748]
z 3z
262
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Equation [748] has been represented in Figure 715 by means of a dotted line. It deviates from the
exactsolutionofEq.[746]nearz=0,andapparentlydeviatesinthewrongdirection(thefreesurface
ofthefilmshouldvarycontinuouslywithz).
Although the corner near the free surface of the reservoir requires a more complete treatment than
above, since most of the already introduced simplifying assumptions become invalid in that region,
themereconsiderationofthecapillarypressureyieldsarealisticshapeofthefreesurfacethroughout.
Whencapillarypressureistakenintoaccount,Eq.[746]becomes
~ ~
~ ~ 3 d 2 / d~
z2
z 3 1
~
Bo ~ 2 3/ 2
d [749]
2 ~
dz
whereBo=gc2/isaBondnumber(seeclause6.4.7.1),whichdependsonthetemperature,themass
flowrateandthegravitylevel.=zc/cisanaspectratiowhich,inadditiontotemperature,strongly
dependsonthemassflowrate.Thisdifferentialequationisintegratedwiththefollowingboundary
conditions:
1. Farfromthereservoir,
~ ~
z , ~z 3 1 0
~
.
2. Atthereservoirfreesurface,
~
z 0 , d / d~
~ z
.
Assuming that Bo is large enough, the right hand side of Eq. [749] is negligible except near
~ ~
z 1 0
~
,
where the curvature of the free surface becomes very large. An approximate solution of Eq. [749],
validwhenBoislarge,canbeobtainedbyuseofthemethodofmatchedasymptoticexpansions(see
VanDyke(1975)[248]).
Letusassume1.Introducinginnervariables,whichareoforderunityintheregionunderstudy
X Bo ~
z
,
~
Y Bo 1
,
Eq.[749]becomes,afterneglectinghigherorderterms,
263
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
d 2Y / dX 2
X Y
1 dY / dX
2 3/ 2
[750]
withtheboundaryconditions:
X , X Y 0
,
X 0 , dY / dX
.
This is the wellknown problem of finding a curve the curvature of which is proportional to the
distancetoastraightline,
X Y 0
.
The solution, with our particular boundary conditions, is too complicated (and useless) to be given
here,butitisrepresentedbythecurveslabelledwiththevaluesofBoinFigure715.
Summingup,Kontorovichtheoryseemstocorrectlypredictthethinningofasuperfluidfilmflowing
stationary,butEq.[747]cannotbeusedforaquantitativeassessmentoftheeffect.
Saturatedfilmsofheliumaretypically100atomiclayersthick(1atomiclayer=3,6A=3,6x1010m)
andcanflowwithvelocitiesupto0,5m.s1.Theexpectedchangeinthicknessforsuchafilmcouldbe
about20atomiclayersinsomecases.
ThefirstattempttoexperimentallydetecttheBernoullithinningwasmadebyKeller(1970)[120].In
hisexperimentsthesaturatedfilmofHeIIwascausedtoflow,subcritically,betweentheplatesofa
capacitor.Measuredcapacitanceshouldvaryproportionallytothethicknessofthefilm.Nochangein
filmthicknesswasobservedwithin5Aforallflowvelocitiesuptoabout0,5m.s1.
Many authors followed Keller in the confirmation or disproving of Bernoulli thinning. A list of
attemptsisgiveninTable71.Thelistisbynomeanscompleteandshouldnotbeconsideredasapoll
todiscoverthemostwidelyacceptedopinion.SeealsoareviewbyDeBruynOuboter(1973)[53]of
theworkperformedupto1972.
Up to the moment no thinning has been observed in experiments performed under truly steady
conditions.RecallthatEq.[742]hasbeenobtainedbyassuming/t=0.
VanSpronsenetal.(1973,1974)arguethatcondensationofthevaportendstorestoretheoriginalfilm
thickness.Intheirsetofexperiments,whereheliumfilmcoverstheinsideofaverylongandnarrow
capillarywoundintoaspiral,condensationisavoidedbecausethefilm,whichoscillatesbetweenboth
endreservoirsofthetube,drainsawaythecondensateswhichcannotbeaccumulated.
ExperimentsundernonsteadyconditionshavebeenperformedalsobyWang&Petrac(1975)[258].
These authors, however recognize that, since the characteristic length of their experimental cell (L =
0,025 m) is much smaller than the wavelength of surface waves (third sound, 2,4 m), nonsteady
effectsintroducedbyanysurfacedisturbanceshouldbetakenintoaccount.Table71.
264
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table71:SeveralAttemptstoExperimentallyVerifytheBernoulliThinning(BT)
Author Keller(1970) VanSpronsen Telschowetal. Wang&Petrac
etal.(1973) (1975)[234] (1975)[258]
[251]
Characteristiclength 2x105
oftheflow[m] (seetext)
Integrating Eq. [74] along each streamline, without neglecting nonsteady effects, and pursuing the
samereasoningasabovetoarriveatEq.[744],thefollowingequationresults:
x
t 0
u dl s vs2 gz 3 0
2 [751]
where
dl
isthevectorelementofstreamline.
265
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Quasisteady experiments will be performed under conditions such that nonsteady terms be
negligiblecomparedtothekineticenergyterm,i.e.:
Leff s
vs
t 2
,
Leffandtbeing,respectively,acharacteristiclengthandacharacteristictimeofthefluidflow.
Although in the case of Van Spronsen et al. (1974) the characteristic time can be deduced from a
typical frequency of the oscillation, which they quote, the characteristic length is not so clearly
defined.
The oscillation of the film (Atkins oscillation), the aim of which is to avoid the accumulation of
condensates, is induced by moving up and down, opposite to each other, both end reservoirs. In
addition to the characteristic frequency of the oscillation, a characteristic length appears in the
definitionoftheinertialmassoftheoscillatingsystem.
x
A
Leff dx
0
s As
,
whereListhelengthofthecapillary,AthecrosssectionalareaoftheendreservoirsandAsthecross
sectionalareaoftheliquidwithinthetube(theshapeofthecrosssectionsisannularbecausethefilm
isattachedtothewall).
SinceAsissmall,Leffislarge,Leff2x105m,renderingLeff/tthousandtimeslargerthansvs/2.
EvenassumingthatthecharacteristiclengthisL,thetimederivativetermbecomesofthesameorder
asthekineticenergyterm.
Thence, the thinning observed in this experiment could be, partially or totally, due to other than
Bernoullieffect.
Experiments to measure, inter alia, the film thickness under reduced gravity conditions have been
performed(Masonetal.(1976)[141],Yang&Mason(1980)[268]).
These experiments were undertaken to check Eq. [744] which indicates that the thickness of
stationaryfilms(vs=0)shouldvaryas(gz)1/3.
Thefirstexperiments(March1976)wereperformedusinganaircraftwhichprovided45periodsof20
sreducedgravity.
After1976aBlackBrantsoundingrocketwasused.Itprovidedafreefallperiodofabout5minof106
glevel.Theexperiments,togetherwithpreparatorylaboratorytestsonEarth,havebeenreportedby
Yang&Mason(1980)[268].
The apparatus used to measure the film thickness was a quartz crystal microbalance (QCM). If a
properly cut crystal oscillating in a shear mode is loaded with a liquid film on its surface, its
fundamental resonance frequency shifts according to the layer thickness. In this way thicknesses of
filmsseveralhundredsAngstromthickcanbemeasuredwithlessthan2%error.
Thesupportingsurfaceswereorientedoneparalleltothethrustaxisandtwoperpendicularly,within
acellmaintainedatslightlybelowsaturationpressure(Figure716).
266
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure716:Cellusedtoperformreducedgravitytest.Thefilmthickness
experimentswereperformedinthelefthandsidecompartment.FromYang&
Mason(1980)[268].
A crucial, and only partially solved problem was keeping the film thickness in the chamber against
temperature variations in the range 1,5 K to 2 K. To this aim, an helium reservoir packed with
aluminiumpowderwasconnectedtothefilmexperimentchamber.Thepowderpackageprovidesan
additionallargesurfaceareaandactsasacapillaryretentiondevicewhichsuppliesheliumtothecell
when the temperature rises, absorbing helium when it decreases. This device, although successful,
greatlycomplicatedtheinterpretationoftheexperimentresults.
Themainconclusionswerethefollowing:
1. The reduced gravity behavior of the helium can be understood in terms of laboratory
observations.
2. Film thicknesses are independent of the position in the chamber and are thicker than
thoseinthesamechamberundernormalgravitybyafactoroftheorderof2.Thickening
of the film, nevertheless, could be partly due to the release of liquid by the powder
package.
Asaconsequenceoffilmthickeningunderreducedgravity,thecriticalvelocitiesandvanderWaals
forcesarereducedand,thence,thefilmsbecamemoresensitivetoheating.
Anothersetofexperimentsonthepropertiesofsuperfluidheliuminzerog(SHFE)hasbeenselected
by NASA for performance on board Spacelab 2. The experimental set includes: measurement of the
fluidthermalanddynamicbehaviorpropertiesofquantizedsurfacewavesinthesuperfluidfilm,and
performanceofaDewarinspace.Afairlydetaileddescriptionofthesystembeingdevelopedforthis
setofexperimentsismadebyUrbanetal.(1978)[244].
267
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Formally,hkisdefinedas:
Q/ A
hk lim
T 0 T
,
whereQ/AistheheatflowperunitareaacrosstheliquidsolidinterfaceofareaA.
hkrangesbetween1W.m2.K1and50x103W.m2.K1at1,9Kforthevarioussolidsinvestigated(1,9K
isanoptimumtemperatureforheattransferthroughthebulkfluid,itis,forexample,theoperating
temperatureofseveralsuperconductingparticleaccelerators).At1,9K,usingthehighestobservedhk
of50x103W.m2.K1onefindsthatthelengthofheliumIIwhichwouldpresentanequivalentthermal
barriertoasmallheatfluxisabout3000km(Snyder(1970)[225]).ThusKapitzaconductancecontrols
the heat transfer from a solid body to helium II at temperatures near the point. At lower
temperaturesofabout0,5K,whereheliumisapoorthermalconductor,thereversemaybetrue.
Kapitza conductance is not associated with the peculiarities of superfluid helium as was shown
experimentallywithHe3abovethetransitiontemperature(see,f.e.,Keller(1969)[119]pp.192ff).
Theheattransferbetweenliquidheliumandasolidispoorlyunderstood.Fromtheexperimentalside,
Kapitza conductance has been measured for only about twodozens solids (no data on structural
materials such as stainless steels or titanium have been found), and order of magnitude differences
have been reported for samples of the same solid. The most apparent explanation is difference in
samplepreparation,whichcanbeduetooneormoreparametersofthefollowinglist(Mittag(1973)
[153]): material impurity density, dislocation density, surface damage, stress, grain size of crystals,
surfaceroughness,impurityandoxidelayersonthesurface.
Thetheoreticalpictureisnotbetter(seethereviewarticlebySnyder(1970)[225]).Heattransferacross
the interfaceis described in terms of the transmission and reflection of acoustic waves (phonons) at
the interface. The Phonon Radiation Limit appears to furnish an upper limit for the Kapitza
conductance but the actual mechanisms of energy exchange at the interface, which determine the
lowerlimitsfortheconductances,arepoorlyunderstood.
Most theoretical work is based in the phonon transmission mechanism put forth by Khalatnikov
(AcousticMismatchTheory)whosuggestedthatbecauseofthemismatchoftheacousticimpedance
between a solid and a liquid, only a small fraction of the available phonons should be transmitted.
Theoreticalexpressionspredictconductances2or3ordersofmagnitudebelowthephononradiation
limit,andabout1to2ordersofmagnitudebelowthevaluesobservedexperimentally(thefiguresare
not so bad for nonmetals). The acoustic mismatch, however, predicts a T3 temperature dependence
fortheKapitzaconductancewhichisapproximatelyobeyedforavarietyofsolids,althoughtheactual
exponentofTrangesfromn=2,3,ton=4,2(smallervalueshavebeenreported,seeTable72toTable
741below).
ManyauthorstriedtoimproveuponKhalatnikovtheory.Forexample,Challisetal.(1961)[39]took
intoaccountthefactthatthelayerofheliumclosetothesolidhasamuchhigherdensitythanthebulk
liquid. They obtained a temperature exponent n = 4,2, and results closer to those observed
experimentallyinthetemperaturerange1,4Kto2,2K.
Athirdtheoreticalapproachintermsofathermalaccommodationcoefficient,,hasbeenknownlong
beforeKapitzaconductancewasdiscovered(seeEstermann(1955)[66]foranapplicationtorarefied
gasflowproblems).Insufficientdataareavailabletoprofitablyusethistheoryinthepresentinstance.
Summarizing,usefulvaluesofKapitzaconductancefordesignpurposescannotbeobtainedfromthe
theoreticalformulaeexistingintheliterature.
Inthefollowingasummaryofreporteddataisgiven.
268
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Samplecharacteristicshavebeenspecifiedasfaraspossible.Nevertheless,therelevanceofanygiven
surface parameter is uncertain because of the lack of theoretical understanding of the interface
conductanceproblem.
Materials in Table 72 to Table 741 have been arranged by ascending Debye temperatures, D.The
Debyecharacteristictemperatureisdefinedas:
h m
D
k
,
wherehisthePlancksconstant,kistheBoltzmannsconstant.k=1,380x1023J.K1and mis2times
theupperfrequencyofthecrystal.
Tablesof DforbothnonmetalsandmetalscanbefoundinZemansky(1968)[272]pp.318and327
respectively.
ThereasonforintroducingtheDebyetemperatureisthat,accordingtoChallis(1962)[39],hkvariesas
D1whenonlythehighesthkvaluesreportedforeachsolidareconsidered.
Anattempthasbeenmadetoencloseinthetablesinformationregardingthemeasurementtechniques
usedtogetthedata.
Basically,thetechniquesconsistinproducinga(small)heatflowacrossthesampletoliquidinterface.
Theresultingtemperaturedifferencebetweenthesampleandtheliquidismeasuredwhenthesystem
reachesthermalequilibrium.Itiscrucialtoavoidheattransferpathsotherthanthroughtheinterface.
Inordertoachievethisahardvacuumismaintainedinsidethecanwhichenclosestheexperimental
cell.
Themaindistinctivefeaturesoftheseveraltechniquesare:theshapeandsizeofthesolid,thehelium
bath in direct contact with the solid, the geometry of the interface with a sharp outline of its
boundaries,attachmentofthesample,thevacuumenvironment,heatingproceduresandtemperature
measurementinbothsolidandliquid.
Thesetofsketchesshownbelowwillbereferredlaterinthetable.Mainadvantagesanddrawbacksof
thedifferenttechniquesarebrieflyindicated.
269
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Temperatureismeasuredinfourlocations,twointhesampleandtwointheliquidheliumwithinthe
tube.
Heatisappliedthroughastripheaterepoxiedtothelowerendofthesample.
Heatconductioninparallelwiththesampleisnegligible.
A3.Thetubecontainingtheliquidheliumisfastenedtothevacuumchamberwhereasthesampleis
pressedagainstthetubebymeansofaspring.
A4. The metal is cast onto the top of a precoated sapphire rod resulting in a binary sample of
high/lowacousticimpedancematerials.ThetopofthesampleformsthelowerbaseoftheHeIIbath.
Temperaturesaremeasuredatsixpointsinthesampleplusoneadditionalpointintheheliumbath.
Heatisappliedtothelowerpartofthesample.
B.ShortSampleandTube
Athinwalledstainlesssteeltubeissoldered(orglued)tothesampleandattachedtothebottomofa
copper container which is evacuated later on. Several such containers are submerged in a helium II
bath.
Temperatures are measured with thermometers wound on the sample surface. Bath temperature is
closelyregulatedandmeasuredbyathermometer.
Vacuumfaceofthespecimenislocallyheated.
B1.Thesampleissealedtoaglasstube.Sampleandtubearesurroundedbyaglassvacuumjacket.
Stressesintheglassarerelievedbyannealing.
B2.Themercury,liquidatroomtemperature,fillsanylontube,thelowerendofwhichisforcedonto
a cupronickel sleeve. A brass plunger, tipped with a Teflon cap, forms a seal impervious to liquid
mercurywhichisremovedafterthemercuryisfrozen.
Temperatures are measured in four points along the mercury column by use the thermometers
connectedtothemercurybyplatinumwiresthroughholesinthenylontube.
Aheaterisplacedonthetopofthetube.Theheaterensuresthatthesamplewouldfreezefromthe
bottomduringcooldown,andprovidestherequiredheatfluxduringtest.
Heat transfer through the cupronickel sleeve should be accounted for in the normal state tests,
althoughitisquitenegligibleinthesuperconductingstate.
270
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
C.LongCylinder
A thinwalled stainless steel tube, which contains the He II, is terminated at one end by the sample
and at the other end by a surface held at the bath temperature and by the helium feeding line. The
sampleissealedtothetubewithanindiumwire.
A coil former, bolted to the stainless steel tube fulfils the twofold role of fixing the sample and of
supportingaheatercoilmountedonthetopofthesample.
TheassemblyisenclosedinanevacuatedcoppercanwithintheHe4bath(fortemperaturesabove1
K).
Temperatures are measured at two points along the stainless steel tube and a single point in the
sample. A cavity is machined in the sample to place a thermometer as close to the interface as
possible.
Differential stresses, partially taken up by the indium seal, could result from cooling to low
temperatures.
Thismethodhasbeenusedabove0,3K(withanappropriateHe3refrigerator).
C1.DiffersfromCinthesamplemounting.Herethecoilformerandthesamplearemadeofthesame
material,sothatnostressesarisethroughcoolingtolowtemperatures.
Theinterfaceareaisnorclearlydefined.
D.Sandwich(ParallelPlateCell)
Thelowacousticimpedancemediumiscastbetweentwometallicplatesfurnishedwithappropriate
insulatingspacers.
Oneoftheplatesisheated,whereastheoppositeremainsinthermalcontactwithaheliumbath.
Temperaturesaremeasuredattheendplates.
D1. When the low acoustic impedance medium freezes at low temperatures, two access ports are
provided to the lower plate. Once the space between plates has been filled through one port, the
secondissealedoff.
Bothplatescanbeindependentlyheated.
Thecellisscrewedtoacopperflangeinthermalcontactwiththeheliumbath.
271
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
E.HollowRod
Thesampleismachinedtotheshapeofathickwalledcylinder.
Twochannelsaredrilledoutinthewalltoaccommodatethethermometers.Theheaterisplacedinthe
centralcavity.
Theaspectratiooftheconfigurationislessthan10.
Cavitiesarefilledwithheliumgasatatmosphericpressure.
Theassemblyisloweredintoaheliumbaththetemperatureofwhichiscloselymonitored.
F.ResistanceThermometer
Avarnishcoatedconstantanstrip(theheater)isfastenedtoaphenolicsubstrate.
Theconstantanstripiscoatedinitsturnbyagraphitelayer(thesampleandresistivecomponentof
the thermometer). Potential taps are connected to the graphite layer by means of a silver paint. The
assemblyismountedinaHeIIcryostat.
Thethermalconductivityofthegraphiteshouldbeaccountedforintheheatbalance.
272
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure717:Kapitzaconductance,hk,oflowDebyetemperaturemetals,Mercury,
Lead,GoldandSilverincontactwithLiquidHelium,vs.temperature,T.SeeTable
72below.
273
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure718:Kapitzaconductance,hk,ofCopperincontactwithvariouslow
acousticimpedancematerialsvs.temperature,T.SeeTable72andTable741
below.Theoreticalresultsarealsoshowninthisfigure.
274
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure719:Kapitzaconductance,hk,ofTungsten,Aluminium,Molybdenumand
Beryllium,incontactwithLiquidHelium,vs.temperature,T.SeeTable72below.
Figure720:Kapitzaconductance,hk,ofNonmetalsincontactwithLiquidhelium
vs.temperatureT.SeeTable732below.
275
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table72:KapitzaConductance,hk,ofMetalsinContactwithLiquidHelium(HeII)
SolidD[K] References
Mercury72,seeTable73 Neeper,Pearce&Wasilik(1967)[164]
<99,995%pure Challis(1962)[39]
99,995%pure
Lead105,see
Table75 <99,9995%pure
Nodetailsgiven. Challis,Dransfeld&Wilks(1961)[40]
99,9997%pure WeyYeng(1962)[263]
Indium108,seeTable77 Neeper&Dillinger(1964)
Gold164,seeTable79 Johnson&Little(1963)[108]
Tin199,seeTable711 WeyYeng(1962)[263]
Platinum240,seeTable713
Silver225,seeTable715 Alnaimi&vanderSluijs(1974)[4]
Palladium274,seeTable717 Reivari(1969)[192]
Niobium275,seeTable718 Mittag(1973)[153]
99,999%pure Jones&vanderSluijs(1973)[111]
99,9%pure WeyYeng(1962)[263]
OFHC(oxygenfreehigh Johnson&Little(1963)[108]
Copper343, conductivity) Mittag(1973)[153]
seeTable720
Highpurity(nofurther Challis,Dransfeld&Wilks(1961)[40]
detailsgiven)
99,999%pure Challis(1962)[39]
Patullo&vanderSluijs(1983)[178]
Tungsten400,seeTable722 Johnson&Little(1963)[108]
Aluminium428,seeTable724 VanSciver(1978)[249]
Mittag(1973)[153]
Nickel450,seeTable726 WeyYeng(1962)[263]
Molybdenum450,seeTable728 Alnaimi&vanderSluijs(1975)[3]
Beryllium1440,seeTable730
276
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table73:KapitzaConductance,hk,ofMercury72inContactwithLiquidHelium
(HeII)
Temp.
hkat1,9K Sample
Sample Key Exponent Others
[W.m2.K1] Description
n
Table74:SampleDescriptionofMercury72inTable73
Sample
hkat1,9K Storage,Environment
SampleConditions Dimensions Comments
[W.m2.K1] beforeCooldown
[m]
277
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table75:KapitzaConductance,hk,ofLead105inContactwithLiquidHelium
(HeII)
Temp.
hkat1,9K Sample
Sample Key Exponent Others
[W.m2.K1] Description
n
11000 3,1
46000 4,7
32000 3,8
9300 2,0
6500 2,9
<99,9995%pure
4900 2,8
Table76
2
5700 3,0
4500 3,2
4400 3,4
1900 3,20,1
5600 30,1
7100 2,90,1
278
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table76:SampleDescriptionofLead105inTable75
Sample
hkat1,9K Storage,Environment
SampleConditions Dimensions Comments
[W.m2.K1] beforeCooldown
[m]
Sameasabove. Ca.Uncorrected
Superconductingstate. forthe
4200 temperature
dropnearthe
interface.
Sameasabove. Ca.
11000 Normalstate(longitudinal
fieldof6,4x104A.m1)
Sameasabove. Ca.
32000 Testmadejustafter Extrapolated
preparation. fromT1,7K.
Sameasabove. Ca.
4900 Normalstate(6,4x104A.m1)
18monthsafterpreparation.
Sameasabove. Ca.
5700
21monthsafterpreparation.
Sameasabove. Ca.
4500 Superconductingstate.18
monthsafterpreparation.
Sameasabove. Ca.
4400
21mothsafterpreparation.
279
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Sample
hkat1,9K Storage,Environment
SampleConditions Dimensions Comments
[W.m2.K1] beforeCooldown
[m]
Table77:KapitzaConductance,hk,ofIndium108inContactwithLiquidHelium
(HeII)
Temp.
hkat1,9K Sample
Sample Key Exponent Others
[W.m2.K1] Description
n
SurfaceAx104[m2]:0,32
Spectroscopically 11000 3
Measur.Method:B Table78
2
280
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table78:SampleDescriptionofIndium108inTable77
Sample
hkat1,9K Storage,Environment
SampleConditions Dimensions Comments
[W.m2.K1] beforeCooldown
[m]
vacuumof1,3x103Pa. 32x103height
Additionalindiumwascast
andzonerefinedinthemold.
Freeendfaceofindiumwas
machined.
Table79:KapitzaConductance,hk,ofGold164inContactwithLiquidHelium
(HeII)
Temp.
hkat1,9K Sample
Sample Key Exponent Others
[W.m2.K1] Description
n
8800 SurfaceAx104[m2]:1,5
99,99%pure 3 Measur.Method:A3 Table710
HeatFluxQ/A[W.m2]:20490
2
8300
Temp.Range[K]:1,252,10
Table710:SampleDescriptionofGold164inTable79
Storage,
hkat1,9K Sample Sample
Environmentbefore Comments
[W.m2.K1] Conditions Dimensions[m]
Cooldown
281
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table711:KapitzaConductance,hk,ofTin199inContactwithLiquidHelium(He
II)
Temp.
hkat1,9K Sample
Sample Key Exponent Others
[W.m2.K1] Description
n
5200 2,90,1
Table712:SampleDescriptionofTin199inTable711
Sample
hkat1,9K Storage,Environment
SampleConditions Dimensions Comments
[W.m2.K1] beforeCooldown
[m]
Table713:KapitzaConductance,hk,ofPlatinum240inContactwithLiquid
Helium(HeII)
Temp.
hkat1,9K Sample
Sample Key Exponent Others
[W.m2.K1] Description
n
Measur.Method:B1
99,9%pure 2000 2,30,1 Table714
2
Temp.Range[K]:1,152,16
282
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table714:SampleDescriptionofPlatinum240inTable713
Sample
hkat1,9K Storage,Environmentbefore
SampleConditions Dimensions Comments
[W.m2.K1] Cooldown
[m]
Table715:KapitzaConductance,hk,ofSilver225inContactwithLiquidHelium
(HeII)
Temp.
hkat1,9K Sample
Sample Key Exponent Others
[W.m2.K1] Description
n
4300 2,1
4900 3,2
1900 1,2
1500 0,30
1100 0,70
1000 1,2
283
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table716:SampleDescriptionofSilver225inTable715
Sample
hkat1,9K Storage,Environment
SampleConditions Dimensions Comments
[W.m2.K1] beforeCooldown
[m]
1500 Sample1.Test7.Ca
1100 Sample2.Test1.Ca
1000 Sample2.Test2.Ca
a Cindicatesthatthevaluesofhkandnhavebeencalculatedbythecompilerthroughbestfittingofhk=ATnto
datapoints.ThesedatapointshavebeenreplottedinFigure717,Figure718andFigure719andcanbe
identifiedbythekeygiveninthepreviousentryoftheTable.
Table717:KapitzaConductance,hk,ofPalladium274inContactwithLiquid
Helium(HeII)
hkat1,9K Temp.
2 1 Others Comments
[W.m .K ] Exponentn
Measur.Method:C Estimatedinthecourseofanexperimenttomeasure
100at1K 3(assumed) Temp.Range[K]:0,1 MssbauerspectraofFe57withCo56sourceina
1 palladiummatrix
284
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table718:KapitzaConductance,hk,ofNiobium275inContactwithLiquid
Helium(HeII)
Temp.
hkat1,9K Sample
Sample Key Exponent Others
[W.m2.K1] Description
n
99,9%pure. Measur.Method:A3
Lessthan500 1800300 3,620,32 HeatFluxQ/A[W.m2]:10400
ppmTa Temp.Range[K]:1,32,1 Table719
2
Table719:SampleDescriptionofNiobium275inTable718
Storage, Sample
hkat1,9K
SampleConditions Environmentbefore Dimensions Comments
[W.m2.K1]
Cooldown [m]
Chemicallypolished3minina Vacuumtreatment
solutionof60x103lnitricacid(70%) consistedofheatingfor
and40x103lhydrofluoricacid(40%), 18hinacontainerat
273K293K.Highvacuumandhigh 463Kwithanend
4000500 temperatureannealed.Aftervacuum vacuum105Pa.
treatment,softsolderdepositswere Remainedinthe
removed.Chemicallypolishedfor6 container,under
min,rinsedwithethanol.r=1,0007 vacuum,for6dat293
0,0004. K.Inair15min.
285
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table720:KapitzaConductance,hk,ofCopper343inContactwithLiquidHelium
(HeII)
Temp.
hkat1,9K Sample
Sample Key Exponent Others
[W.m2.K1] Description
n
HeatFluxQ/A[W.m2]:16,23,32,50,92
3800 4,3 Temp.Range[K]:1,22,0
22000 4,5
3900 1,6
12500 3,9
7500 3,2
17000 3,5
15000 3,7
22000 4,3
22000 4,3
1100 2,4
1400 3,8
590 1,6
500 1,6
1200 4,2
890 3,0
960 3,0
13000 3,1
7000 6,1
5100 6,6
6100 6,0
2300 2,0
2800 4,2
19000 3,0
5300 5,9
286
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Temp.
hkat1,9K Sample
Sample Key Exponent Others
[W.m2.K1] Description
n
29000 3,7
2700 3,2
16000 2,5
9000 2,2
3100 3,2
Measur.Method:E
99,9%pure 25500 2,60,1
Temp.Range[K]:0,5702,075
3600 2,6
287
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table721:SampleDescriptionofCopper343inTable720
Sample
hkat1,9K Storage,Environment
SampleConditions Dimensions Comments
[W.m2.K1] beforeCooldown
[m]
12500 12toolangle
7500 Machinedasabove.Hand
polishedwithincreasingly
17000 finepolishingpaperupto
thehighestgradeavailable.
15000
Electropolishedin30%
orthophosporicacid
22000
solutionsfortimesvarying
22000 between2minand53h.
Washedwithdeionized
wateranddriedunder 1,5x106m
1100 vacuum. electropolishing
depth
1,5x106m
1400 electropolishing
depth
40x106m
590 electropolishing
depth
80x106m
500 electropolishing
depth
120x106m
1200 electropolishing
depth
120x106m
890 electropolishing
depth
Electropolishedasabove 120x106me.d.+
960
with105mthicklayer etched
removed,thensilvercoated
underavacuumof1,3x105 3,5x109msilver
13000 coatingthickness.
288
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Sample
hkat1,9K Storage,Environment
SampleConditions Dimensions Comments
[W.m2.K1] beforeCooldown
[m]
Paupto60s. Batch2
4,0x109msilver
7000 coatingthickness.
Batch2
5,0x109msilver
5100 coatingthickness.
Batch2
7,0x109msilver
6100 coatingthickness.
Batch1
7,0x109msilver
2300 coatingthickness.
Batch1
8,0x109msilver
2800 coatingthickness.
Batch1
11,0x109msilver
19000 coatingthickness.
Batch2
11,5x109msilver
5300 coatingthickness.
Batch1
15x109msilver
29000 coatingthickness.
Batch2
18x109msilver
2700 coatingthickness.
Batch1
35x109msilver
16000 coatingthickness.
Batch2
78x109msilver
9000 coatingthickness.
Batch2
90x109msilver
3100 coatingthickness.
Batch1
289
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Sample
hkat1,9K Storage,Environment
SampleConditions Dimensions Comments
[W.m2.K1] beforeCooldown
[m]
Machined,cleanedand Ca.
4
rinsedasabove.0,85x10 m
2
6200
interfacecleanedwhile
immersed.
Sameasabove.Chemically Incontactwithairafter
polished1minat343K. preparationfor1hour
6700600 Electropolished6minat293 beforepumpingdown.
K.Rinsedinethanol.R=
1,00040,0003.
290
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Sample
hkat1,9K Storage,Environment
SampleConditions Dimensions Comments
[W.m2.K1] beforeCooldown
[m]
temperatureandflushed independentof
withcleanheliumgas pressureabove1,3
beforecoolingdown. K.
Machined,annealedand Mountingasabove.
handpolishedasabove. Pumpedonforatotalof
1000at1K Electropolishedremoving 15dupto8x102Pa.
61x106m.Washed. Contaminationcarefully
prevented.
a Cindicatesthatthevaluesofhkandnhavebeencalculatedbythecompilerthroughbestfittingofhk=ATnto
datapoints.ThesedatapointshavebeenreplottedinFigure717,Figure718andFigure719andcanbe
identifiedbythekeygiveninthepreviousentryoftheTable.
Table722:KapitzaConductance,hk,ofTungsten400inContactwithLiquid
Helium(HeII)
Temp.
hkat1,9K Sample
Sample Key Exponent Others
[W.m2.K1] Description
n
SurfaceAx104[m2]:1,5
Measur.Method:A3
99,95%pure 2420 3,5 Table723
HeatFluxQ/A[W.m2]:20to490
2
Temp.Range[K]:1,252,10
291
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table723:SampleDescriptionofTungsten400inTable722
Sample
hkat1,9K Storage,Environment
SampleConditions Dimensions Comments
[W.m2.K1] beforeCooldown
[m]
Table724:KapitzaConductance,hk,ofAluminium428inContactwithLiquid
Helium(HeII)
Temp.
hkat1,9K Sample
Sample Key Exponent Others
[W.m2.K1] Description
n
SurfaceAx104[m2]:1,48
99,99%pure Measur.Method:A2
7400300 2,8
RRR=50080 HeatFluxQ/A[W.m2]:104to2x104
Temp.Range[K]:1,52,1
residual
# 6400 2,8
resistanceratio,
4,2/300) 6700 2,8
6600 2,8
292
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table725:SampleDescriptionofAluminium428inTable724
Sample
hkat1,9K Storage,Environment
SampleConditions Dimensions Comments
[W.m2.K1] beforeCooldown
[m]
Ca.Near
saturatedvapor
6400 pressure.Bath
temperature,T=
1,89K
Ca.Near
saturatedvapor
6200 pressure.Bath
temperature,T=
1,79K
Caat2,43x103Pa
pressure
6400 (saturation).Bath
temperature,T=
1,89K
Caat33,4x103Pa
pressure.Bath
6700
temperature,T=
1,89K
Caat84,1x103Pa
pressure.Bath
6600
temperature,T=
1,89K
Vacuummelted,annealed Incontactwithairfor1h
5200300
for1hinair,cooleddown beforepumpingdown.
293
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Sample
hkat1,9K Storage,Environment
SampleConditions Dimensions Comments
[W.m2.K1] beforeCooldown
[m]
to293Kin24h.Machined.
SurfacegroundwithNo
500emerypaper,vapor
degreased,chemically
polishedfor3,5minthen
rinsedwithethanol.
r=1,00040,0004
a Cindicatesthatthevaluesofhkandnhavebeencalculatedbythecompilerthroughbestfittingofhk=ATnto
datapoints.ThesedatapointshavebeenreplottedinFigure717,Figure718andFigure719andcanbe
identifiedbythekeygiveninthepreviousentryoftheTable.
Table726:KapitzaConductance,hk,ofNickel450inContactwithLiquidHelium
(HeII)
Temp.
hkat1,9K Sample
Sample Key Exponent Others
[W.m2.K1] Description
n
Temp.Range[K]:1,152,16
294
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table727:SampleDescriptionofNickel450inTable726
Sample
hkat1,9K Storage,Environment
SampleConditions Dimensions Comments
[W.m2.K1] beforeCooldown
[m]
Table728:KapitzaConductance,hk,ofMolybdenum450inContactwithLiquid
Helium(HeII)
Temp.
hkat1,9K Sample
Sample Key Exponent Others
[W.m2.K1] Description
n
97080 0,80,2
Temp.Range[K]:1,21,9
295
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table729:SampleDescriptionofMolybdenum450inTable728
Storage, Sample
hkat1,9K
SampleConditions Environment Dimensions Comments
[W.m2.K1]
beforeCooldown [m]
Table730:KapitzaConductance,hk,ofBeryllium1440inContactwithLiquid
Helium(HeII)
Temp.
hkat1,9K Sample
Sample Key Exponent Others
[W.m2.K1] Description
n
SurfaceAx104[m2]:0,126
Measur.Method:C
99%pure 26040 1,10,5 Table731
HeatFluxQ/A[W.m2]:12,24
2
Temp.Range[K]:1,21,9
296
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table731:SampleDescriptionofBeryllium1440inTable730
Storage,
Sample
hkat1,9K Environment
SampleConditions Dimensions Comments
[W.m2.K1] beforeCool
[m]
down
Table732:KapitzaConductance,hk,ofNonmetalsinContactwithLiquidHelium
(HeII)
SolidD[K] References
Graphite420,seeTable733 Haben&Frederking(1975)[79]
Quartz(SiO2)470,seeTable735 WeyYeng(1962)[263]
Challis,Dransfeld&Wilks(1961)[40]
Silicon636,seeTable737 Johnson&Little(1963)[108]
LithiumFluoride730,seeTable739
Table733:KapitzaConductance,hk,ofGraphite420inContactwithLiquid
Helium(HeII)
Temp.
hkat1,9K Sample
Sample Key Exponent Others
[W.m2.K1] Description
n
SurfaceAx104[m2]:0,05
Aquadagcoating
b 1000 2,2 HeatFluxQ/A[W.m2]:5,5to350 Table734
2
Temp.Range[K]:1,42,0
b AquadagisacolloidaldispersionofgraphiteinwaterproducedbyAchesonColloidsCompany,PortHuron,
Michigan,USA.
297
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table734:SampleDescriptionofGraphite420inTable733
Sample
hkat1,9K Storage,Environment
SampleConditions Dimensions Comments
[W.m2.K1] beforeCooldown
[m]
Table735:KapitzaConductance,hk,ofQuartz(SiO2)470inContactwithLiquid
Helium(HeII)
Temp.
hkat1,9K Sample
Sample Key Exponent Others
[W.m2.K1] Description
n
Measur.Method:B
5700 3,60,2
Temp.Range[K]:1,1512,157
SingleCrystal Table736
2
SurfaceAx104[m2]:0,19
3800 3 Measur.Method:A1
Temp.Range[K]:1,42,17
Table736:SampleDescriptionofQuartz(SiO2)470inTable735
Sample
hkat1,9K Storage,Environment
SampleConditions Dimensions Comments
[W.m2.K1] beforeCooldown
[m]
298
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Sample
hkat1,9K Storage,Environment
SampleConditions Dimensions Comments
[W.m2.K1] beforeCooldown
[m]
temperatureandflushed conductivityat
severaltimeswithclean low
heliumgasbeforecooling temperatures.
down.
a Cindicatesthatthevaluesofhkandnhavebeencalculatedbythecompilerthroughbestfittingofhk=ATnto
datapoints.ThesedatapointshavebeenreplottedinFigure720andcanbeidentifiedbythekeygiveninthe
previousentryoftheTable.
Table737:KapitzaConductance,hk,ofSilicon636inContactwithLiquidHelium
(HeII)
hkat1,9K Temp. Sample
Sample Key 2 1 Others
[W.m .K ] Exponentn Description
the[1,1,1]direction. Measur.Method:A3
ptyperesistivity>10 HeatFluxQ/A[W.m2]:20to490
m,impurities<1,3x109 4000 4,2 Temp.Range[K]:1,252,10
atom.m3,
dislocation:8x104m2
Sameasaboveexcept
dislocationdensity: 4200 4,2
8x106m2
Table738:SampleDescriptionofSilicon636inTable737
Sample
hkat1,9K Storage,Environment
SampleConditions Dimensions Comments
[W.m2.K1] beforeCooldown
[m]
4200 Interfacialplanenormalto
thegrowthaxis,ground,
polishedandetched.
299
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
a Cindicatesthatthevaluesofhkandnhavebeencalculatedbythecompilerthroughbestfittingofhk=ATnto
datapoints.ThesedatapointshavebeenreplottedinFigure720andcanbeidentifiedbythekeygiveninthe
previousentryoftheTable.
Table739:KapitzaConductance,hk,ofLithiumFluoride730inContactwith
LiquidHelium(HeII)
Temp.
hkat1,9K Sample
Sample Key Exponent Others
[W.m2.K1] Description
n
SurfaceAx104[m2]:1,5
99,99%pure Measur.Method:A3
4800 3,8 Table740
HeatFluxQ/A[W.m2]:20to490
2
singlecrystal
Temp.Range[K]:1,252,10
Table740:SampleDescriptionofLithiumFluoride730inTable739
Storage, Sample
hkat1,9K
SampleConditions Environment Dimensions Comments
[W.m2.K1]
beforeCooldown [m]
Table741:KapitzaConductance,hk,ofMetalsinContactwithLowAcoustiv
ImpedanceMedia(LAIM)
SolidD[K] References
Indium108,seeTable742 Neeper&Dilliger(1964)[163]
Copper343,seeTable744 Reynolds&Anderson(1976,1977)[193]&
[194]
Schmidt(1975)[207]
300
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table742:KapitzaConductance,hk,ofIndium108inContactwith
LowAcousticImpedanceMedia(LAIM)
Temp.
hkat1,9K Sample
Sample Key Exponent Others
[W.m2.K1] Description
n
2280(2280) 2,88(2.84)
SurfaceAx104[m2]:0,32
99,99%pure 2230(2240) 2,88(2.86) Measur.Method:A4
Table743
HeatFluxQ/A[W.m2]:6200
2
Indium
2280(2310) 2,81(2.80)
Temp.Range[K]:1,02,1
2070(2080) 2,81(2.78)
Table743:SampleDescriptionofIndium108inTable742
Storage, Sample
hkat1,9K
LAIM SampleConditions Environment Dimensions Comments
[W.m2.K1]
beforeCooldown [m]
Sample2.TestB.
Superconducting
2070(2080) stateor(normal
state,upto
0,6x106A.m1)
301
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table744:KapitzaConductance,hk,ofCopper343inContactwith
LowAcousticImpedanceMedia(LAIM)
Temp.
hkat1,9K Sample
Sample Key Exponent Others
[W.m2.K1] Description
n
400(at1K) 3,5
340(at1K) 3,6
Copper(no SurfaceAx104[m2]:5,13(eachendplate)
detailsare Measur.Method:D1
300(at1K) 3,4
given) Temp.Range[K]:0,71
Table745
2
310(at1K) 3,5
300(at1K) 3,6
Commercial Measur.Method:D
3000 1,9
Copper Temp.Range[K]:14
Table745:SampleDescriptionofCopper343inTable744
hkat1,9K
LAIM SampleConditions Comments
[W.m2.K1]
Bothendplatesmechanicallypolished.Then
340(at1K)
vacuumannealedat873K.
Oneendplatemechanicallypolishedand Ca.37x105Papressure
300(at1K) SolidHe4
sandblasted.Thesecondmechanicallypolished
andelectropolished.
Bothmechanicallypolishedand
310(at1K)
electropolished.
300(at1K) Sameasabove.
EpoxyResin:CY221withhardenerHY979 Becauseofhkthethermal
Epoxy (CIBACo.)in10:3ratio. conductivityoffilledepoxies
3000
Resin stronglydependsonthegrain
sizeofthemetallicfiller.
a Cindicatesthatthevaluesofhkandnhavebeencalculatedbythecompilerthroughbestfittingofhk=ATnto
datapoints.ThesedatapointshavebeenreplottedinFigure718andcanbeidentifiedbythekeygiveninthe
previousentryoftheTable.
302
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
TH DE / 2 Ll
, YC ,
TC C / 1/ 2 l
.
SubscriptCindicatespropertiesofthelowtemperaturegas.Inthecaseofthedistinctionisessential
sinceinRottsanalysistheviscousregionreachesthecoreofthetubeinthehotpart,butitisverythin
comparedtothetuberadiusinthecoldpart.
Results deduced from Rotts analysis have been experimentally confirmed by Yazaki, Tominaga &
Narahara (1979) [269] as can be seen in Figure 721. These authors used two U tubes of different
internal diameters, and two different warm temperatures. Density (and then ) was changed by
pressurization of the gas, and pressure was measured with transducers placed at the end of the U
tubes.
303
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure721:TheneutralstabilitycurveforTaconisoscillationswhen=1. DE=
2,4x103m,TH=288K; DE=2,4x103m,TH=77,3K; DE=4,4x103m,TH=288
K; DE=4,4x103m,TH=77,3KFromYazaki,Tominaga&Narahara(1979)[269].
A method for preventing pressure oscillations in tubes connecting liquid helium reservoirs to room
temperature consists in drilling holes in the tube wall about mid distance between cold and warm
ends. Figure 722 shows a tube with an enlarged warm end sealed with a thin rubber membrane.
When the perforated tube is inserted into a cryostat no oscillations are observed. A second tube
simulatingtheneckofthecryostatisalsoshowninthefigure.
304
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure722:DeviceforpreventingTaconisoscillations.Allthedimensionsarein
mm.FromHilal&McIntosh(1976)[88].
With independence of its detrimental effects on the life of the helium contained in the reservoir,
Taconisoscillationisusedforlocatingtheliquidvaporinterfaceinhelium(Gaffney&Clement(1955)
[73]).
305
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Even assuming that the total amount of helium entering the plug is liquidHe II, only vapor will
emergefromtheexitfaceoftheplugifconditionsarearrangedsothatthethermomechanicalforces
overcomethemechanicalpressure,i.e.:providedthatthechemicalpotential(Eq.[78])attheexitof
the plug equals that at the entrance. Under such conditions the liquid evaporates inside the plug,
coolingit.
ThesuperfluidporousplugisthenathermalphaseseparatorforHeIIwhichisbasedonthefactthat,
under the two fluid model, the normal component is driven through the plug by the joint effect of
mechanicalandthermomechanicalpressureandiscontainedbyviscousforces(Eq.[718]),whereas
thesuperfluidcomponentiscontainedbythethermomechanicalpressure.Ifagivenmassflowrate
ofliquidHeIIenterstheplug,thesamemassflowrateoffluidwillleaveit,butthisfluidwouldbe
onlyvaporifthermomechanicalforcesarelargeenoughtocontainthesuperfluidcomponent.
Figure723:Superfluidplugarrangement.Theintakefaceoftheplugislocatedat
x=0.
Liquidheliumisindirectcontactwiththeupperfaceoftheplug.
Hydrostaticpressureisincludedsinceitshouldbetakenintoaccountwhenperformingexperiments
intheterrestriallaboratory.
The upper chamber is assimilated to the bath of a Dewar containing He II. The lower chamber is
ventedtoabsolutevacuumthroughalineofknownimpedance.Theimpedance,F,istheratioofthe
massflowratetothepressuredropalongtheline.
306
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
7.4.2.2 Basic equations
1. Under simplifying assumptions 1 and 2 above, the linearized momentum equations for
superfluid and normal fluid (Eqs. [74] and [75]) become respectively the Londons
equationforthethermomechanicalpressure(Eq.[717],p.39)andStokesequationfor
creepingflowofaviscousliquid(Eq.[719]).
The first of the lastly mentioned equations can beintegrated between both end faces of
theporousplug,undertheassumptionofconstantands,yielding
p1 gl p 2 s T1 T2 [752]
gravity forces within the plug, the thickness, t, of which is of the order of a few
millimeters,havebeenneglected.
2. Theheattransferrate,Q,requiredtoevaporatethemassflowrate,m,throughtheplugis
givenbyQ=m(hfg+cp(T2Tl)),hfgbeingtheheatofvaporizationoftheliquidandmcp(T2
Tl)thesensibleheat,whichinthepresentcaseisnegligible.
Aheatexchangebalancebetweenthefluidintheplugandtheplugitselfyields,
mh fg hT1 T2 [753]
wherehisthethermalconductanceoftheplugplusfluid.
ThecombinationofEqs.[752]and[753]leadsto
m h / sh fg p1 gl p2 [754]
AsimilarequationhasbeenobtainedbyKarr&Urban(1978,1980)[113]&[114].Eq.[7
54]relatesthemassflowratetothepressuredrop,throughtheimpedanceh/shfg.
Whenthepressuredropintheventinglineisnegligible,thefactorintoparenthesisinthe
righthandsideofEq.[754]issimplythevaporpressureoftheupperchamber,psat(Tl),
plusthehydrostaticpressure, gl,otherwisetheimpedance,F=m/p2,oftheventingline
shouldbetakenintoaccount.Inthatcase,Eq.[754]becomes
p1 gl
m
sh fg 1
[755]
h F
givenbyUrbanetal.(1975)[245].InmostcasesFisafunctionofm,andoftheoutletto
inletpressureratio,p0/p2,oftheventingline(seeclause7.4.2.5).
The hydrostatic pressure term can be neglected, compared with pl,except at very low
temperatures. For example, when l = 0,3 m and under normal gravity conditions, gl is
equal to the He II saturation pressure for T = 1,455 K and smaller than the saturation
307
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
pressureforlargervaluesofT.Nevertheless,glisveryseldomnegligiblecomparedwith
plp2.
h 1 hs hl [756]
2. Lowerlimit.Seriesconductionmodel,
1
h
1 [757]
hs hl
Intheseexpressions istheplugporosity(volumeofporestobulkvolumeratio),hsisthethermal
conductanceofaplug(ofthesamesizeandmaterial)withnovoids,andhlthethermalconductance
oftheHeIIfillinganotherfictiousplug(samesize)with =1,althoughwiththerightvalueofthe
permeability(seeclause7.4.2.4).ItisindicatedagainthatheattransferthroughHeIIiscontrolledby
motionofthenormalfluid.
Earlydevelopmentsofthesuperfluidplug(Selzeretal.(1971)[214]),whichwerebasedontheparallel
thermalconductionmodel,usedporousplugsofhighthermalconductance.Evenmore,theplugwas
embeddedinalargemetallicblockwiththeaimoffurtherenhancingitsthermalconductance.
More recent experimental evidence (Elsner (1973) [63], Petrac (1975) [181], Urban et al. (1975) [245],
Karr & Urban (1978) [113]) indicates that ceramic plugs of fairly low thermal conductance are also
efficient phase separators.Thence, in the followingwe willrestrict ourselves to the assumption that
theheattransferthroughtheliquidisdominant.
In addition, we will assume that the overall heat conduction takes place according to the parallel
model.Noticethat,takenforgrantedthattheheattransferthroughtheliquidisdominant,thethermal
conductance,h,accordingtoeithermodeldifferinafactor2.Furthermore,dataonporousplugsare
scarceandincomplete.Evenassumingthatthelineartheoryisappropriate,whichisnotalwaysthe
case, as we shall see, the resulting expressions are plagued with uncertainties mainly related to the
poorly known characteristics of the porous media. It is, thus, difficult to obtain from the available
experimentalknowledgeadetailedinformationregardingthethermalconductionmodel.
308
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
DarcyslawforflowthroughporousmediawillbeusedinsteadofPoiseuillesequation(Eq.[725])to
relatethepressuregradient,dp/dx,tothenormalvelocitycomponent,vn
dp
n vn
dx K [758]
where K [m2] is the permeability, or geometric factor of the porous medium. This parameter
characterizes the ease with which a fluid may be made to flow through the medium by an applied
pressuregradient.ForacirculartubeofdiameterDE,K=DE2/32andPoiseuillesequationisrestored.
Foranannularslitofwidthd,K=d2/12.
TocalculatethethermalconductanceoftheliquidheliumwecombineEq.[716](q=mhfg/AFLandAFL
=AFR)withEqs.[754]and[758].
AFR 2 s 2T 1
h K
t n 1
sT
[759]
h fg
VeryusuallythelastfactorintherighthandsideofEq.[759]isomittedsincesT<<hfg(sT/hfg=3x103
at T = 1,2 K, sT/hfg = 101 at T = 2,1 K). A similar equation, with K = d2/12, has been used by Karr &
Urban(1978,1980)followingRoberts&Donnelly(1974)[196].Noticethattheexpressionwhichresults
oncethelastfactoroftherighthandsideinEq.[759]hasbeenomitted,followsfromEq.[714]under
the counterflow assumption (no net mass flow) although, strictly speaking, this assumption is not
requiredhere.
Oncehhasbeenobtained,themassflowratethroughtheplugcanberelatedtothepressuredropby
useofEq.[754]
sT
m K
AFR
p1 gl p2
t n h fg sT [760]
ThisisthesocalledAllenReekieRulewhichholdsforanyvalueofpl+glp2providedthatthenormal
fluidflowremainslaminar.
TheexperimentalvalidationofEq.[760]willbeattemptedinclause7.4.2.6.
Whether or not liquid and vapor coexist within the plug is a matter of discussion (Schotte (1982)
[209]).
Boilingwithinabundleoffinecapillariesoraporousmediumisaveryunlikelyphenomenonsince
thebubblesaresosmallthatthesuperheatofboilingwouldbeexceedinglylarge(Enyaetal.(1981)
[64]). Nevertheless, situations occur where, due to the liquid cooling by the plug, an additional
fountain pressure appears which pushes upstream the liquidvapor interface until a balance of
309
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
fountainpressure,capillarypressureandvanderWaalsforcesisreached.Thiseffecthasbeencalled
choking(Schotte(1982,1984)[208]&[209])seealsoclause7.4.2.7.
The calculation of an effective liquid conductivity when liquid and vapor coexist within the plug is
verycomplicatedbecauseofthefollowingreasons:
1. Thevolumetricliquidcontentcannotbeeasilyestimated,aspointedoutinclause7.1.6.
2. The permeability, K, of the porous medium is a function of that liquid content (Philip
(1970)[185]).
3. Vaporinclusionswillaffecttheheattransfermechanism.
Nomuchattentiontothissituationhasbeenpaidintheliterature,hencefurtheranalysiswillpendon
futureexperimentalevidence.
2
p 22 p02 RT p RT L
1 ln 2
m 2 2
p 2 D / 4
2 2
p0 D / 4
2 2
D [761]
where the second term in the left hand side stands for the axial momentum flux due to changes in
densitywithpressureatconstanttemperature(whicharesignificantwhenDissmall).Tisthefluid
temperature(notnecessarilyequaltoT2)andthefrictionfactor.
The outlet pressure, p0, could be either a constant or a function of the mass flow rate, m. When the
ventinglinedirectlydischargesintoachamberatpressurep0,theoutletpressurewillbeconstantno
matter the value of m (outlet losses are assumed to be negligible). When the venting line ends in a
valvethroughwhichthepressurelossisReynoldsnumberindependent(asitusuallyhappens)then
theoutletpressurewillbep0+m/F0,F0beingtheimpedanceofthevalve.Morecomplicatedfunctions
ofmarealsopossiblewhenthepressurelossthroughthevalvedependsontheReynoldsnumber.
Expressions for , or f = /4, in the case of incompressible flow are given in clause 7.2.2. These
expressionscanbeextendedtothecaseofisothermalcompressibleflowinsmoothpipesofcircular
crosssection.
IntheparticularcaseofgaseousHelium(atlowtemperatures),R=R/M,withR=8,31432J.mol1.K1
and M = 4,0026 x 103 kg.mol1. = (1)T ; (1) = 2 x 107 Pa.s.K1 (Figure 865, clause 8.1.1). and the
followingexpressionsresult:
310
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
1. Inthefullydevelopedlaminarflowcase, =64/Re,Re=4m/D(seeECSSEHB3101
Part14,clause7.2.2)
2
RT L T L 1
2,808 103 4
D 2 / 4
2
D Tr D m [762]
whereTr=288Kisareferencetemperature.pismeasuredinPa,minkg.s1,andLandD
inm.
If a bunch of n cylindrical tubes of circular crosssection, diameter D/ n , placed in
parallel,isusedtoaccommodatethesametotalmassflowratem,thepressuredropwill
becontrolledbythemassflowratem/nthrougheveryindividualtube.Thiswillmultiply
by a factor n2 the second term in the left hand side of Eq. [762] and will reduce, by a
factor 1/n, the length, L, required to achieve a given pressure drop. The Reynolds
number,ontheotherhand,willbereducedbyafactor
1/ n .
.
2. IntheintermediateregionunderthevalidityoftheBlasiusformula, =0,316Re0,25(see
ECSSEHB3101Part14,clause7.2.2)
1, 25
RT L T L 1
2,513 10 4
[763]
D 2 / 4
2 4 , 75
D Tr D m 0, 25
3. In the high Reynolds number range for rough pipes is independent of the Reynolds
number(seeECSSEHB3101Part14,clause7.2.2).
RT L T L
9,698 105
D / 4 2
[764]
2 D Tr D 5
A pressure drop which is independent of the Reynolds number also results when a
constrictionismountedintheventinglinetocontrolthemassflowrate(seeECSSEHB
3101Part13,Figs.716and726,ECSSEHB3101Part13clause7.3.1).
Laminar flow occurs up to Reynolds numbers of about 2 x 103.For Reynolds numbers
above4x103theflowisfullyturbulent.BlasiusformulaholdsforRe<105.
A typical example is shown in Figure 724, where experiment al data of backward
pressure, p2 vs. mass flow rate, m, through a porous plug have been approximated by
meansofEq.[762].
311
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure724:Backwardpressure,p2,asafunctionofmassflowrate,m,throughthe
plug.ExperimentalpointsarefromsmoothcurvesbyKarr&Urban(1978,1980)
[113]&[114].ThecurveshowninthefigureandtheReynoldsnumberinthe
abscissaeaxiscorrespondtoturbulentflow(neglectingentranceeffects,seeECSS
EHB3101Part13clause7.2.5)inastraighttubeofcircularcrosssection,under
thevalidityofBlasiusformula,forthedatashownintheinsert.Calculatedbythe
compiler.
AFR
m / K
t sT
p1 gl p 2 n h fg sT
[765]
where the righthand side (the dimensions of which are [s.m2]) only depends on temperature no
mattertheporouspluginvolved.
Thecheckisdifficultbecausemanydataonsuperfluidplugshavebeenreportedveryincompletely.
Mostoftheinvestigationsaimatprobingthatthedeviceseparatesliquidfromvapor(withnovapor
appearingintheexitface),andatdefiningtheoperatinglimitsofaseparatorconsistingofaplugin
series with a venting line the characteristics of which are not reported at all. In many cases the
312
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
pressurelossthroughtheplughappenstobeasmallfractionofthatthroughtheventingline.Inthese
casesanyguessonthecharacteristicsofthatlinedrasticallyinfluencestheevaluationofthedata.
The information which ought to be reported in order to arrive to an unambiguous probe of the
validityofEq.[765]issummarizedinFigure725.
Figure725:Quadrangleofdatarequiredinporousplugperformanceevaluation.
Ajudiciousguesshasbeenmadetoestimatetheoutstandingdata,whenneeded.Inseveralinstances
theresultisfairlysatisfactory.
Theavailableinformationhasbeensummarizedinthefollowingpages.Eisner,A.(1973)[63].
Characteristicoftheplug:
Material AluminiumSilicate
dvnom[m] 107
AFR[m2] 1,26x103
t[m] 5x103
0,4
K[m2]
313
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Comments:
The aim of this work was assessing the feasibility of plug valves in refilling He II devices. Pressure
differencesandplugthicknessarelargerthanusual.
Theinsertshowsthatthemassflowrateissmall(curveA)providedthatthepressuredifferenceisless
than some critical value.Once this valueisexceeded, the mass flow rate increases(curveB).Liquid
heliumstartsleakingthroughtheplugassoonasAturnsintoB(seeclause7.4.2.7).
Neither T1 nor K are given. Points labelled as triangle in the insert also appear in Figure 729, from
whichwededuceT1=2,18K.AvalueK=0,6x106m2hasbeenassumedtoreplotpointstrianglesfrom
curveA.
Petrac,D.(1975)[181].
Characteristicoftheplug:
Material Ceramic
dvnom[m] 105
AFR[m2] 2x103
0,610
314
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Comments:
Theanalysisoftheresultsisdifficultsincethedatagivenareincomplete.
AssumingthattheporousplugissimilartothatusedbyUrban,Katz&Karr(1975)[245],seebelow,
KAFR/t=4,14x1014m3.
The second difficulty concerns the exit pressure, po. No reasonable trend of po vs. m has been found
andthencedatapointshavebeenplottedassumingpo=0Paorpo=50Pa.
Urban,E.W.,Katz,L.,Karr,G.R.(1975)[245].
Characteristicoftheplug:
Material CeramicAl2O3
dvnom[m] 0,5x106
AFR[m2] 1,51x103
315
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
t[m] 6,5x103
0,548
K[m2] 5,37x1015
Comments:
Neitherlnorp2aregivenandnocheckingofthetheoryispossible.Nevertheless,whenEq.[765]is
assumed to hold, p2 as a function of m can be calculated. The following additional data appear as
reasonable:l=0,2m,p22po2=(7,4720,176)m2x1011(laminarflowthroughtheventingline),andpo
80Pamuchsmallerthanp2inanycase.
Theexperimentalpointshavebeenreplottedwiththeseadditionaldatainmind.
Theimpedanceoftheplug,Fp,resultstobecomparabletothatoftheventingline,F.Fp/F1,5
Urban,E.W.,Katz,L.,Karr,G.R.(1975)[245].
Characteristicoftheplug:
316
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Material CeramicAl2O3
dvnom[m] 105
AFR[m2] 1,51x103
t[m] 6,6x103
0,677
K[m2] 0,224x1012
Comments:
Neitherlnorp2aregivenandnocheckingofthetheoryispossible.Proceedingasinthepreviouscase,
wearriveat:l=0,2m,p22po2=(1,4250,018)m2x1012(laminarflowthroughtheventingline),andpo
80Pa.
The ends of the bars in the figure correspond to extreme values of p2 (+ and signs in the above
expression).Thewidescatterisinpartduetotheverylargeimpedanceratio,Fp/F20to103.Other
experimentalpointsfellbeyondthelimitsofthefigure.
Urban,E.W.,Katz,L.,Karr,G.R.(1975)[245].
317
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Characteristicoftheplug:
Material Nickel
dvnom[m] 105
AFR[m2] 1,51x103
t[m] 6,3x103
0,384
K[m2] 0,377x1012
Comments:
Neitherlnorp2aregivenandnocheckingofthetheoryispossible.Proceedingasinthepreviouscase,
wearriveat:l=0,2m,p22po2=(1,3440,008)m2x1018(laminarflowthroughtheventingline),andpo
80Pa.
318
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
The ends of the bars in the figure correspond to extreme values of p2 (+ and signs in the above
expression).Thewidescatterisinpartduetotheverylargeimpedanceratio,Fp/F102to2x102.
Theauthorsdetecteddifferencesbetweenheatingandcooling.Thiscouldbeduetovaporwithinthe
plug(seeclause7.4.2.4).
Karr,G.R.,Urban,E.W.(1978,1980)[113]&[114].
Characteristicoftheplug:
Material CeramicAl2O3
dvnom[m] 0,5x106
AFR[m2] 1,51x103
t[m] 6,5x103
0,5177
K[m2] 5,047x1014
319
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Comments:
Datafromsmoothcurves.
lnotgiven,thusdatapointhavebeenreplottedforfourdifferentvaluesofl.
Whenl=0thecurveexhibitsamoreorlessflatplateau,whichcouldindicatethattheimpedanceof
the plug, Fp, is constant. This consequence is, however, artificial as it results from neglecting gl
comparedwithp1p2.
The impedance of the plug is larger than that of the venting line, Fp/F 1,5 to 10. These authors,
however,reportdataonp2vs.m.
Petrac,D.,Mason,P.V.(1978)[182].
Characteristicoftheplug:
Material CeramicAl2O3
dvnom[m] 7x106to105
AFR[m2] 0,36x103and2x103
t[m] 6,4x103
320
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Comments:
Theseauthors do notgive neither nor K. They indicate that Fp= m/AFR(p1+glp2) = 1,7 x105 m.s1,
althoughitdecreasesabove1,9K,droppingabout50%whentheupstreamtemperaturereachesT.
This would indicate that the permeability, K, varies by an order of magnitude in the temperature
rangeoftheexperiment.
Additionaldataarerequiredtoplottheexperimentalpointsintheabovefigure.T1hasbeendeduced
fromp1+gl,assuminggl<<p1.andKaresupposedtobe0,677and0,224x1012,respectively,asin
oneofthepreviouscases.
Petrac,D.,Mason,P.V.(1980)[183].
Characteristicoftheplug:
Material SinteredStainlessSteel
dvnom[m] 2x106to5x106
AFR[m2] 0,47x103
321
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
t[m] 6,7x103
0,18
K[m2] 5,5x1014
Comments:
Sincelisnotgiven,experimentaldatapointshavebeenreplottedforl=0andl=0,1m.
Schotte (1982) attributes the nonlinearity of the m vs. p1p2 curve in the insert to choking effect (see
clause7.4.2.7).Notice,however,thatpointscorrespondingtothelargervaluesofp1p2almostfallon
the theoretical curve (straight line Ain the insert).Should the lower pressuredifference data points
correspondtothetheory,therequiredvalueofthepermeability,K,wouldbetentimeslargerthanthat
givenbytheauthors.
Shotte,U.(1984)[209].
Characteristicoftheplug:
322
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Material SinteredStainlessSteel
dvnom[m]
AFR[m2] 0,3x103
t[m] 6,1x103
0,27
K[m2] 15,45x1014
Comments:
LaboratorydataoftheIRASplug.IRASwaslaunchedonJan.25,1983fromVandenberg(USA),bya
Delta3910.
ForapreliminaryphasedevelopmentoftheIRASDewarseeclause6.4.3.2.
Thepermeability,K,hasbeenestimatedbySchottefromdataoftheidealpartofthephaseseparation
curve.
The curve in the insert clearly shows the chocking effect (points 3 to 5, see clause 7.4.2.7). Equal
numbersinbothmainfigureandinsertcorrespondtothesameexperimentalpoint.
323
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Here attention is given to several specific instances where the simplified theory is no longer valid.
GorterMellinkFlow
A phase separator could operate under three different regimes: laminar, turbulent (according to
GorterMellinkmodel,seeclause7.2.1and7.1.3)andvaporflow.
Figure726clearlyindicatesthatanewflowregimeappearswhenthemassflowrateexceedssome
criticalvalue.Theresultsofthisfigurehavebeenobtainedbymeansofamicronsizedflowchannel
(slit)withadjustablelength.ThisconfigurationhasbeenusedintheActivePhaseSeparator(APS)for
the cooling system of the German Infrared Laboratory (GIRL), (Denner et al. (1982) [57]), see also
Figure727.
Figure726:Massflowrate,m,vs.pressuredrop,plp2,forslitsofvariouslengths,
t,andtwodifferentbathtemperatures,Tl.FromDenneretal.(1980)[56].
324
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure727:ActivePhaseSeparator(APS).FromDenneretal.(1982)[57].
325
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Inadditiontoseveralfunctionaladvantages,theslitexhibitsawelldefinedgeometrywhichcouldbe
useful in our present discussion. This discussion only concerns configurations with a singlepore
width(slits,bundlesofequalparalleltubes,...)
According to Schotte (1982) [208] at the turnoff point the superfluid velocity is given by Eq. [731].
Beyondthispointbulkheliumflowsintotheventingline,thewallsofwhichareincontactwiththe
bath,whereitcouldbeevaporated.
The fact that GorterMellink flow appears when liquid helium starts leaking through the plug has
beenmadeclearbySchotte(1984)[209]asfollows:
When liquid and vapor coexist in chamber 2 (see clause 7.4.2), p2 and T2 are no longer independent
fromeachothersincep2=psat(T2).Thustwodifferentequationsareavailableforthedeterminationof
T2,namely: Eq. [752], which describes the iso chemicalpotential flow through the plug (we will
neglectthehydrostaticpressureforthetimebeing)
p1 p 2 s T1 T2 [766]
and the Clapeyrons formula (see Table 813 in clause 8.2) which describes the evolution along the
saturationline.Forsmallpressurejumps,
p1 p 2 dp / dT sat T1 T2 [767]
In the range of temperatures of interest the temperature drop given by Eq. [767] is more than ten
timeslargerthanthatgivenbyEq.[766].Thenceplp2s(TlT2)becomesnegative(or,inotherwords,
thereisajumpinthechemicalpotential,,throughtheplug).
From Eq. [78]; neglecting second order terms, and Eqs. [732] and [733], the following expression
results:
1 2 p1 p2 / sT1 T2 tA n vn vs
3
[768]
Theslitstopsbeingaphaseseparatorwhentheflowbecomessupercritical.Intheparticularcaseof
the APS a heat exchanger contacting the bath is added to evaporate all passing liquid. The heat
transferrateprovidedbytheheatexchanger,whichresultstobemuchlargerthanthatthroughthe
slit,isgivenby
sT1 T2
1/ 3
Q
h fg v n s
AFL tA n
s T T2
1/ 3 [769]
s sT 1
tA n
326
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
wherethefirsttermintherighthandsideistheheattransferratethroughthecombinedsystem,and
thesecondtermistheheattransferthroughtheslit.
(plp2)/hasbeenneglectedcomparedtos(TlT2)inordertoreachEq.[769].
Choking
Chokingmanifestsitselfbyasmallflowrate(comparedtothepredictedone)whichappearsatlow
pressure differences and remains up to values very well beyond critical. This effect was first
discovered for the smallest slits, and for wider slits at temperatures around 1,6 K. The following
explanation of the effect, also from Schotte (1984) [209], is still based on the assumption of a single
porewidth.
The onedimensional theory used up to this moment assumes that liquid bulk and slit wall
temperatures are equal at each cross section. Actually there is a difference, which is similar to that
discussedinclause6.2.3.3withthefollowingtwopeculiarities.a)Theheattransferinthebulkisvery
effective (counterflow heat exchange, clause 7.1.1.2). This counterflow should be laminar because of
thelowflowratesinvolved,andb)TheheattransferfromortothewalliscontrolledbytheKapitza
effect(clause7.2)whichprovidesahighresistancetothermalflow.
TheproblemwasconsideredbySchotte(1982)[208].IfTlandT2arethewalltemperaturesateither
endoftheslit,thefollowingexpressionfortheliquidtemperatureresults
T1 T2
T x T2
h fg sat x x
coth [770]
sT
with2=DE32s2T/128nhk,hkbeingtheKapitzaconductance.
Equation [770] indicates that liquid exit temperature is larger than T2. Cooling by the walls is
promoted by low Tl and small DE values. Significant effects are to be expected at about DE = 105 m
down.
Radial cooling does not directly result in axial counterflow. Thence the resulting pressure gradient
willbesmallerthanthatpredictedfromthermomechanicaleffectwiththesameintaketoexitliquid
temperature differences. A counter pressure, which could be around 104 Pa, results. This pushes
backwardtheliquidvaporinterfaceuntilabalanceofthermomechanicalpressure,capillaryforceand
vanderWaalsforcesisreached(Figure728b).Noticethatalthoughthechokingtendencyislargerfor
smallerdiameters,capillaryforces,whichresisttothedeformationoftheinterface,arealsolarger.
Figure728:Threetypicalpositionsoftheliquidvaporinterface.a)Idealflow
separation.b)Choking.c)GorterMellinkflow.FromSchotto(1984)[209].
327
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Whenthechokingeffectisstrongthemassflow,whichisdominatedbyvaporflow,diminishes.
Chokingcanbeovercomebyincreasingpl,eitherthroughbathheatingorbyanextrapressure.
MultiplePoreWidths
The application of Poiseuilles type discussions to saturated porous media is straightforward
regarding Darcys law (clause 7.4.2.4). The difficulties appear when liquid and vapor coexist within
thepores.Allthreeflowtypesnamely:ideal,GorterMellinkandchokedcancoexistinagivenplug
foranyTl,ppair.
AlthoughtheHydrodynamicsofclassicalfluidsinunsaturatedporousmediahasreachedahighlevel
ofcomplexity(see,f.e.,deGennes(1983))wearestillfarfromitsapplicationtothepresentinstance.
Nevertheless,asimplepicturecouldbehelpful.
When choking in the smallest pores starts, the larger ones are partially drained. The corresponding
outflowdelaysthetransitiontosupercriticalflowinthelargerpores.Iftherearetoomanywidepores,
leakage could occur with 0 for all pores. Schotte (1984) [209] also reports the existence of a
supercriticalmodewith =0,whichhecallsbreakthroughandrelatestotheconditionsvn=vs(see
curvelabelled=0inFigure76,clause7.1.2).
It can be shown that the presence of supercritical flow in the larger pores not necessarily leads to
leakagethroughtheplug.Tothisaim,letuswritedownthemassfluxdensitythroughacylindrical
pore,oncevshasbeenrelatedtovnandbymeansofEq.[768],asfollows:
1/ 3
m 1
vn s 2
AFL tA n [771]
where,foragivenpressuregradient,thefirsttermoftherighthandsidedependsontheporesize(Eq.
[725]),whereastheseconddoesnot.
Whentheflowinthelargervoidsbecomessupercritical,m>0.Butforsmallervoidsinthesamecross
section of the plug, m in Eq. [771] becomes negative (, like p, T, ... is a onedimensional quantity).
Thereforethenetliquidflowmaywellbezero.
The conclusion is that the in homogeneity of pore widths extends phase separation into a region
where,werethecapillariesuniform,liquidleakagecouldbeexpected.
UpperTemperature
AtleasttheventingsidetemperatureshouldbesmallerthanTifphaseseparationistobeachieved.
Figure 729 indicates that the temperature could become smaller than T inside the plug, near the
intakeface.Whenthepressuredifferenceincreases,theTzoneshiftstowardtheventingside.
328
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure729:Temperaturedistributionwithina4x102mthick.Ceramicplugfor
severalpressuredifferences.p2=2,55x103Painanycase.FromElsner(1973)[63].
NonsteadyEffects
Information on the dynamic behavior of superfluid plugs is very scanty, although several groups
seemtobeworkingondownstreamflowmodulationbyuseofmechanicalorthermaldevices(Schotte
(1984)[209]).
Limited results have been reported by Karr & Urban (1978, 1980) who used the ceramic plug
describedpreviously.Theseauthorsgivethetimeconstantafterpowerofforpoweronasafunction
oftheheatingpower(Figure730),andtheasymptoticvalueofp2(p2(t)whent).Theresponseis
exponentialwith time, as expected, and faster when the heater is placed at the plug exit (instead of
upstream, within the bath). The steady state results are the same no matter the heater is placed
upstream or at the plug exit. The response time is of the order of several minutes. The liquid mass
withintheupstreambath(onwhichtheresponseshoulddepend)isnotgiven.
Figure730:Timeconstant,b,asafunctionofheatingpower,Q,fortheplug
describedbyKarr&Urban(1978,1980)[113]&[114]inclause7.4.2.6.Positionof
329
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
theheaters,H,isalsoshowninthefigure.Whitecircle:upstreamheaterpoweron;
blackcircle:upstreamheaterpoweroff;whitesquare:heaterattheplugexit
poweron;blacksquare:heaterattheplugexit,poweroff.FromKarr&Urban
(1978,1980)[113]&[114].Thereisnoconsistentdifferencebetweenpoweronand
poweroff.
Flow modulation by downstream heating has been also reported by Murakami et al. (1982) [158],
quotedbySchotte(1984)[209].
Itisnotclearhowheatingdownstreaminfluencestheimpedanceofthesystemformedbyplugand
venting line. This heating would decrease the pressure difference across the plug, while keeping
constantthekinematicviscosity(=/)ofthevapors.
330
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table746:VariablesCharacterizingthePorousMedia
331
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
[47]).
Forastatistically
homogeneousmedia
theporosityisthe
probabilityoffinding
avoidatanypoint.
Thisdefinitioncanbe
appliedtobotharea
porosityandvolume
porosity.
Permeability K [m2] u K / p (Darcyslaw) Permeability
characterizestheease
withwhichafluid
u :meanfluidvelocity maybemadetoflow
throughthematerial
p:pressuregradient byanapplied
:dynamicviscosityofthefluid pressuregradient.
AccordingtoDarcys
law,permeabilityisa
characteristicofthe
fluidmediumwhich
doesnotdependon
fluidproperties.
Formulaetorelatethe
permeabilitytoother
characteristicsofthe
mediumaregivenin
Table747.
Statistical information on the structure of porous media may be obtained from a photograph of a
planar crosssection (Beran (1968) [24]). The procedure is tedious, but once a satisfactory picture of
amplesizeisobtained,themeasurementsmaybemadebyrelativelyuntrainedpeople,nottomention
that instruments for optical image analysis are presently available. The key for success with these
techniques is the specimen preparation. Methods for the preparation of metallic specimens are
describedbyMetzler&Nitsche(1972)[150].
The permeability, K, may be either measured or calculated in terms of several geometrical
characteristicsoftheporousmedium,seeTable747.
332
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table747:ExpressionsRelatingthePermeability,K,toGeometricalPropertiesof
thePorousMedium.
AllexpressionsinthisTablearefromBear(1972)[19].
1. Empiricalformulae
(a) Krumbein&Monkformula
K 0,617 10 3 d 2 [772]
(b) Fair&Hatchformula
3 1
K
m1
2 2
P [773]
100 d m
misthepackingfactor(m~5).
isaparticleshapefactorvaryingfrom6,0forsphericalparticlesto7,7forangular
ones.
Pisthepercentageofmaterialheldbetweenadjacentsieves.
dmisthegeometricmeanratedsizesoftheadjacentsieves.
This formula has been obtained empirically for unconsolidatedmaterial, such as sand. Its
main advantage over Eq. [777] below, lies on the fact that Eq. [772] takes into account
more precisely the particlesize distribution of the material constituting the porous
medium.
2. FormulaebasedonDarcyslaw
(a) Kozenysequation
K co 3 / M 2 [774]
The porous medium is treated as a bundle of capillary cylindrical tubes of equal
length.c0isanumericalfactorwhichdependsveryslightlyonthegeometricalform
ofthesetubes.c0=0,408foranellipseofaxisratio0,1,c0=0,5foracircle,c0=0,562for
asquare,c0=0,597foranequilateraltriangle,andc0=0,667forastrip.Avaluec0=0,4
ismentionedasplausibleforporousmedia.
IntermsofMs,Eq.[774]becomes:
3 1
K c0 [775]
1 M s2
2
(b) KozenyCarmanequation
333
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
1 3 1
K
5 1 M s2
2
[776]
Introducingameanparticlessize,dm=6/Ms,Eq.[776]becomes:
d m2 3
K
180 1 2 [777]
This equation has been checked for superfluid helium flow through filters by
Niinikoski(1971)andbyFrederking,Elsner&Klipping(1973)[72].Inbothcasesthe
porousmediumwastotallyimmersedintheliquid.
(c) ModifiedKozenysequation,intermsoftortuosity,
3 3 1
K c0 q c q
M 2 0
1 M s2
2
[778]
whenc0=0,4andq=0,5,Eqs.[776]and[778]coincide.
Table 748 gives information on several porous media. This table shows the disagreement which
present the data obtained by different methods. In addition, the table could serve as a guide to the
availablemethodsformeasuringthecharacteristicsoftheporousmedia.
334
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table748:DataonPorousMedia
2,46c
Selas02a 5,99 0,54e 0,381f 41,40g
2,80d
10,3c
Selas01a 5,97 0,73e 0,186f 961,0g
16,8d
0,22h MilliporeAshbyRd,
0,75h
MilliporeGS
a 0,145 0,823c 0,444f 6,24g Bedford,MA01730.
0,74i
0,864d
0,010h 0,70h
MilliporeVFa 0,135 0,111g
0,142c 0,44i
335
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Copperpowder, Dunn&Reay(1976)[61]
18,0 0,52 1740
sinteredb
336
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
19,020,0
1,6 20,4 0,39 1000,0
26,0p
29,033,0
1,6 33,8 0,43 2500,0
42,0p
38,043,0
1,6 46,0 0,47 3900,0
58,0p
72,079,0
1,6 83,8 0,51 7800,0
114,0p
a Ceramic. m Controlledduringmanufacture.
b Metallic. n Deducedfromcurvefittingofexperimentalresults.Saturateddilutesolutionof
c DeducedfromK. He3andHe4.
d Fromcriticalcapillarypressureexperiments,dv=4/Pc. Fromstatisticalanalysisofamicrograph.
o
e Fromgasabsorption.
p Minimumeffectivemaximumporesizes,respectively.
f CalculatedfromK=coqdv2/16;co0,4.
g Fromisothermalgasflow.
h Specifiedbythemanufacturer.
I Fromwetanddryweights.
j FromliquidHeIflow.
k Frommassofporousmediumanddensityofthematerial.
l ValueofdminEq.[778],Table747,givingthebestfittingtoexperimental
resultsofKvs..
337
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
IntegrationofEq.[779]yields,
Tf c p T
4 , 2 h fg T dT
f 1 e [780]
338
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
the fraction f of liquid mass loss, as deduced from Eq. [780] has been plotted
versusfinaltemperatureTfinFigure731(curvelabelledREVERSIBLE).
Figure731:Fraction,f,ofliquidmasslostbecauseofpumpdownvs.final
temperature,Tf.CurveslabelledREVERSIBLEcorrespondtoEqs.[780]and[781]
respectively.Experimentalresultsarealsoshown.FromNicol&Bohm(1960)[168].
Tf
c T dT fh T 0
4, 2
p fg f [781]
The fraction f deduced from this equation has been represented in Figure 731 (curve
labelledIRREVERSIBLE).
ExperimentalresultsbyNicol&Bohm(1960)[168]fairlyagreewiththevaluesdeduced
from Eq. [781]. The exceptionally high losses (squares) were obtained when the liquid
flow rate through the throttling valve was abnormally high and warm liquid was
sprayed directly onto the walls of the Dewar some distance above the liquid level.
Triangles was obtainedafter cooling the incoming normal liquidhelium (and the valve
itself)beforereachingthevalve,byuseofthevaporsfromtheHeIIDewar.
339
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure732:Massflowrate,m/,requiredforarefrigeratingloadof102Wasa
functionoffinaltemperature,Tf,underthreedifferentsituations.(a)LiquidHe4is
continuouslysuppliedat4,2Kforevaporation.(b)NosupplyofHe4.(c)Liquid
He3iscontinuouslysuppliedat3,2Kforevaporation.FromNicol&Bohm(1960)
[168].
Curve(a)givesthepumpingrequirementsassumingthatHe4isbeingsuppliedattherequiredrate,as
explainedabove.Incurve(b)nosupplyoffreshcoolantisassumed.Curve(c)correspondstothecase
inwhichHe3iscontinuouslysuppliesat3,2Kforlaterevaporation.
It can be seen in Figure 732 that the pumping problem becomes more acute the lower the final
temperature.Ontheotherhand,despiteitshighinitialcost,He3isattractivewhenlowertemperatures
arerequiredorwhen,athigherfinaltemperatures,systemmassisofconcern.
Amethodforestimatingthepumpingpowerrequirementgiven:themassflowrateintothecryostat,
the pressure losses in the venting line, the pressure level at the pump intake, and the required
temperature,hasbeenpreparedbyKitchensetal.(quotedbyConte(1970)[48]).Adetailedexampleis
workedoutinConte(1970)[48]pp.231235.
340
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure733:Superfluidheliumfillingassembly.Explanation:NV1toNV4,ruby
needlevalve;NV5,standardneedlevalve;V1,remotecontrolledQSBforflap
valve;V2toV8,standardvalves;F1andF2,externalfittingstomaintain
cleanliness;T1,120flexibletransfertubecontinuouswithfillingcryostatand
havinga4,2Kradiationshield;T2,longflexibletransfertubeforfilling4,2K
tank;R1,4,2Kreservoirandheadertank;R2,1,5Kreservoir.(NV2istheporous
plugseal.NV3isthegasventholeseal).FromOXFORDINSTRUMENTS(1976)
[176].
FirstFillingSequence
WithaconventionaltransfertubetransfernormalheliumintotheHetank.ForthispurposeF1&F2
areinposition.
1.ExtractthefillingtubeplugandbackfillthroughV4.
2.InsertconventionaltransfertubeflushingusingV4&V5.
3.OpenV1andflushusingV2&V3.
4.OpenNV3andflushusingV2&V3.
5.OpenNV1andtransfereitherusinganoverpressureonthesupplyvesselorbyopeningV2alittle
ratherthanV3.
6.StopthetransferbyclosingNV1.
7.WithafullvesselofnormalheliumthetemperaturecannowbereducedbyclosingV3andopening
V2.Monitorthegasflow.
341
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
The level of superfluid helium can be further increased by topping up with normal helium into the
approximatelyhalffilledvessel.
8.RaisethetransfertubeuntilisexitisonlyjustbelowF2andopenV5toensurethetransfertubeis
cooledto4,2K.
9.Slowlylowerthetransfertube,closeV5andopenNV1.Thevesselwillnowfillup,thetemperature
ofthebathbeinglessthan4,2K.
10.CloseNV1andpumpdownthroughV2.
Aninitialfillofthetypedescribedabovemaybequitesufficientfortheperiodpriortolaunch.Just
beforelaunchitwillbenecessarytocompletelyfillwithsuperfluidandthenthesupplyvesselcanbe
utilizedimmediately.
CompletelyFillingwithSuperfluidPriortoLaunch
11.PlacethefillingcryostatinsitubyinsertingT1throughF2flushingusingV4andV5.Havetheexit
ofT1halfwaybetweenF2andNV1.
12.CreatesuperfluidbyfirstfillingR1andR2withNV5open,thenclosingNV5whilepumpingusing
V6.
13.PumpthroughV5andallowacontrolledflowthroughNV4.
14.Onceacontrolledpressureandflowhasbeenestablished,lowerT1andopenNV1.Temperature
sensorsmaybeusedtoconfirmtheseoperations.
15.WhenfullcloseNV1andNV4,backfillslowlythroughV4andevacuateandplugF2.
16.Theporousplugcanbeoperatedatanystage,whenHeIIisinthebath,byclosingNV3,opening
NV2andcontinuingtopumpthroughV1andV2.
To make operations easier, gas flow meters would be inserted at relevant places and flow rates
recommendedforallstagesofthefillingsequence.
342
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
8
Materials at cryogenic temperatures
343
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table81:ThermodynamicandTransportPropertiesofNormalCryogens
Argon,Ar
Methane,CH4
Ethane,C2H6 Table82
2
CarbonDioxide,CO2
Hydrogen,H2b
Helium4,He4c
Helium3,He3d
Nitrogen,N2
Table83
2
Ammonia,NH3
Neon,Ne
Oxygen,O2
b Whendatainthiscolumnaresplitoff,uppervaluesareforNormalHydrogenandlowervaluesfor
Parahydrogen.
c FromAngus&deReuk(1977)[6].
d FromKeller(1969)[119].
344
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table82:ThermodynamicandTransportPropertiesofNormalCryogens
CO2
Ar CH4 C2H6 H2b
CRYOGEN a Carbon
Argon Methane Ethane Hydrogen
Dioxide
MolarMass,Mx103
39,944 16,042 30,068 44,011 2,016
[kg.mol1]
BoilingTemperature, 20,38
87,29 111,42 184,52 194,65f
[K]e 20,28
MeltingTemperature, 13,95
83,78 90,66 89,88 216,55
[K] 13,80
33,34
T[K] 150,86 190,55 305,5 304,19
32,98
5
CriticalPoint px10 13,16
50,00 46,41 49,13 73,82
[Pa] 12,93
31,6
536 162 212 468
[kg.m3] 31,4
13,95
T[K] 83,78 88,70g 216,55
13,80
TriplePoint
px103 7,20
68,75 10,03g 518,00
[Pa] 7,04
0,0808
Gash 1,6 0,64 1,22 1,77
0,0808
Density,
[kg.m3] Liquid 41 43 45 46 48
Solid 42 44 47
Gas 422
Specific
Heat,cp Liquid
[J.kg1.K1]
Solid
HeatofConversion,h,
426
[J.kg1]
HeatofVaporization,
427 428 429 430 431
hfg,[J.kg1]
HeatofSublimation,hfg,
438
[J.kg1]
345
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
CO2
Ar CH4 C2H6 H2b
CRYOGEN a Carbon
Argon Methane Ethane Hydrogen
Dioxide
Dynamicviscosity,,
464 464
[Pa.s]
Thermal Liquid
Expansion,,
[K1] Solid 468
SurfaceTension,,
473 474 475 476 477
[N.m1]
a Alldatainthistable,unlessotherwisestated,arefromVargaftik(1975)[253].4xxindicatesthatthedataare
showninFig.8xx.
b Whendatainthiscolumnaresplitoff,uppervaluesareforNormalHydrogenandlowervaluesfor
Parahydrogen.
e At1,013x105Pa.
f Sublimationtemperatureat1,013x105Pa.
g FromJohnson(1961)[109]
h At105Paand300K.
346
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table83:ThermodynamicandTransportPropertiesofNormalCryogens
MolarMass,Mx103
4,003 3,016 28,016 17,032 20,183 32,000
[kg.mol1]
Critical
Point px105[Pa] 2,275 1,165 33,96 112,9 26,54 50,90
Density,
[kg.m3] Liquid 49 411&412 416 418 419 421
HeatofConversion,h,
[J.kg1]
HeatofVaporization,hfg,
432 433 434 435 436 437
[J.kg1]
HeatofSublimation,hfg,
438
[J.kg1]
347
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Conductivity,k
[W.m1.K1] Liquid 461
Dynamicviscosity,,
464&465 465&466 464
[Pa.s]
Figure81:Density,,ofSaturatedLiquidArgonvs.temperature,T.FromJohnson
(1961)[109].
348
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure82:Density,,ofSaturatedSolidArgonvs.temperature,T.FromJohnson
(1961)[109].
Figure83:Density,,ofSaturatedLiquidMethanevs.temperature,T.From
Johnson(1961)[109].
349
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure84:Density,,ofSaturatedSolidMethanevs.temperature,T.From
Johnson(1961)[109].
Figure85:Density,,ofSaturatedLiquidEthanevs.temperature,T.From
Johnson(1975)[107].
350
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure86:Density,,ofSaturatedLiquidCarbonDioxidevs.temperature,T.
FromLEFAX[130].
Figure87:Density,,ofSaturatedSolidCarbonDioxidevs.temperature,T.From
LEFAX[130].
351
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure88:Density,,ofSaturatedLiquidHydrogenvs.temperature,T.From
Vargaftik(1975)[253].
Figure89:Density,,ofSaturatedLiquidHelium4vs.temperature,T.From
Johnson(1961)[109].
352
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure810:Density,,ofSaturatedSolidHelium4vs.temperature,T.From
Johnson(1961)[109].
Figure811:Density,,ofSaturatedLiquidHelium3vs.temperature,T.From
Keller(1969)[119].
353
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure812:Density,,ofSaturatedLiquidHelium3alongthefreezingcurvevs.
temperature,T.FromKeller(1969)[119].
Figure813:Density,,ofSaturatedSolidHelium3vs.temperature,T.From
Keller(1969)[119].
354
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure814:Density,,ofSolidHelium3vs.temperature,T.Valuesofare
shownalongthemeltingcurveaswellasalongcurvesofconstantisobaric
compressibility.hcpandbccstandforhexagonalclosepackedandbodycentered
cubicphasesofSolidHelium3,respectively.FromStraty(1966)[228].Additional
dataforawidertemperaturerangearegiveninFigure815.
355
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure815:Density,,ofSolidHelium3vs.temperature,T,alongthemelting
freezingcurve.SinceHelium3sampleswerecontaminatedwitharound0,2%of
Helium4,twofreezingcurvesappear.Thefigurealsorevealstheexistenceof
anothersolidphase,cubicclosepacked(ccp),athighpressures.FromSample
(1966)[205].
Figure816:Density,,ofSaturatedLiquidNitrogenvs.temperature,T.From
Johnson(1961)[109].
356
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure817:Density,,ofSaturatedSolidNitrogenvs.temperature,T.From
Johnson(1961)[109].
Figure818:Density,,ofSaturatedLiquidAmmoniavs.temperature,T.From
Vargaftik(1975)[253].
357
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure819:Density,,ofSaturatedLiquidNeonvs.temperature,T.FromJohnson
(1961)[109].
Figure820:Density,,ofSaturatedSolidNeonvs.temperature,T.FromJohnson
(1961)[109].
358
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure821:Density,,ofSaturatedLiquidOxygenvs.temperature,T.From
Johnson(1961)[109].
Figure822:Specificheat,cp,ofseveralgasesvs.temperature,T.Sourcesofdata,
andpressuresare:
Ar,CO2,H2,N2andO2,fromHilsenrathetal.(1960)[90],1atm.
359
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
CH4andNe,fromJohnson(1961)[109],1atm.
C2H6fromVargaftik(1975)[253],105Pa.
He4fromAngus&deReuck(1977)[6],105Pa.
NH3fromNorrisetal.(1967)[171],1atm.
1atm=1,0135x105Pa.
Figure823:Specificheat,cp,ofGaseousHelium3vs.thedeviationTTcfrom
criticaltemperature,Tc,alongnearlycriticalisochores.
T<Tc. Experimental. cp=R[2,73,7ln((TcT)/T)]
T>Tc. Experimental. cp=R[0,53,7ln((TTc)/Tc)]
FromKeller(1969)[119].
Tc=3324K,R=R/M
R=8,31432J.mol1.K1
M=3,01603x103kg.mol1.
360
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure824:Specificheat,cp,ofLiquidHelium3,vs.temperature,T,atseveral
pressures.
a)isforp=psat,andtheshazedzoneisenlargedinb).
Datainb)areforthefollowingpressures
p=psat; p=psat
p=14,9x105Pa. p=11,7x105Pa.
p=28,3x105Pa. p=27x105Pa.
DatapointsarefromStronginetal.(1963)[230]andcurvesfromKeller(1969)[119].
361
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure825:Specificheat,c,ofSolidHelium4(dashedline)andSolidHelium3
(fulllines),vs.temperature,T.Numbersonthecurvesaredensitiesinkg.m3.
FromSample(1966)[205].
362
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure826:Heatofconversion,h,fromNormaltoParaHydrogenvs.temperature,
T.FromJohnson(1961)[109].
Figure827:Heatofvaporization,hfg,ofSaturatedLiquidArgonvs.temperature,T.
FromVargaftik(1975)[253].
363
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure828:Heatofvaporization,hfg,ofSaturatedLiquidMethanevs.temperature,
T.FromVargaftik(1975)[253].
Figure829:Heatofvaporization,hfg,ofSaturatedLiquidEthanevs.temperature,
T.FromVargaftik(1975)[253].
Figure830:Heatofvaporization,hfg,ofSaturatedLiquidCarbonDioxidevs.
temperature,T.FromAngus,Armstrong&deReuck(1976)[5].
364
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure831:Heatofvaporization,hfg,ofSaturatedLiquidNormalHydrogenvs.
temperature,T.FromJohnson(1961)[109].
Figure832:Heatofvaporization,hfg,ofSaturatedLiquidHelium4vs.
temperature,T.FromAngus&deReuck(1977)[6].
365
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure833:Heatofvaporization,hfg,ofSaturatedLiquidHelium3vs.
temperature,T.FromKeller(1969)[119].
Figure834:Heatofvaporization,hfg,ofSaturatedLiquidNitrogenvs.
temperature,T.FromJohnson(1961)[109].
Figure835:Heatofvaporization,hfg,ofSaturatedLiquidAmmoniavs.
temperature,T.FromVargaftik(1975)[253].
366
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure836:Heatofvaporization,hfg,ofSaturatedLiquidNeonvs.temperature,T.
FromJohnson(1961)[109].
Figure837:Heatofvaporization,hfg,ofSaturatedLiquidOxygenvs.temperature,
T.FromJohnson(1961)[109].
367
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure838:Heatofsublimation,hfg,ofseveralsolidcryogensvs.temperature,T.T
isboundedfromabovebythetriplepointandfrombelowbyavaporpressureof
1,33Pa.FromNast,Barnes&Wedel(1976)[161].
368
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure839:Vaporpressure,psat,ofLiquidArgonvs.temperature,T.From
Hilsenrathetal.(1960)[90].
Figure840:Vaporpressure,psat,ofSolidArgonvs.temperature,T.From
Hilsenrathetal.(1960)[90].
369
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure841:Vaporpressure,psat,ofLiquidMethanevs.temperature,T.From
Johnson(1961)[109].
Figure842:Vaporpressure,psat,ofSolidMethanevs.temperature,T.From
Johnson(1961)[109].
370
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure843:Vaporpressure,psat,ofLiquidEthanevs.temperature,T.From
Vargaftik(1975)[253].
Figure844:Vaporpressure,psat,ofLiquidCarbonDioxidevs.temperature,T.
FromHilsenrathetal.(1960)[90].
371
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure845:Vaporpressure,psat,ofSolidCarbonDioxidevs.temperature,T.From
Caren&Coston(1968)[36].
Figure846:Vaporpressure,psat,ofLiquidHydrogenvs.temperature,T.From
Vargaftik(1975)[253].
372
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure847:Vaporpressure,psat,ofSolidHydrogenvs.temperature,T.From
Johnson(1961)[109].
Figure848:Vaporpressure,psat,ofLiquidHelium4vs.temperature,T.From
Angus&deReuck(1977)[6].
373
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure849:Vaporpressure,psat,ofLiquidHelium3vs.temperature,T.From
Mendelssohn(1960)[148].
Figure850:Vaporpressure,psat,ofLiquidNitrogenvs.temperature,T.From
Johnson(1961)[109].
374
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure851:Vaporpressure,psat,ofSolidNitrogenvs.temperature,T.From
Johnson(1961)[109].
Figure852:Vaporpressure,psat,ofLiquidAmmoniavs.temperature,T.From
Vargaftik(1975)[253].
375
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure853:Vaporpressure,psat,ofSolidAmmoniavs.temperature,T.From
Kutateladze&Borishankii(1966)[127].
Figure854:Vaporpressure,psat,ofLiquidNeonvs.temperature,T.FromJohnson
(1961)[109].
376
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure855:Vaporpressure,psat,ofSolidNeonvs.temperature,T.FromJohnson
(1961)[109].
Figure856:Vaporpressure,psat,ofLiquidOxygenvs.temperature,T.From
Johnson(1961)[109].
377
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure857:Thermalconductivity,k,ofseveralgasesatapressureof105Pavs.
temperature,T.FromVargaftik(1975)[253].
Figure858:Thermalconductivity,k,ofgaseousCarbonDioxideatapressureof
105Pavs.temperature,T.FromVargaftik(1975)[253].
378
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure859:Thermalconductivity,k,ofGaseousHydrogenandHelium4ata
pressureofoneatmosphere(1,013x105Pa)vs.temperature,T.FromJohnson(1961)
[109].
379
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure860:Thermalconductivity,k,ofGaseousHelium4andHelium3vs.
temperature,T.Calculatedcurvesandexperimentalpointsarefromdifferent
sources.FromKeller(1969)[119].ThethermalconductivityofGaseousHelium4
inamuchlargertemperaturerangeisgiveninFigure859.
Figure861:Thermalconductivity,k,ofLiquidHelium3atseveralpressuresvs.
temperature,T.
p=104Pa; p=105Pa
p=6,7x105Pa; p=106Pa
p=26,9x105Pa; p=34,4x105Pa
FromKeller(1969)[119].
380
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure862:Thermalconductivity,k,ofgaseousAmmoniaatapressureof105Pa
vs.temperature,T.Calculatedcurvesandexperimentalpointsarefromdifferent
sources.FromVargaftik(1975)[253].
Figure863:Thermalconductivity,k,ofgaseousNeonatapressureofone
atmosphere(1,013x105Pa)vs.temperature,T.Calculatedcurvesandexperimental
pointsarefromdifferentsources.FromJohnson(1961)[109].
381
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure864:Dynamicviscosity,,ofseveralgasesatapressureofoneatmosphere
(1,013x105Pa)vs.temperature,T.AllthedataarefromJohnson(1961)[109]except
thosecorrespondingtoArgonandCarbonDioxidewhicharefromHilsenrathet
al.(1960),andthosefromAmmoniawhicharefromRaznjevic(1970)[190].
382
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure865:Dynamicviscosity,,ofGaseousHelium4andhelium3vs.
temperature,T.
Calculatedaccountingforquantummechanicaleffects.
ClassicalMechanicscalculations.
FromKeller(1969)[119].
383
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure866:Dynamicviscosity,,ofLiquidHelium3,atseveralpressures,vs.
temperature,T.
p=psat, p=0,23x105Pa.
FromConte(1970)[48]
Shadedregionenclosedexperimentalpointsforp=psat.
FromKeller(1969)[119].
ThelinehasbeencalculatedfromHone(1962),p=0.
384
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure867:Prandtlnumber,Pr=cp/k,ofseveralgasesatapressureofone
atmosphere(1,0135x105Pa)vs.temperature,T.AllthedataarefromHilsenrathet
al.(1960)[90]exceptthosecorrespondingtoMethane,Helium4,Ammoniaand
Neonwhichhavebeencalculatedbythecompiler.
385
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure868:Coefficientoflinearthermalexpansion,,ofSolidArgonvs.
temperature,T.FromJohnson(1961)[109].
Figure869:Coefficientofvolumetricthermalexpansion(isobaric
compressibility),,ofLiquidNitrogenvs.temperature,T.FromJohnson(1961)
[109].
386
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure870:Coefficientofvolumetricthermalexpansion(isobaric
compressibility),,ofLiquidHelium3atpressuresnearpsatvs.temperature,T.
Curvescomefromawidevarietyofsources,seeKeller(1969)[119].
Noticethatisnegativeinthepressureandtemperaturerangesunder
consideration.
SeealsoFigure871forvaluesofvs.Tatthemeltingcurve.
387
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure871:Coefficientofvolumetricthermalexpansion(isobaric
compressibility),,ofLiquidHelium3atthemeltingcurvevs.temperature,T.
FromStraty(1966)[228].
Figure872:Coefficientofvolumetricthermalexpansion(isobaric
compressibility),,ofSolidHelium3vs.temperature,T.Numbersonthecurves
aredensitiesinkg.m3.FromStraty(1966)[228].SeealsoFigure814.
388
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure873:Surfacetension,,ofSaturatedLiquidArgonvs.temperature,T.From
Johnson(1961)[109].
Figure874:Surfacetension,,ofSaturatedLiquidMethanevs.temperature,T.
FromJohnson(1961)[109].
Figure875:Surfacetension,,ofSaturatedLiquidEthanevs.temperature,T.
FromVargaftik(1975)[253].
389
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure876:Surfacetension,,ofSaturatedLiquidCarbonDioxidevs.
temperature,T.FromKutateladzeetal.(1966)[127].
Figure877:Surfacetension,,ofSaturatedLiquidNormalHydrogenvs.
temperature,T.FromJohnson(1961)[109].
Figure878:Surfacetension,,ofSaturatedLiquidHelium4vs.temperature,T.
FromJohnson(1961)[109].
390
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure879:Surfacetension,,ofSaturatedLiquidNitrogenvs.temperature,T.
FromJohnson(1961)[109].
Figure880:Surfacetension,,ofSaturatedLiquidAmmoniavs.temperature,T.
FromDunn&Reay(1976)[61].
Figure881:Surfacetension,,ofSaturatedLiquidNeonvs.temperature,T.From
Johnson(1961)[109].
391
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Nevertheless,suchuniformdiagramswouldpresentinmanycasestoomuchirrelevantinformation,
since fluids with low critical pressures and temperatures would exhibit and almost undetectable
saturation curve collapsed down the abscissa axis, being most of the plot devoted to curves where
perfectgasapproximationholds.
Thencearangebasedonthecriticalvalueshasbeenchosen,sothatTisboundedfromaboveby1,2Tc
to1,5Tc,andpappearsinthe105Patonear1,2pcrange.
Sinceaquicklookatthedifferentdiagramsinanuniformtemperatureandpressurerangecouldbe
useful, a less detailed mosaic of figures has been prepared, Figure 882. In each of these figures T
rangesbetween0Kand300K,whilepexceedsthenormalvalueof105Pa.
392
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
393
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure882:Temperatureentropydiagramsfornormalcryogens.Moredetailsare
giveninFigure883toFigure894.
394
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure883:Temperature,T,entropy,s,diagramforArgon.FromVargaftik(1975)
[253].TabulatedvaluesuptoT=1300Kandp=108Paaregiveninpp.543andff.
ofthementionedsource.Saturationcurveandtypicalisobarsandisochoresare
showninthefigure.
395
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure884:Temperature,T,entropy,s,diagramforMethane.FromVargaftik
(1975)[253].TabulatedvaluesuptoT=1000Kandp=108Paaregiveninpp.211
andff.ofthementionedsource.Saturationcurveandtypicalisobarsandisochores
areshowninthefigure.
396
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure885:Temperature,T,entropy,s,diagramforEthane.FromVargaftik(1975)
[253].TabulatedvaluesuptoT=500Kandp=5x107Paaregiveninpp.225andff.
ofthementionedsource.Saturationcurveandtypicalisobarsandisochoresare
showninthefigure.
397
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure886:Temperature,T,entropy,s,diagramforCarbonDioxide.FromAngus,
Armstrong&deReuck(1976)[5].TabulatedvaluesuptoT=1100Kandp=108Pa
aregiveninpp.84andff.ofthementionedsource.Saturationcurveandtypical
isobarsandisochoresareshowninthefigure.
398
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure887:Temperature,T,entropy,s,diagramforNormalHydrogen.From
Vargaftik(1975)[253].TabulatedvaluesuptoT=500Kandp=108Paaregivenin
pp.8andff.ofthementionedsource.Saturationcurveandtypicalisobarsand
isochoresareshowninthefigure.
399
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure888:Temperature,T,entropy,s,diagramforParahydrogen.FromVargaftik
(1975)[253].TabulatedvaluesuptoT=500Kandp=108Paaregiveninpp.9,and
16andff.ofthementionedsource.Saturationcurveandtypicalisobarsand
isochoresareshowninthefigure.
400
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure889:Temperature,T,entropy,s,diagramforHelium4.FromAngus&de
Reuck(1977)[253].TabulatedvaluesuptoT=1400Kandp=7x107Paaregivenin
pp.64andff.ofthementionedsource.Saturationcurveandtypicalisobarsand
isochoresareshowninthefigure.
401
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure890:Temperature,T,entropy,s,diagramforHelium3.FromConte(1970)
[48].Onlythesaturationcurveisshowninthisfigure.
402
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure891:Temperature,T,entropy,s,diagramforNitrogen.FromVargaftik
(1975)[253].TabulatedvaluesuptoT=1300Kandp=108Paaregiveninpp.433
andff.ofthementionedsource.Saturationcurveandtypicalisobarsandisochores
areshowninthefigure.
403
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure892:Temperature,T,entropy,s,diagramforAmmonia.FromVargaftik
(1975)[253].TabulatedvaluesuptoT=560Kandp=1,1x108Paaregiveninpp.464
andff.ofthementionedsource.Saturationcurveandtypicalisobarsandisochores
areshowninthefigure.
404
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure893:Temperature,T,entropy,s,diagramforNeon.FromVargaftik(1975)
[253].TabulatedvaluesuptoT=300Kandp=2x107Paaregiveninpp.536andff.
ofthementionedsource.Saturationcurveandtypicalisobarsandisochoresare
showninthefigure.
405
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure894:Temperature,T,entropy,s,diagramforOxygen.FromVargaftik(1975)
[253].TabulatedvaluesuptoT=1300Kandp=108Paaregiveninpp.477andff.
ofthementionedsource.Saturationcurveandtypicalisobarsandisochoresare
showninthefigure.
406
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Foraperfectgas,theentropyatpressurepandtemperatureTintermsofthatforareferencestate,
subscripto,isgivenby
dT R p
s so c p ln [81]
o
T M po
Table84:EntropyDepartureofSaturatedLiquidandVapor
s*s(liquid) s*s(vapor)
[J.mol1.K1] [J.mol1.K1]
s*s(liquid) s*s(vapor)
[J.mol1.K1] [J.mol1.K1]
407
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
s*s(liquid) s*s(vapor)
[J.mol1.K1] [J.mol1.K1]
s*s[J.mol1.K1]forZc=0,27
Pr
0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,6 2,0 4,0 6,0 10 30
Tr
0,60 77,78 72,22 66,73 63,72 62,01 60,38 58,66 56,74 55,02 50,46 48,49 47,49 47,07
0,80 1,67 58,03 52,63 49,54 47,36 45,86 44,69 42,51 41,05 36,82 34,56 32,51 31,00
0,90 1,17 2,30 5,02 42,34 40,25 38,74 37,87 36,74 35,77 32,17 30,29 28,95 28,91
0,94 1,00 1,97 4,23 7,20 36,74 35,52 34,60 33,97 33,39 30,17 28,83 27,32 27,70
0,98 0,88 1,67 3,47 5,82 10,04 30,12 30,50 30,42 30,33 28,12 26,99 26,11 26,57
1,00 0,79 1,55 3,10 5,23 8,58 20,88 27,61 28,62 28,62 26,78 26,15 25,27 25,82
1,02 0,71 1,46 2,85 4,73 7,53 12,84 26,36 26,36 26,94 25,69 25,15 24,35 24,77
1,04 0,67 1,34 2,64 4,35 6,78 10,63 15,82 23,56 24,69 24,60 24,23 23,51 23,93
1,06 0,59 1,21 2,38 4,02 6,11 9,08 12,43 20,08 22,51 23,30 23,14 22,47 23,05
1,08 0,59 1,13 2,18 3,68 5,56 8,03 10,54 15,94 19,71 21,92 21,97 21,42 22,47
1,10 0,50 1,05 2,09 3,39 5,06 7,07 9,25 13,85 16,90 20,59 20,88 20,75 21,63
1,14 0,46 0,92 1,80 2,93 4,31 5,90 7,53 10,96 13,51 18,62 19,16 19,08 20,13
1,18 0,42 0,79 1,55 2,59 3,72 5,02 6,44 9,20 11,55 16,78 17,61 17,66 18,87
1,20 0,381 0,724 1,431 2,418 3,51 4,73 6,02 8,37 10,75 15,86 16,90 16,86 18,07
1,40 0,255 0,381 0,736 1,301 1,97 2,59 3,31 4,44 5,52 9,58 11,13 11,72 13,18
1,60 0,159 0,222 0,444 0,720 1,121 1,46 1,92 2,68 3,31 5,82 7,11 7,95 9,79
1,80 0,092 0,100 0,276 0,490 0,715 0,97 1,26 1,72 2,22 3,68 5,06 6,15 8,03
408
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
s*s[J.mol1.K1]forZc=0,27
Pr
0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,6 2,0 4,0 6,0 10 30
Tr
2,00 0,063 0,042 0,163 0,318 0,510 0,74 0,88 1,17 1,51 3,01 4,06 5,02 6,78
4,00 0,13 0,25 0,04 0,21 1,67
6,00 0,00 0,00 0,25 2,09
10,00 0,04 0,29 0,63 1,84
NOTE Reference:Tribus(1961)[241].
409
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure895:pvdiagramofasinglecomponentsystem,illustratingtheMaxwell
equalarearule.
2
A1 A2 pdv Shadowed area in Fig . 4 95 [82]
1
2.EntropyandEnthalpyequations.Theseequationsdonotinvolvetermsforchangeonevaporation.
Theycanbeuseddirectlywhencalculatingchangesalongapaththroughthesaturationregion.
3. Changes on evaporation. These changes can be calculated by inserting the liquid and vapor
densities deduced from the equation of state into the equations for the entropy or enthalpy,
respectively.
4.Propertiesalongthesaturationcurve.TheyarecalculatedbyusingtheMaxwellequalarearule.
5.Accuracy.Inadditiontothelimitsofvalidityofthedifferentformulae,upperboundsfortheerrors
are given whenever possible. These bounds are different for density (liquid or vapor), enthalpy or
entropyandalsodiffermarkedlyinthedifferentdomainsofthep,Tdiagram,beinghigherinanarea
surroundingthecriticalconditionsandintheregionoflargepressures.
Several authors present very detailed tolerance diagrams, which have not been reproduced here,
whereasothersmerelyquotetheuppervalues.Theuserinterestedinfurtherdetailscouldconsultthe
referencesgivenattheendofeachdatasheet.
ARGON
EQUATIONOFSTATE
R B 2C 3 D 4 E
p T
[83]
2 a20 2
F G H e
5 2
a 2 a3 a 4 a5
B a1 [84]
T T2 T3 T5
410
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
a 7 a8
C a6 [85]
T T2
a10
D a9 [86]
T
a12
E a11 [87]
T
a13
F [88]
T
R=8,3143J.K1.mol1,M=39,948x103kg.mol1,p[Pa],[mol.m3],T[K]
ThecoefficientsaiaregiveninTable85below.
ENTROPY
s o T 36,4256 20,7857 ln T J .mol 1.K 1 [811]
2 3 4
s1 , T B C D E
2 3 4
G
2a20
1 e a20
2
[812]
H
2 1 e a20 a20 2 e a20
2a20
2 2
a3 a a
B a1 2
2 43 4 55 [813]
T T T
a8
C a6 [814]
T2
D a9 [815]
411
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
E a11 [816]
a14 a a
G 2 3
3 154 4 165 [817]
T T T
a17 a a
H 2 3
3 184 4 195 [818]
T T T
RT
s s o T R ln s1 , T [819]
pa
so(T)indicatesperfectgasconditions.Basedoncop=(5/2)R,pa=1bar=105Pa.
ENTHALPY
h o T 20,7857T J .mol 1 [820]
2 3 4
B C D E
2 3 4
5
2 a20 2
5 F G H e
2
h1 , T T [821]
1 a G H
2a 2 20
20
e a20
2
2
a20G 1 a20 2 H
2a20
a2 a a a
B a1 2 3 32 4 43 6 55 [822]
T T T T
a7 a
C 2a6 3 4 82 [823]
T T
a10
D 3a9 4 [824]
T
a12
E 4a11 5 [825]
T
412
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
a13
F 6 [826]
T
a14 a a
G 3 3
4 154 5 165 [827]
T T T
a17 a a
H 3 3
4 184 5 195 [828]
T T T
h h o T h1 , T [829]
ho(T)indicatesperfectgasconditions.Basedoncop=(5/2)R
Table85:ValuesoftheCoefficientaiforArgon
a1 0,31639051x103
a2 0,13043320
a3 0,28370046x101
a4 0,13150788x104
a5 0,50534111x105
a6 0,28179523x108
a7 0,39628356x105
a8 0,72951535x104
a9 0,12172661x1011
a10 0,50030773x109
a11 0,21947285x1016
a12 0,16831369x1013
a13 0,11437390x1018
a14 0,52614785x102
a15 0,58356378
a16 0,11692362x103
413
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
a17 0,34445957x109
a18 0,15802557x106
a19 0,68651100x105
a20 0,55854495x108
NOTE References:Bender(1973)[22],Vargaftik(1975)[253].
METHANE
EQUATIONOFSTATE
R B 2C 3 D 4 E
p T
[830]
2 a 2
F G H e 20
5 2
a 2 a3 a 4 a5
B a1 [831]
T T2 T3 T5
a 7 a8
C a6 [832]
T T2
a10
D a9 [833]
T
a12
E a11 [834]
T
a13
F [835]
T
Theexternallimitsofthisequationare:104Pa<p<108Pa;Tbat104Pa<T<573K.
R=8,3143J.K1.mol1,M=16,043x103kg.mol1,p[Pa],[mol.m3],T[K]
414
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
ThecoefficientsaiaregiveninTable86below.
ENTROPY
4
s o T R nT n 5 ln T [838]
n 0
2 3 4
s1 , T B C D E
2 3 4 [839]
G
2a20
H
1 e a20 2 1 e a20 a20 2 e a20
2
2a20
2 2
a3 a a
B a1 2
2 43 4 55 [840]
T T T
a8
C a6 [841]
T2
D a9 [842]
E a11 [843]
a14 a a
G 2 3
3 154 4 165 [844]
T T T
a17 a a
H ' 2 3
3 184 4 195 [845]
T T T
RT
s s o T R ln s1 , T [846]
pa
so(T)indicatesperfectgasconditions.ThecoefficientsnaregiveninTable86below.so(T)[J.mol1.K1],
pa=1bar=105Pa.
ENTHALPY
4
h o T RT nT n 2 [847]
n 0
Thisequationisnotaccuratebelow255,4Kandshouldnotbedifferentiatedtoobtainheatcapacities.
415
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
2 3 4
B C D E
2 3 4
5
5 F G H e
2
2 2 a 20
h1 , T T [848]
1 a G H
2a 2 20
20
e a20
2
2
a20 G 1 a 20 2
H
2a20
a2 a a a
B a1 2 3 32 4 43 6 55 [849]
T T T T
a7 a
C 2a6 3 4 82 [850]
T T
a10
D 3a9 4 [851]
T
a12
E 4a11 5 [852]
T
a13
F 6 [853]
T
a14 a a
G 3 3
4 154 5 165 [854]
T T T
a17 a a
H 3 3
4 184 5 195 [855]
T T T
h h o T h1 , T [856]
ho(T)indicatesperfectgasconditions.ThecoefficientsbnaregiveninTable86below.h(T)[J.mol1].
ACCURACY
so:1%,ho:1%.
416
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table86:ValuesoftheCoefficientsai,nandnforMethane
a1 4,42458771x104
a2 2,22287989x101
a3 6,43579378
a4 3,22593481x103
a5 8,79448445x104
a6 3,11845829x109
a7 5,00086474x107
a8 8,48416567x104
a9 2,14214720x1012
a10 4,10366448x1010
a11 2,72102444x1017
a12 1,22818063x1015
a13 4,67589592x1019
a14 2,04389516x101
a15 4,93682301x101
a16 3,64612970x103
a17 3,37032590x109
a18 1,30738840x106
a19 6,85462109x105
a20 9,52298031x109
0 6,293052x102
1 1,181714x101
2 6,013609x104
3 3,530733x109
4 7,347745x1011
417
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
5 2,212805x102
0 7,170851x105
1 2,095385x104
2 1,853977x102
3 1,818417x101
4 6,240077x106
NOTE References:API(1952)[8],Bhner,Maurer&Bender(1981)[34].
ETHANE
EQUATIONOFSTATE
R B 2C 3 D 4 E
p T
[857]
2 a 2
F G H e 20
5 2
a 2 a3 a 4 a5
B a1 [858]
T T2 T3 T5
a 7 a8
C a6 [859]
T T2
a10
D a9 [860]
T
a12
E a11 [861]
T
a13
F [862]
T
418
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Theexternallimitsofthisequationare:104Pa<p<108Pa;Tbat104Pa<T<573K.
R=8,3143J.K1.mol1,M=30,068x103kg.mol1,p[Pa],[mol.m3],T[K]
ThecoefficientsaiaregiveninTable87below.
ENTROPY
4
s o T R nT n 5 ln T [865]
n 0
2 3 4
s1 , T B C D E
2 3 4
[866]
G H
1 e a20 2 1 e a20 a20 2 e a20
2 2 2
2a20 2a20
a3 a a
B a1 2
2 43 4 55 [867]
T T T
a8
C a6 [868]
T2
D a9 [869]
E a11 [870]
a14 a a
G 2 3
3 154 4 165 [871]
T T T
a17 a a
H 2 3
3 184 4 195 [872]
T T T
RT
s s o T R ln s1 , T [873]
pa
so(T)indicatesperfectgasconditions.ThecoefficientsnaregiveninTable87below.so(T)[J.mol1.K1],
pa=1bar=105Pa.
ENTHALPY
4
h o T RT nT n2 [874]
n 0
419
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Thisequationisnotaccuratebelow255,4Kandshouldnotbedifferentiatedtoobtainheatcapacities.
2 3 4
B C D E
2 3 4
5
2 a20 2
5 F G H e
2
h1 , T T [875]
1 a G H
2a 2 20
20
e a20
2
2
a20G 1 a20 2 H
2a20
a2 a a a
B a1 2 3 32 4 43 6 55 [876]
T T T T
a7 a
C 2a6 3 4 82 [877]
T T
a10
D 3a9 4 [878]
T
a12
E 4a11 5 [879]
T
a13
F 6 [880]
T
a14 a a
G 3 3
4 154 5 165 [881]
T T T
a17 a a
H 3 3
4 184 5 195 [882]
T T T
h h o T h1 , T [883]
ho(T)indicatesperfectgasconditions.ThecoefficientsbnaregiveninTable87below.ho(T)[J.mol1].
ACCURACY
:2,12%AAD,so:1%,sso:0,34%AAD,ho:1%,hho:0,62%AAD.
420
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table87:ValuesoftheCoefficientsai,nandnforEthane
a1 1,24601531x103
a2 1,02733836
a3 1,50606401x102
a4 3,60019215x104
a5 2,28756697x106
a6 8,08294382x108
a7 7,59178750x105
a8 2,91069937x104
a9 1,25678254x1011
a10 8,15974846x109
a11 2,18811732x1016
a12 1,97130389x1013
a13 4,47415537x1018
a14 7,50435029
a15 4,86574340x103
a16 8,99282035x105
a17 2,81246078x108
a18 5,44729898x105
a19 1,63714832x102
a20 2,35062004x108
0 5,637432x102
1 4,230089x102
2 6,510299x104
3 4,376264x107
421
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
4 1,001644x1010
5 1,445599x102
0 6,753591x105
1 4,498516x104
2 7,054210x101
3 2,842253x101
4 4,978206x105
NOTE References:API(1952)[8],Teja&Singh(1977),Bhner,Maurer&Bender(1981)[34].
CARBONDIOXIDE
EQUATIONOFSTATE
9 Ji
1 nij 1 1
p j i
[884]
RT i 0 j 0
Theexternallimitsofthisequationare:
1. Atlowtemperatures,forp<5,18x105Pa,220K;for5,18x105Pap<108Pa,themelting
curve.
2. Athightemperatures,forp<6x107Pa,1100K;for6x107Pa<p<108Pa,700K.
R=R/M;R=8,3143J.K1.mol1,M=44,009x103kg.mol1, = /c, =Tc/T, c=0,468x103kg.m3,Tc=
304,2K.
ThecoefficientsnijandthedependenceofthevaluesofJioniaregiveninTable88below.
ENTROPY
7
s o T R n n [885]
n 0
9 J i nij 9 Ji
s1 , T R 1 j 1i nij j 1 j 1 1i1 [886]
i 0 j 0 i 1 i 0 j 0 i 1 o
RT
s s o T R ln s1 , T [887]
pa
so(T)indicatesperfectgasconditions.ThecoefficientsnaregiveninTable88below.
422
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
F d F
o [888]
o
pa=1atm=1,01325x105Pa.
ENTHALPY
7
h o T h o 0 RT n n [889]
n 0
9 Ji j 9 Ji
h1 , T RT nij 1 1 1 nij 1 j 1 [891]
i 1 j
j i
i 0 j 0 1 i 1 1 i 0 j 0 i 1
h h o T h o 0 h1 , T [892]
ho(T)indicatesperfectgasconditions.ho(0)=0correspondstotheperfectcrystalatzerotemperature.
ThecoefficientsnaregiveninTable88below.ho(0)istheenthalpyofsublimationatT=0K.
ACCURACY
: 0,5ear the critical point, 0,1% in most of the p,T diagrams, s: 0,1% and better at low pressures, h:
0,2%andbetteratlowpressures.
423
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table88:ValuesoftheDimensionlessCoefficientsnij,anandbnforCarbon
Dioxide
j
0 1 2 3
i
j
4 5 6
i
0 0,477983597x102 0 0,767516488x101
1 0,103477722x103 1 0,139641330x102
2 0,285920847x103 2 0,266614790x102
3 0,511752178x103 3 0,341840533x102
4 0,570626856x103 4 0,289244934x102
5 0,381060049x103 5 0,153006069x102
6 0,138971347x103 6 0,456446566x101
7 0,212300540x102 7 0,585016654
NOTE Reference:Angus,Armstrong&deReuck(1976)[5].
424
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
HELIUM4
EQUATIONOFSTATE
8 7
p
1 n1i i 2 / 2 2 n2i i / 2
RT i 0 i 0
3 5
3 n3i 2i 1/ 2 4 n4i i 2 / 4 [893]
i 0 i 0
2
1 2 2
5 n5i i 1 2 e n6i i 1 2 n7 i i 1
i 0 i 0 i 0
Fivedifferentregions,ItoV,canbeidentifiedinthep,Tdiagram(Figure896below).
p I p A , T [894]
p II p B , T [895]
p III p C , T p B b , T p C b , T [896]
p IV xp A , T 1 x p B b , T [897]
pV xp A , T 1 x
p , T p B b , T p C b , T
[898]
C
R=R/M;R=8,3143J.K1.mol1,M=4,0026x103kg.mol1,=/c,=Tc/T,c=0,6964x103kg.m3,Tc=
5,2014K.
ThecoefficientsnjiandforcalculatingpA,pBandpCaregiveninTable89below.
bistheboundarydensityatthecommonboundaryofregionsIIandIII.
x=3T/5,T[K].
ENTROPY
s o T 1,901 5,1931ln T 103 J .kg 1.K 1 [899]
425
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
8 4i i 2 / 2 2i
2 7
n 1i n2i i / 2
i 0 2 2 i 0 2
3 3
1 2i
3 i 0 2
n3i 2i 1 / 2
s1 , T R
[8100]
4 5
2i 5 1
n4i i 2 / 4 in5i i 1
4 i 0 2 5 i 0
2 2
e in6i i 1 1 in7 i i 1
2 2
2 i 0 i 0
0
RegardingagainFigure896below:
RT
s I s o T R ln s1A , T [8101]
pa
RT
s II s o T R ln s1B , T [8102]
pa
RT
s III s o T R ln s1C , T
pa [8103]
s b , T s b , T
B
1
C
1
RT
s IV s o T R ln xs1A , T 1 x s1B , T [8104]
pa
RT
sV s o T R ln xs1A , T
pa [8105]
1 x s , T s b , T s b , T
C
1
B
1
C
1
so(T)indicatesperfectgasconditions.Basedoncpo=(5/2)R.
F d F
o [8106]
o
pa=1atm=1,01325x105Pa.
ENTHALPY
h o T 5,1931 103 T J .kg 1 [8107]
426
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
8 i i 2 / 2
2 7
4i
n1i
i/2
n 2i
i 0 2 2 i 0 2
3 3 7 2i
3 i 0 2
n3i 2i 1 / 2
4 5 18 i
4 i 0 4
n 4i i 2 / 4
5 1
h1 , T RT
6 1n5i i 1 [8108]
5 i 0
2
e 1 i 1
2
2 n6i
i 1
i 0
2
e 2 1 1
2
e n6i
2 2 i 1
i 0 2
2 i 1 2
n7 i i 1 4 e n7 i i 1
2
i 0 2 i 0 0
IntheregionsofFigure896below:
h I h o T h1A , T [8109]
h II h o T h1B , T [8110]
hV h o T xh1A , T
[8113]
1 x h1C , T h1B b , T h1C b , T
ho(T)indicatesperfectgasconditions.Basedoncpo=(5/2)R.
ACCURACY
:>1%nearthecriticalpoint.Betterthan1%inmostofthep,Tdiagram.
427
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure896:ThefiveregionsItoV.a)inp,Tcoordinated,b)in,Tcoordinates.
Table89:ValuesoftheDimensionlessCoefficientsnijandforHelium4
A B C
428
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
A B C
NOTE References:Vargaftik(1975)[253],Angus&deReuck(1977)[6].
429
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
NITROGEN
EQUATIONOFSTATE
R B 2C 3 D 4 E
p T
[8114]
2 a 2
F G H e 20
5 2
a 2 a3 a 4 a5
B a1 [8115]
T T2 T3 T5
a 7 a8
C a6 [8116]
T T2
a10
D a9 [8117]
T
a12
E a11 [8118]
T
a13
F [8119]
T
R=8,3143J.K1.mol1,M=28,0134x103kg.mol1,p[Pa],[mol.m3],T[K]
ThecoefficientsaiaregiveninTable810below.
ENTROPY
s o T 25,7614 29,1 ln T J .mol 1.K 1 [8122]
2 3 4
s1 , T B C D E
2 3 4
[8123]
G H
1 e a20 2 1 e a20 a20 2 e a20
2 2 2
2a20 2a20
430
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
a3 a a
B a1 2
2 43 4 55 [8124]
T T T
a8
C a6 [8125]
T2
D a9 [8126]
E a11 [8127]
a14 a a
G 2 3
3 154 4 165 [8128]
T T T
a17 a a
H 2 3
3 184 4 195 [8129]
T T T
RT
s s o T R ln s1 , T [8130]
pa
so(T) indicates perfect gas conditions. Based on cpo = (7/2)R. Polynomials for cpo in the range 300 K
3500KaregiveninKarlekar(1983).pa=1bar=105Pa.
ENTHALPY
h o T 29,1T J .mol 1 [8131]
2 3 4
B C D E
2 3 4
5
2 a20 2
5 F G H e
2
h1 , T T [8132]
1 a G H
2a 2 20
20
e a20
2
2
a20G 1 a20 2 H
2a20
a2 a a a
B a1 2 3 32 4 43 6 55 [8133]
T T T T
431
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
a7 a
C 2a6 3 4 82 [8134]
T T
a10
D 3a9 4 [8135]
T
a12
E 4a11 5 [8136]
T
a13
F 6 [8137]
T
a14 a a
G 3 3
4 154 5 165 [8138]
T T T
a17 a a
H 3 3
4 184 5 195 [8139]
T T T
h h o T h1 , T [8140]
ho(T)indicatesperfectgasconditions.Basedoncop=(7/2)R
Table810:ValuesoftheCoefficientaiforNitrogen
a1 0,37713681x103
a2 0,11808150
a3 0,20459519x101
a4 0,10039112x104
a5 0,23100097x105
a6 0,82438827x108
a7 0,11154107x105
a8 0,31874442x103
a9 0,88741591x1012
a10 0,14864235x109
432
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
a11 0,49951582x1017
a12 0,47638192x1015
a13 0,17421249x1018
a14 0,44150312x101
a15 0,95112155x101
a16 0,36302552x103
a17 0,17495594x109
a18 0,81455788x107
a19 0,20730231x105
a20 0,78475058x108
NOTE References:Bender(1973)[22],Vargaftik(1975)[253].
NEON
EQUATIONOFSTATE
9 6
p RT i 2 Ai e 2i 3
2
Ai 10 [8141]
i 0 i 0
4
A0 a1T a 2T 1 / 2 a j 3T j [8142]
j 0
3
A1 a j 9T 1 j [8143]
j 0
1
A2 a j 14T 1 j [8144]
j 0
1
A3 a 2 j 19T 12 j [8145]
j 0
A4 a 24T 1 [8146]
A5 a 25T 1 [8147]
433
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
A6 0 [8148]
A7 a 29T 1 [8149]
A8 0 [8150]
A9 a31T 1 [8151]
A11 0 [8153]
A12 0 [8154]
1
A13 a 2 j 20 T 2 j 1 [8155]
j 0
1
A14 a j 44T j 3 [8156]
j 0
2
A15 a j 46T j 2 [8157]
j 0
Theexternallimitsofthisequationare:8x104Pa<p<7x108Pa;26K<T<723K.
R = 8,3143 J.K1.mol1, M = 20,179 x 103 kg.mol1, p [Pa], [mol.m3], T [K]. = 1/c2, c = 23,93 x 103
mol.m3.
ThecoefficientsaiaregiveninTable811below.
ENTROPY
s o T 20,7857 ln T J .mol 1.K 1 [8159]
9
i 1 6
s1 , T Ai A10 e Ai10
2
2i
[8160]
i 0 i 1 i 0
434
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
a2 1/ 2 3
A0 a1 T j 1a j 4T j 2 [8161]
2 j 0
3
A1 j 1a j 9T j [8162]
j 0
A2 a14 [8163]
2
A3 j 1a j 19T j [8164]
j 0
A4 A4T 1 [8165]
A5 A5T 1 [8166]
A6 0 [8167]
A7 A7T 1 [8168]
A8 0 [8169]
A9 A9T 1 [8170]
A10
A10 6 a40 2 20a46 36a44 5a47
T 6T 3 6T 4
[8171]
12 a42 3 4a45 2 20a48 120a50
7T 5
A10
A11 A10 [8172]
T
A11
A12 [8173]
2
435
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
A12
A13 [8174]
3
A14
5a46 3a44 5a47 2 a45 2 5a48 30a50
[8175]
2T 3 2 2T 4 3T 5
2 A16
A16 [8177]
T
RT
s s o T R ln s1 , T [8178]
pa
so(T)indicatesperfectgasconditions.Basedoncop=(5/2)R.pa=1bar=105Pa.
ENTHALPY
h o T 20,7857T J .mol 1 [8179]
9
i 1 7
h1 , T Ai A10 e Ai10
2
2i
[8180]
i 0 i 1 i 0
3a2 1/ 2 4
A0 a1T T j 2 a j 3T j
2 j 0 [8181]
3
A1 j 2 a j 9T 1 j [8182]
j 0
1
A2 j 3a j 14T 1 j [8183]
j 0
1
A3 2 j 2 a2 j 19T 1 2 j [8184]
j 0
A4 7 A4 [8185]
436
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
A5 8A5 [8186]
A6 0 [8187]
A7 10A7 [8188]
A8 0 [8189]
A9 12A9 [8190]
A10
2 A10
9 a40 2 20a46 48a44 5a47
6T 2 6T 3
[8191]
15 a42 3 4a45 2 20a48 120a50
7T 4
A11 A10
A12
2 2 [8193]
A12
A13
3 [8194]
437
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
5 A16
A16 A15
2 [8197]
A17 A16
[8198]
h h o T h1 , T [8199]
ho(T)indicatesperfectgasconditions.Basedoncop=(5/2)R
ACCURACY
:0,1%exceptinthevicinityofthecriticalpint.
Table811:ValuesoftheCoefficientaiforNeon
a1 0,5653412521x104
a2 0,3492121815x102
a3 0,5281123734x101
a4 0,1511353269x101
a5 0,7726939279x102
a6 0,1627781825x104
a7 0,1278521631x105
a9 0,1448956689x108
a10 0,1684992471x106
a11 0,3161566218x104
a12 0,1681762544x102
a14 0,9591366803x1014
a15 0,1130059075x1010
a19 0,2958715965x1018
a21 0,2914091771x105
a24 0,2884853628x1017
438
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
a25 0,5087713410x1023
a29 0,6838434551x1033
a31 0,1316369231x1042
a35 0,8654118297
a40 0,437531010x1029
a42 0,5948450789x1026
a44 0,2165033503x1036
a45 0,9601308140x1035
a46 0,1132387373x1047
a47 0,1010428226x1046
a48 0,2580251681x1044
a50 0,2140433107x1054
NOTE References:Jacobsen,Stewart&Teng(1981)[102].
OXYGEN
EQUATIONOFSTATE
R B 2C 3 D 4 E
p T
[8200]
2 a 2
F G H e 20
5 2
a 2 a3 a 4 a5
B a1 [8201]
T T2 T3 T5
a 7 a8
C a6 [8202]
T T2
a10
D a9 [8203]
T
a12
E a11 [8204]
T
439
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
a13
F [8205]
T
R=8,3143J.K1.mol1,M=31,9988x103kg.mol1,p[Pa],[mol.m3],T[K]
ThecoefficientsaiaregiveninTable812below.
ENTROPY
s o T 39,3639 29,1ln T J .mol 1.K 1
[8208]
2 3 4
s1 , T B C D E
2 3 4
[8209]
G H
1 e a20 2 1 e a20 a20 2 e a20
2 2 2
2a20 2a20
a3 a a
B a1 2
2 43 4 55 [8210]
T T T
a8
C a6 [8211]
T2
D a9 [8212]
E a11 [8213]
a14 a a
G 2 3
3 154 4 165 [8214]
T T T
a17 a a
H 2 3
3 184 4 195 [8215]
T T T
440
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
RT
s s o T R ln s1 , T [8216]
pa
so(T) indicates perfect gas conditions. Based on cpo = (7/2)R. Polynomials for cpo in the range 300 K
3500KaregiveninKarlekar(1983).pa=1bar=105Pa.
ENTHALPY
h o T 29,1T J .mol 1 [8217]
2 3 4
B C D E
2 3 4
5
2 a20 2
5 F G H e
2
h1 , T T [8218]
1 a G H
2a 2 20
20
e a20
2
2
a20G 1 a20 2 H
2a20
a2 a a a
B a1 2 3 32 4 43 6 55 [8219]
T T T T
a7 a
C 2a6 3 4 82 [8220]
T T
a10
D 3a9 4 [8221]
T
a12
E 4a11 5 [8222]
T
a13
F 6 [8223]
T
a14 a a
G 3 3
4 154 5 165 [8224]
T T T
a17 a a
H 3 3
4 184 5 195 [8225]
T T T
441
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
h h o T h1 , T [8226]
ho(T)indicatesperfectgasconditions.Basedoncop=(5/2)R
Table812:ValuesoftheCoefficientaiforOxygen
a1 0,35643862x103
a2 0,14407294
a3 0,25661301x101
a4 0,10322523x104
a5 0,19530479x105
a6 0,13149946x109
a7 0,21353195x105
a8 0,35916916x103
a9 0,73097410x1012
a10 0,27513075x109
a11 0,64203761x1017
a12 0,98687798x1015
a13 0,84733604x1019
a14 0,63010952x101
a15 0,15107048x102
a16 0,13084843x104
a17 0,19018424x109
a18 0,45774043x107
a19 0,30856640x105
a20 0,55291853x108
NOTE References:Bender(1973)[22],Vargaftik(1975)[253].
442
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
443
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table813:RelevantPropertiesofHeIIasaFunctionofTemperature
1,20 0,9721 0,0523 0,1451 0,231 1,828 0,0833 0,5883 21,12 0,3601
1,25 0,9629 0,0672 0,1451 0,263 1,682 0,1172 0,7695 21,38 0,3588
1,30 0,9527 0,0853 0,1451 0,298 1,575 0,1611 0,9927 21,63 0,3573
1,35 0,9392 0,1069 0,1451 0,336 1,495 0,2171 1,2549 21,88 0,3557
1,40 0,9233 0,1320 0,1451 0,378 1,460 0,2874 1,5617 22,13 0,3541
1,45 0,9057 0,1620 0,1451 0,423 1,397 0,3741 1,9162 22,37 0,3524
1,50 0,8842 0,1970 0,1451 0,472 1,331 0,4798 2,3211 22,61 0,3506
1,55 0,8594 0,2378 0,1451 0,526 1,319 0,6071 2,7787 22,84 0,3487
1,60 0,8314 0,2840 0,1451 0,584 1,300 0,7586 3,2903 23,07 0,3467
1,65 0,8000 0,3367 0,1451 0,647 1,288 0,9371 3,8576 23,28 0,3446
1,70 0,7645 0,3959 0,1452 0,715 1,274 1,1453 4,4803 23,49 0,3424
1,75 0,7247 0,4617 0,1452 0,791 1,217 1,3860 5,1585 23,68 0,3401
1,80 0,6804 0,5352 0,1453 0,874 1,266 1,6620 5,8896 23,85 0,3377
1,85 0,6310 0,6170 0,1453 0,967 1,390 1,9759 6,6738 24,01 0,3352
444
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
1,90 0,5757 0,7091 0,1454 1,07 1,411 2,3302 7,5056 24,15 0,3326
1,95 0,5138 0,8122 0,1455 1,20 1,484 2,7272 8,3791 24,27 0,3299
2,00 0,4448 0,9290 0,1456 1,37 1,587 3,1687 9,2858 24,35 0,3271
2,05 0,3678 1,0620 0,1457 1,62 1,787 3,6561 10,213 24,39 0,3237
2,06 0,3510 1,0940 0,1457 1,69 1,793 3,7592 10,398 24,38 0,3222
2,07 0,3330 1,1240 0,1457 1,77 1,839 3,8641 10,585 24,38 0,3207
2,08 0,3150 1,1550 0,1458 1,87 1,866 3,9709 10,772 24,38 0,3192
2,09 0,2960 1,1850 0,1458 2,00 1,899 4,0795 10,958 24,37 0,3178
2,10 0,2769 1,2150 0,1458 2,16 1,941 4,1901 11,146 24,37 0,3164
2,11 0,2550 1,2520 0,1458 2,39 1,982 4,3025 11,332 24,36 0,3150
2,12 0,2318 1,2870 0,1459 2,73 2,030 4,4167 11,516 24,34 0,3136
2,13 0,2068 1,3220 0,1459 3,30 2,093 4,5328 11,698 24,32 0,3123
2,14 0,1782 1,3610 0,1460 4,44 2,178 4,6506 11,878 24,30 0,3110
2,15 0,1442 1,4000 0,1460 7,73 2,282 4,7703 12,054 24,26 0,3097
2,16 0,1044 1,4420 0,1464 33,1 2,351 4,8917 12,226 24,22 0,3085
445
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
446
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure897:Concentrationofnormalfluid,n/,asafunctionoftemperature,T,
forbulkHeII.
FromAndronikashvili(Mendelssohn(1960)[148]).
Fromvaluesofs/calculatedundertheassumptionthesuperfluidcritical
velocityistemperatureindependent(vanAlphenetal.(1969)[246]).
447
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure898:Entropyperunitmass,s,ofliquidHeliumIIasafunctionof
temperature,T.
From>Dimotakis&Broadwell(1973)[58].
FromBroz&Khorana(1976)[31].Fromfountaineffectmeasurementsthrough
5x107mporesizefilters.
448
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure899:Dynamicviscosity,n,ofthenormalfluidasafunctionof
temperature,T.
FromHeikkila&HollisHallet(1955)[84].
FromStaas,Taconis&vanAlphen(1961)[227].
FromWoods&HollisHallet(1963)[267].
449
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
AlthoughsuperfluidHe3 isafascinatingfluid,fromthebasicsciencepointofview,andexperiments
under reduced gravity are being considered (Kittel & Brooks (1982) [124]), near term spacecraft
applicationsconcerntemperaturesoftheorderof0,3K.Themostfrequentlyquotedapplicationisthe
coolingoflongwavelengthinfraredbolometers.
Theoperationofinfraredbolometersat0,3K,throughaHe3 system,ratherthanthe1,5K,whichcan
beachievedwithapumpedHe4cryostat,resultsinareductionofthedetectornoiseequivalentpower,
NEP,(seeclause8.5),byafactorof56,andareductionoftherequiredobservationtimebyafactorof
3000(Sherman&Figueroa(1980)[220]).
He4 asdeliveredbyaliquifierisatatemperatureof4,2Katatmosphericpressure.Ifthepressureis
lowered by pumping on the system, a temperature below 1 K would be reached. In general the
practicallowesttemperatureis1,2Kto1,5K.
Whenaliquidbathispumped,thecoolingproducedperunitofevaporatingliquidisapproximately
equaltoitslatentheatofvaporization,hfg,whichisalmostconstantfornarrowtemperatureintervals.
The evaporating mass flow rate, on the other hand, is proportional to the vapor pressure, which
decreasesexponentiallyasanArrheniusfunctionofT.Thus,thevaporpressurebecomessosmallthat
therefrigerationproducedbyevaporationisentirelycompensatedbyexternalheatleaks.
ForliquidHe3 thelowestachievabletemperatureisslightlybelow0,3K(insteadof1,5K),becauseof
tworeasons:
1. ThevaporpressureofHe3 is,atalltemperatures,higherthanthevaporpressureofHe4
(Figure8100).
2. Attemperaturesunderconsideration,He3isanormalfluid,noHe3filmexistsandthereis
not increased heat transfer through the film. This advantage presents its drawbacks,
however;containmentunderreducedgravityiseasierwhenphaseseparationdevicesof
thesuperfluidplugtype(seeclause7.2)areeffective.
The heat of vaporization of He3 is less than half that ofHe4, but this drawback is more
thancompensatedbythefavorable,toHe3,vaporpressureratio.
He3 is extremely costly, approximately 500 $ per SPT 1 and, thus closedcycle coolers
shouldbeused.
Refrigertaors for laboratory use below 1 K have been described by Lounasmaa (1974)
[138].Theyarebulkyandprobablynotadaptedtoreducedgravityoperation.
450
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8100:He3toHe4vaporpressureratio,psatHe3/psatHe4,vs.temperature,T.
CalculatedbythecompilerafterdatatabulatedinMendelssohn(1960).
He3cryostatsforcoolingofbolometersdetectorshavebeenused(Chanin&Torre(1977)[42]).Work
by NASA on spacebornedevices has been reportedby Lundholm (1980)[139],Sherman & Figueroa
(1980)[220],Vorreiter(1980)[257],Kittel(1982)[123],andKittel&Brooks(1982)[124].
451
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Be Figure8101 Figure8103
TiAlloys Figure8111
a StainlessSteel.
b Additionalinformationonthemechanicalpropertiesofalloysusedforstructuralapplicationsatcryogenic
temperaturesisgiveninClause9.3.
452
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8101:Specificheat,c,ofSilver,Beryllium,Nickel,StainlessSteeland
Titaniumvs.temperature,T.Detailsconcerningthesematerialsaregivenbelow.
ExplanationoftheFigure8101
3 NICKEL PURE
4 TITANIUM PURE
453
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8102:Specificheat,c,ofAluminiumandCoppervs.temperature,T.Details
concerningthesematerialsaregivenbelow.
ExplanationoftheFigure8102
454
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8103:Thermalconductivity,k,ofSilver,Beryllium,Nickel,StainlessSteel
andTitaniumvs.temperature,T.Detailsconcerningthesematerialsaregiven
below.
ExplanationoftheFigure8103
2 99,999%pure,drawn,(Johnson,Matthey).
3 BERYLLIUM HighPurity,singlecrystal(Degussa).
4 2%Mg,sinteredrod(Brush).
5 NICKEL 99,99%pure,annealed,(Johnson,Matthey).
6 99%pure(Int.Nickel).
455
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
7 STAINLESSSTEEL Averagevalueforclosecurvesoftypes303,304,
316,347,andstainlessascompiledinN.B.S.
Circular556.
8 TITANIUM 99,99%pure,(Assoc.Elec.Industries)single
crystal.
9 RemCru,RC130B,4,7%Mn,3,99%Al,0,14%C.
Figure8104:Thermalconductivity,k,ofAluminiumandCoppervs.temperature,
T.Detailsconcerningthesematerialsaregivenbelow.
ExplanationoftheFigure8104
456
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
pure,colddrawn(Alcoa). [109]
2 99%commercialpure,(Alcoa)drawn.
3 COPPER Highpurity;99,999%pure,annealed,(Am.
SmeltRef.).
4 Coalesced;99,98%pure,annealed,(Phelps
Dodge).
5 ElectrolyticToughPitch;99,95%pure,
annealed.
6 O.F.H.C.;99,95%pure;annealed(Oxygenfree
highconductivity).
7 (Pb)Cu;1%Pb,annealed.
8 (Te)Cu;0,6%Te,annealed.
457
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8105:Thermalconductivity,k,ofAluminiumalloysvs.temperature,T.
Detailsconcerningthesematerialsaregivenbelow.
ExplanationoftheFigure8105
3 3003F;Alcoa,1,2%Mn,98,5%Al,asfabricated.
4 4S;16%Cu,1,02%Mg,1,20%Mn,0,52%Fe,0,13%
Si,0,02%Cr,0,02%Ti.
5 5052O;0,25%Cr,2,5%Mg,97%Al,annealed.
6 5154O;0,25%Cr,3,5%Mg,96%Al,annealed.
458
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
7 75S;1,5%Cu,5,5%Zn,2,5%Mg,0,2%Mn,0,3%
Cr.
8 2024T4;0,6%Mn,1,5%Mg,4,5%Cu,93%Al,
solutionheattreated.
Figure8106:Thermalconductivity,k,ofseveralCopperalloysvs.temperature,T.
Detailsconcerningthesematerialsaregivenbelow.
ExplanationoftheFigure8106
2 (Pb)Brass;35,7%Zn,3,27%Pb,1%Sn,60%Cu,
459
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
hardtemperature.
3 BerylliumCopper;2%Be,98%Cu,heldat573K
fortwohours.
4 GermanSilver;47%Cu,41%Zn,9%Ni,2%Pband
62%Cu,22%Zn,15%Ni.
5 Manganin;84%Cu,12%Mn,4%Ni.
6 SiliconBronze;3,15%Si,1,13%Mn,1%Zn,94%
Cu,hardtemperature.
Figure8107:Totalfractionalexpansion,L/L293=(L293L)/L293,andcoefficientof
expansion,(1/L)(dL/dT),ofseveralmetallicmaterialsvs.temperature,T.Details
concerningthesematerialsaregivenbelow.
ExplanationoftheFigure8107
460
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
3 COPPER PURE
4 NICKEL PURE
5 InternationalNickelCo.
Lowcarbonnickel,99,6%pure
461
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8108:Ultimatetensilestrength,ult,ofAluminiumandCoppervs.
temperature,T.Detailsconcerningthesematerialsaregivenbelow.
ExplanationoftheFigure8108
462
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8109:Ultimatetensilestrength,ult,ofAluminiumalloysvs.temperature,
T.Detailsconcerningthesematerialsaregivenbelow.
ExplanationoftheFigure8109
3 5056H34
4 6061T6
5 5052H34
NOTE T3Condition:Solutionheattreated,coldworked,andnaturallyagedtoasubstantiallystable
condition.
T6Condition:Solutionheattreatedandartificiallyaged.
H34Condition:Strainhardened(halfhard)andthenstabilized.
463
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8110:Ultimatetensilestrength,ult,ofarepresentativecopperalloyvs.
temperature,T.Detailsconcerningthesematerialsaregivenbelow.
ExplanationoftheFigure8110
464
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8111:Ultimatetensilestrength,ult,ofTitanium,Titaniumalloysand
StainlessSteelvs.temperature,T.Detailsconcerningthesematerialsaregiven
below.
ExplanationoftheFigure8111
2 TITANIUM 6Al4Vannealed
ALLOYS
3 6Al2,5Snannealed
4 ATAINLESS 302annealed
STEELAISI300
5 SERIES 304annealed
6 310annealed
7 316annealed
465
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Uniaxial Crossply
Cloth
Fiber 0/90
SpecificHeat Figure8112
Normal Figure8113
AdvancedComposites
UniaxialFiber
Graphite Boron
Others
Epoxy Epoxy
466
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Longitudinal Figure8128
FlexuralStrength Inplane Figure8129 Figure8129
Transverse Figure8128
SeveralFibers
Cost Figure8130
a ThermalconductivitiesofstructuraltubesaregiveninFigure8131.
467
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8112:Specificheat,c,vs.temperature,T,ofseveralGlassReinforced
Composites.FromKasen(1975)a[115].
ExplanationoftheFigure8112.
Polyester Polybenzimidazole
468
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8113:Thermalconductivity,k,vs.temperature,T,ofseveralGlassCloth
ReinforcedComposites.FromKasen(1975)a[115].
ExplanationoftheFigure8113.
Silicone PhenylSilane
Polyester Polybenzimidazole
469
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8114:Thermalconductivity,k,intheplanevs.temperature,T,ofseveral
GlassFiberReinforcedComposites.FromKasen(1975)a[115].
ExplanationoftheFigure8114
Epoxy(UniaxialFiber)
Epoxy(Crossply0/90)
Silicone(Crossply0/90)
470
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8115:Thermalexpansion,L/L,vs.temperature,T,ofseveralGlassFiber
ReinforcedComposites.FromKasen(1975)a[115].
ExplanationoftheFigure8115.
Epoxy
Polyester*
NOTE *Denotesminimaldata.
471
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8116:Thermalexpansion,L/L,normaltotheplane,vs.temperature,T,of
severalGlassClothReinforcedComposites.FromKasen(1975)a[115].
ExplanationoftheFigure8116.
Phenolic
472
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8117:Thermalexpansion,L/L,intheplane,vs.temperature,T,ofseveral
GlassClothReinforcedComposites.FromKasen(1975)a[115].
ExplanationoftheFigure8117.
Polyurethane PhenylSilane
473
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8118:Ultimatetensilestrength,ult,vs.temperature,T,ofseveralGlass
ReinforcedComposites.FromKasen(1975)a[115].
ExplanationoftheFigure8118.
NOTE *Denotesminimaldata.
474
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8119:Ultimatecompressivestrength,ult,vs.temperature,T,ofseveral
GlassReinforcedComposites.FromKasen(1975)a[115].
ExplanationoftheFigure8119.
NOTE *Denotesminimaldata.
475
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8120:Ultimateflexuralstrength,ult,vs.temperature,T,ofseveralGlass
ReinforcedComposites.FromKasen(1975)a[115].
ExplanationoftheFigure8120.
NOTE *Denotesminimaldata.
476
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8121:Specificheat,c,vs.temperature,T,ofseveralAdvancedComposites.
FromKasen(1975)b[116].Detailsconcerningthesecompositesaregivenbelow.
ExplanationoftheFigure8121.
Thatfiguregivesthespecificheat,c,vs.temperatureT,ofseveralAdvancedComposites.
FIBER MATRIX
KEY
NAME MANUFACTURER NAME MANUFACTURER
HTSa CourtauldsLtd.
2 Graphite Phenolic
3 Boronb Epoxyb
4 Boron Aluminium6061
477
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
6 BorsiccTitanium Corp.
NOTE FromKasen(1975)b[116].
a GraphiteEpoxyComposites.
b BoronEpoxycompositeidSP272,manufacturedby3MCo.
c Borsicisthetradenameofboronfibercoatedwithathinlayerofsiliconcarbide.
Figure8122:Thermalconductivity,k,intheplane,vs.temperature,T,ofseveral
UniaxialAdvancedComposites.FromKasen(1975)b[116].Detailsconcerning
thesecompositesaregivenbelow.
ExplanationoftheFigure8122.
That figure gives the thermal conductivity, k, vs. temperature T, of several Uniaxial Advanced
Composites.
478
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
FIBER MATRIX
KEY
NAME MANUFACTURER NAME MANUFACTURER
3 Boronb Epoxyb
NOTE FromKasen(1975)b[116].
a GraphiteEpoxyComposites.
b BoronEpoxycompositeidSP272,manufacturedby3MCo.
c PRD49(Kevlar49)isthetradenameofanaromaticpolyimidefiber.
479
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8123:Inplane,longitudinalthermalexpansion,L/L,vs.temperature,T,of
severalUniaxialAdvancedComposites.FromKasen(1975)b[116].Details
concerningthesecompositesaregivenbelow
ExplanationoftheFigure8123.
That figure gives the in plane, longitudinal thermal expansion, L/L, vs. temperature T, of several
UniaxialAdvancedComposites.a,GraphiteEpoxyComposites.b,
BoronComposites.
FIBER MATRIX
KEY
NAME MANUFACTURER NAME MANUFACTURER
2 GY70 CelaneseCorp.
3 HTS CortlauldsLtd.
480
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
(Kevlar49)a Co.
6 Thornel75 UnionCarbideCorp.
1 Boronc Epoxyb
2 Boron Aluminium
6061
b 3 Borsicd HamiltonStandardCorp.
4 BorsicdSteel
5 Borsicd
Titanium
NOTE FromKasen(1975)b[116].
a AromaticPolyimide.
b NASAResin2,developedunderNASAsponsorship,consistsof:
MASS
PRODUCT NAME MANUFACTURER
PERCENT
Dodecenylsuccinic
48,92
Flexibilizers anhydride
and/or
Hardeners Empol1040 8,44 EmeryIndustriesInc.
Benzyldimethylamine 0,42
c BoronEpoxycompositeisSP272,manufacturedby3MCo.
d Borsicisthetradenameofboronfibercoatedwithathinlayerofsiliconcarbide.
481
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8124:Inplane,transversethermalexpansion,L/L,vs.temperature,T,of
severalUniaxialAdvancedComposites.FromKasen(1975)b[116].Details
concerningthesecompositesaregivenbelow.
ExplanationoftheFigure8124.
That figure gives the in plane, transverse thermal expansion, L/L, vs. temperature T, of several
UniaxialAdvancedComposites.
FIBER MATRIX
KEY
NAME MANUFACTURER NAME MANUFACTURER
1 Boron Aluminium6061
2 Borona Epoxya
5 HTSc CourtauldsLtd.
482
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
PRD49e NASAResin2f
8
(Kevlar49)
NOTE FromKasen(1975)b[116].
a BoronEpoxycompositeidSP272,manufacturedby3MCo.
b Borsicisthetradenameofboronfibercoatedwithathinlayerofsiliconcarbide.
c Graphitefiber.
d Epoxy.
e Aromaticpolyimidefiber.
f NASAResin2,developedunderNASAsponsorship,consistsof:
MASS
PRODUCT NAME MANUFACTURER
PERCENT
Dodecenylsuccinic
48,92
Flexibilizers anhydride
and/or
Hardeners Empol1040 8,44 EmeryIndustriesInc.
Benzyldimethylamine 0,42
483
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8125:Ultimatetensilestrength,ult,intheplane,vs.temperature,T,of
severalUniaxialGraphiteEpoxyComposites.FromKasen(1975)b[116].Details
concerningthesecompositesaregivenbelow.
ExplanationoftheFigure8125.
Thatfiguregivestheultimatetensilestrength, ult,intheplane,vs.temperatureT,ofseveralUniaxial
GraphiteEpoxyComposites.
FIBERGRAPHITE MATRIXEPOXY
KEY
NAME MANUFACTURER NAME MANUFACTURER
a 1 GY70 CelaneseCorp.
2 HMG25 HitcoCorp.
3 HMG50
4 HMS CortlauldsLtd.
484
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
7 ModmorII
9 Thornel25 UnionCarbideCorp.
10 Thornel50
4 Thornel75 UnionCarbideCorp.
NOTE FromKasen(1975)b[116].
a NASAResin2,developedunderNASAsponsorship,consistsof:
MASS
PRODUCT NAME MANUFACTURER
PERCENT
Dodecenylsuccinic
48,92
Flexibilizers anhydride
and/or
Hardeners Empol1040 8,44 EmeryIndustriesInc.
Benzyldimethylamine 0,42
485
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8126:Ultimatetensilestrength,ult,intheplane,vs.temperature,T,of
severalUniaxialAdvancedComposites.FromKasen(1975)b[116].Details
concerningthesecompositesaregivenbelow.
ExplanationoftheFigure8126.
Thatfiguregivestheultimatetensilestrength, ult,intheplane,vs.temperatureT,ofseveralUniaxial
AdvancedComposites.
FIBER MATRIX
KEY
NAME MANUFACTURER NAME MANUFACTURER
a 1 Boron Aluminium
6061
2 Boron Epoxy
486
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
8 StainlessSteel Aluminium
2024
1 Boron Aluminium
6061
b 2 Boron Epoxy
NOTE FromKasen(1975)b[116].
a Borsicisthetradenameofboronfibercoatedwithathinlayerofsiliconcarbide.
b Graphitefiber.
c Polyimidematrix.
d EpoxyPhenolicmatrix.
e Aromaticpolyimidefiber.
487
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8127:Ultimatecompressivestrength,ult,intheplane,vs.temperature,T,
ofseveralUniaxialAdvancedComposites.FromKasen(1975)b[116].Details
concerningthesecompositesaregivenbelow
ExplanationoftheFigure8127.
That figure gives the ultimate compressive strength, ult, in the plane, vs. temperature T, of several
UniaxialAdvancedComposites.
FIBER MATRIX
KEY
NAME MANUFACTURER NAME MANUFACTURER
1 Boron Aluminium6061
2 Borona Epoxya
NOTE FromKasen(1975)b[116].
488
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
a BoronEpoxycompositesare:SP272,manufacturedby3MCo.,andNarmco5505,manufacturedbyAVCO
Corporation.
b Borsicisthetradenameofboronfibercoatedwithathinlayerofsiliconcarbide.
c GraphiteEpoxycomposite.
Figure8128:Ultimateflexuralstrength,ult,intheplane,vs.temperature,T,of
severalUniaxialGraphiteEpoxyComposites.FromKasen(1975)b[116].Details
concerningthesecompositesaregivenbelow.
ExplanationoftheFigure8128.
Thatfiguregivestheultimateflexuralstrength,ult,intheplane,vs.temperatureT,ofseveralUniaxial
GraphiteEpoxyComposites.
FIBERGRAPHITE MATRIXEPOXY
KEY
NAME MANUFACTURER NAME MANUFACTURER
a 1 Fibralloy300 MosantoCorp.
2 GY70 CelaneseCorp.
489
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
3 HMG25 HitcoCorp.
4 HMS CourtauldsLtd.
5 HTS
6 ModmorII MorganiteLtd.
7 Thornel50 UnionCarbideCorp.
2 GY70 E350A
3 GY70 1004
6 HTS BSP2401
7 HTS 1004
8 ModmorII MorganiteLtd.
NOTE FromKasen(1975)b[116].
490
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8129:Ultimateflexuralstrength,ult,intheplane,vs.temperature,T,of
severalUniaxialAdvancedComposites.FromKasen(1975)b[116].Details
concerningthesecompositesaregivenbelow.
ExplanationoftheFigure8129.
Thatfiguregivestheultimateflexuralstrength, ult,vs.temperatureT,ofseveralUniaxialAdvanced
Composites.
FIBER MATRIX
KEY
NAME MANUFACTURER NAME MANUFACTURER
1 Borona Epoxya
3 HTSb CourtauldsLtd.
NOTE FromKasen(1975)b[116].
a BoronEpoxycompositeisSP272,manufacturedby3MCo.
b Graphitefiber.
c EpoxyPhenolicmatrix.
491
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8130:Costofseveralfibers(forordersabove50kg).FromGreszczuketal
(1975)[78].
Explanation
1 Thornel75S UnionCarbideCorp.
Thornel50S
2
Thornel400
Thornel300
3
ModmorII MorganiteLtd.
4 BoronFibersa
CelionGY70 CelaneseCorp.
Panex30A
5 FortafilCG3
FortafilCG3
Hitron201
Hitron201
a 0,142x103mdiameter.Lowestpriceestimate.
492
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8131:Thermalconductivity,k,vs.temperature,T,ofseveralstructural
tubes.FromFoster,Naes&Barnes(1975)[70].Detailsconcerningthesetubesare
givenbelow.
ExplanationoftheFigure8131.
Thatfiguregivesthethermalconductivity,k,vs.temperatureT,ofseveralstructuraltubes.
493
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
1 Quartz
2 Glass
2112Sa
4 Unknown 63,5 1,88 84 1,61 4100 38 62
GlassCloth
U.S.
1581S
5 POLYMERICE 54,9 2,00 88,9 1,60 3740 49 42
GlassCloth
787
U.S.
6 POLYMERIC
E787
KEVLAR49
7 CLOTH DUPONT904 58,4 3,80 88,9 1,26 3675 Unknown Unknown
143Weave
a Thetubesmadefrom1543and1581werehandfabricated.TheKevlar49wasfabricatedusingprepreg143cloth.ThesampleNo.4waspurchasedfromSynthaneTaylor
(SynthaneTaylorG10).
NOTE FromFoster,Naes&Barnes(1975)[70].
494
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure8132:MechanicalandthermalpropertiesofBone.FromWipf&Gibney
(1975)[266].
a)Ultimatecompressivestrength,ult,vs.temperature,T. Valuesfrom
Armstrongetal.(1971)[9]. ValuesfromWipf&Gibney(1975)[266].
b)Thermalconductivity,k,vs.temperature,T.
Testssampleswere6,25x103mdiameterand9,4x103mlengthmachinedwiththeiraxisparalleltohe
fiber,outofcompactboneof201050kg.m3density(leftmetacarpalofruminantanimal).
495
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
9
Safety with cryogenic systems
9.1 General
Theprincipalhazardsinthehandlingofcryogenicfluidsarethoseassociatedwiththeresponseofthe
humanbodyandthesurroundingtothesefluidsandtheirvapors,andthoseassociatedwithreactions
between these fluids and the surroundings. For a fairly recent review of these hazards see
Timmerhaus&Flynn(1978).ManyrelevantdataaregivenbyEdeskuty,Reider&Williamson(1971)
[62].
The interest in the field of safety with cryogenic systems is obviously not new, but rising fuel costs
andthethreatofdecreasingfuelavailabilitypromptedthewideacceptanceofLNGforindustrialand
public use, while liquid hydrogen emerges as a future aircraft or automotive fuel. These reasons,
among others, did contribute to the growinginterest in the assessment of thepotential hazards and
meansofprotectionagainstthem.
496
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
cryogeniccooledsurfacesbelow82K,buildupasasolidimpurityinliquidhydrogen,etc.Thefuel
will be a flammable gas several among them are used for cryogenic cooling purposes (see clause
9.2.2) or any noncompatible material. The ignition source may be spark, flame, impact, friction,
chemicalreaction,etc.
Anyflammablemixture,betweenthesocalledlimitsofflammability,willsupportaflameorevena
detonation. Beyond the lower or upper limits of flammability the mixture will not maintain its
combustion temperature and will automatically extinguish itself. In heterogeneous systems, where
solidsand/orliquidscoexistwithgases,andwheretemperatureandconcentrationgradientexist,the
combustionbehaviorwilldependonparticleordropletsizes,heatcapacitiesofcomponents,etc.
Allcombustibleimpuritiesposeapotentialhazardinliquidoxygenhandling.Forthehighlysoluble
impurities,thehazardleveliscontrolledbythecombustionbehavioroftheliquidphase,whereasfor
thelesssolubleimpuritiesthedangerousconcentrationisthesaturatedsolutionconcentration.
Solutionofimpuritiesinliquidhydrogenisverysmall,neverthelesssuspendedsolidsmaybecarried
bythehydrogentocolderportionsofthesystemanddepositedthere.
Nitrogen does not support combustion, but condensation of the entrapped air (which takes place
belowapproximately82Kmaycauseoxygenenrichmentoftheliquidnitrogen.Thecompositionof
theairasitcondensesintotheliquidnitrogencontainerisabouthalfoxygenandhalfnitrogen.This
oxygenrich condensate can cause the same problems associated with the handling of the liquid
oxygen.
497
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
during transfer from the cooling bath, and some insulating procedure should be devised. A simple
methodfortestingattemperaturebelow6KhasbeendescribedbyJinetal.(1974)[105].Thesetests
have led to the development of codes for the design, fabrication and testing of cryogenic pressure
vessels.TheASMEBoilerandPressureVesselCode(seeclause9.3.3)canbeusedforthesepurposes.
Lowtemperatureequipmentcanfailduetothermalstressescausedbythermalconcentrationofthe
material used. Contraction in long pipes can be a serious problem. Provisions should be made for
change in length by using bellows, expansion joints, or flexible hose. Pipe anchors, supports, etc.,
shouldbecarefullydesignedtoallowtheconcentrationtotakeplace.
498
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table91:RelevantpropertiesofCryogen
Numerical RelatedPhysical
Property RelatedHazards Comments
Values Phenomena
499
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Numerical RelatedPhysical
Property RelatedHazards Comments
Values Phenomena
NOTE ArrangedbythecompilerafterEdeskuty,Reider&Williamson(1971)[62].
500
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table92:SeveralUsefulDefinitions
Ignitiontemperature Minimumtemperatureatwhichthecombustionprocessstarts.
Flashpoint Minimumtemperaturerequiredtoprovideafuelvaporoxidizer
mixturethatwillpropagateaflame.
Limitsofflammability Therangeofconcentrationsofgaseousfuelinanoxidizer
atmosphereatwhichthemixturewillburn.
Limitsofdetonability Therangeofconcentrationsofgaseousfuelinanoxidizer
atmosphereatwhichthemixturewilldetonate,i.e.,theflame
frontwillpropagateatsupersonicspeed.
Minimumpressurefor Lowerlimitoftheambientpressurebelowwhichignitionoffuel
combustion oxidizermixturesissuppressed.
Minimumsparkignition Theminimumsparkenergyrequiredtoignitethemosteasily
energyinair ignitableconcentrationoffuelinair.
Quenchingdistance Thegapbetweentwoflatparallelplateelectrodesbelowwhich
ignitionoffueloxidizermixturesissuppressed.
RelevantthermaldataofseveralmaterialsinanoxidizingatmospherearegiveninTable93.
501
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
The ignition temperature of metals decreases when pressure increases as can be seen in Figure 91,
whiletheflashpoint(seeTable92)ofnonmetalsseemstoreachanasymptoticvalue,seeFigure92.
Nevertheless, the enhancement of existing ignition sources because of pressure increasing is more
importantthanthedecreasedignitiontemperatureofmaterials.Amongthecausesofignitionwhich
are enhanced by pressure increasing one could mention: adiabatic compression, friction (which
dependsontheflowrate),availabilityofOxygen,possibilityofmechanicalfailures,andthelike.
Table94providessomeguidanceintheselectionofmaterialstobeusedinthepresenceofOxygen.
502
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table93:ThermalDataofRelevantMaterialsinanOxidizingAtmosphere
Elements
Aluminium 1000 933 2323 2720 3800 0,22 91,0 31,0 ~1,3
Beryllium ~2500 1356 2820 2750 ~4300 0,18 44,0 68,0 0,7
Copper 1300 1360 15031600 2855 ... 0,40 115,0 2,4 1,71
Gold NoIgnite 1336 ... 2980 ... 0,31 124,0 0,008 ...
Iron 1200 1812 16931870 3160 ... 0,08 23,0 7,0 2,23
Magnesium 900 923 3075 1390 3350 0,16 90,0 25,0 0,81
Manganese ... 1517 2058 2314 3400 0,023 6,3 7,0 1,25
Molybdenum 1023 2890 10702880 5100 1530 0,14 63,0 6,1 ~3,3
Nickel 1730 1730 2230 3110 ... 0,06 15,0 4,0 1,64
Silver NoIgnite 1233 ... 2450 ... 0,40 161,0 0,140 ...
Tantalum 1550 3270 2073 5700 ... 0,06 26,0 5,6 2,54
Tin 1140 505 13532200 2960 ... 0,06 39,0 2,4 1,32
503
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Titanium ~1600 1950 19202400 3550 30003300 0,018 7,6 16,0 1,73
2070
Zinc 1170 693 2250 1181 ... 0,125 46,0 5,3 1,44
Zirconium 1670 2125 2960 4650 ... 0,043 23,0 12,0 1,56
CopperAlloys
NickelAlloys
IronAlloys
504
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
TitaniumAlloys
Nonmetals
NOTE FromClark&Hust(1974)[45].
505
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure91:Ignitiontemperature,Ti,ofseveralmetalsasafunctionofOxygen
pressure,p.FromClarck&Hust(1974)[45].
Figure92:Flashpointtemperature,Tfl,ofseveralnonmetalsasafunctionof
Oxygenpressure,p.Alsoshowntheignitiontemperature,Ti,ofthesamematerials
athighpressure.FromClarck&Hust(1974)[45].
506
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table94:RankingofMaterialsforOxygenCompatibility
Nonmetals. Mostofthemarehighlycombustibleandseldom
usedstructurallywhenOxygenisdominant.
Polytetrafluoroethylene(TFE)and
Polychlorotrifluoroethylene(CTFE)aremore
compatiblethanotherorganicmaterialsbecause
thestrongFluorineCarbonbondtheyhave.
Hydrocarbonimpuritiesshouldbeeliminatedby
propercleaningwithsuitableinertoilfree
solvents,followedbydryingwithoilfreeairora
pureinertgas.
NOTE ArrangedbythecompilerafterClark&Hust(1974)[45].
507
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table95:PropertiesofH2andCH4RelatedtotheirCombustionHazards
Property H2 CH4
Limitsofdetonabilityinair.[Vol.%]. 2065
LimitsofdetonabilityinO2.[Vol.%]. 1590
Flameemittance. 0,10
Liquidelectricalresistivity.[.m1]. 4,6x1021
NOTE FromEdeskuty,Reider&Williamson(1971)[62].
ThefollowingconsiderationswillcompletetheinformationpresentedintheaboveTable
1. The range of concentration for combustibility increases for both H2 and CH4 as the
pressure is increased. As the pressure is reduced below atmospheric the combustible
mixture becomes more difficult to ignite; however, if a suitable ignition source is
employed,thelimitsofflammabilityareaswideat2x104Paastheyareatatmospheric
pressure. Figure 93 shows the influence of pressure on the limits of flammability of
naturalgasairmixtureswhenaninductioncoilisusedasignitionsource.Itcanbeseen
that at lowest pressures the range narrows with a pressure being reached below which
themixturewillnotignite,atleastwhenusingthatignitionsource.
508
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure93:Effectofpressureinthelimitsofflammabilityofnaturalgasair
mixturesignitedbymeansofaninductioncoil.FromLewis&vonElbe(1961)
[132].
2. When an electric spark passes through an explosive mixture, a small, more or less
spherical, volume of high temperature gas is established. Whether a combustion wave
appearsornotdependsonthesizetowhichtheinflamedvolumehasgrownatthetime
when the temperature at the center has decreased to the order of the normal flame
temperature. If the size is too small, the heat transferred from the inner zone cannot
balancetheheatlossbytheouterunburnedgas,andthereactiongraduallyceases.Inany
case the minimum ignition energy is a function not only of the characteristics of the
combustiblemixturebutoftheconfigurationofthesparkproducingdevice.
NoticethattheignitionenergyforH2isverylow,sothatinmostcasesofrapidhydrogen
releasespontaneousignitionresults.
3. Thequenchingdistanceistheminimumdistancebetweenparallelplaneswhichwilljust
allow a flame to pass without cooling to extinction. This distance increases as pressure
decreases.Forhydrogenatnormalpressure,however,thequenchingdistanceissosmall
thatexplosiveproofequipmentrequiresfinemanufacturingtolerances.
Figure 94 shows minimum ignition energies, E, and quenching distances, D, for H2O2inert gas
mixturesatatmosphericpressures.
509
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure94:Minimumignitionenergy,E,andquenchingdistance,D,forhydrogen
oxygeninertgasmixturesatatmosphericpressures.FromLewis&vonElbe(1961)
[132].
1. Becauseitsverylowemittance,hydrogenflameisinvisibleifimpuritiesarenotpresent.
2. Thebuildupofanelectricalchargewithinaflowingfluidcanbeahazardonlywhenits
electrical resistance lies between 1012 .m1 and 1017 .m1. Lower resistivitys result in
rapid transfer of any charge to the grounded metallic parts of the system, while higher
resistivitys,asinthecaseofhydrogen,requirealongerresidencetimeforanysignificant
amountofchargeformation.Inpractice,theexistenceofeitherparticulatematterinthe
pipesortwophaseflow,asoccursduringsystemcooldown,canenhancetheprobability
ofbuildingupelectrostaticschargeswithintheflowingfluid.
3. Large diffusion coefficients result in a rapid contamination of enclosures, but also in a
fastdecreaseoftheconcentrationofcombustiblewhenthereleasetakesplaceoutdoors.
4. Commercial Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) is a mixture, rather than pure CH4, so that
fractionation occurs upon boiling. Effective purging procedures cannot be carried out
unlessthecoldestspotinthecontaineriswarmedtoatleast273K.
9.2.3 Fluorine
Fluorine is both extremely reactive and the most toxic gas of cryogenic interest. Because these
characteristics Fluorine and FluorineOxygen mixtures are not used for cryogenic cooling purposes.
The excellent monography by Schmidt (1967) [207] could be useful to the reader interested in the
properties,compatibilityandsafehandlingofthesematerials.
510
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
9.2.4 O2 deficiency
HealthysubjectscantolerateOxygenconcentrationsintherange13to60%volumeattotalpressureof
1atm.SymptomsofO2deficiencyaresummarizedinTable96below.
Table96:SymptomsofO2Deficiency
O2Vol%at105Pa
Atrest,signsandsymptomsofO2deficiency
totalpressure
1214 Respirationdeeper,pulsefaster,coordinationpoor.
1012 Giddiness,poorjudgment,lipsblue.
810 Nausea,vomiting,unconsciousness,ashenface.
68 8min,100%die;6min,50%dieand50%recoverwith
treatment;45min,allrecoverwithtreatment.
4 Comain40sec,convulsions,respirationceases,death.
NOTE FromEdeskuty,Reider&Williamson(1971)[62].
511
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure95:Dependenceofimpactenergy,J,ontemperature,T,forseveral
materials.FromEdeskuty,Reider,Williamson(1971)[62].
Metals which have a facecentered cubic crystal structure, such as Aluminium, Copper, Nickel,
AusteniticStainlessSteel,showverylittletemperaturedependence.
Low carbon and 400 series Stainless Steels, which have a bodycentered cubic crystal structure,
becomeembrittledatlowtemperatures.Nevertheless,notallmetalspossessingabodycenteredcubic
crystal structure become brittle, there are some notable exceptions. For example, potassium, lithium
andsodiummetals,betabrass,andtheLA141magnesiumlithiumalloyretaintheirductilitydownto
temperaturesnearabsolutezero.
TworecentreviewpapersconcernedwithfracturemechanicsarethosebyHardrath(1974)[82]andby
McHenry (1977) [147]. Hardraths paper provides a brief historical sketch of the discipline and
summarizes the current analytical procedures. The paper by McHenry is particularly devoted to
fractureatcryogenictemperatures.Thebasicconceptsandtheirapplicationtothedesignofcryogenic
structuresareintroducedinthispaper.Anelementarytextbookonthebroadfieldofmaterialsscience
inthatbyRuoff(1972)[204].Clause6and12ofthisbookareparticularlyconcernedwithmechanical
propertiesofmaterials.
Table97:SourcesofMechanicalPropertiesofStructuralAlloysatCryogenic
Temperatures.
ALUMINIUMALLOYS Table98
2
IRONBASEALLOYS Table99
2
NICKELBASEALLOYS Table910
2
STAINLESSSTEELS.AUSTENITIC Table911
2
STAINLESSSTEELS.MARTENSITIC Table912
2
STEELS Table913
2
TITANIUMALLOYS Table914
2
512
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table98:SOURCESOFMECHANICALPROPERTIESOFSTRUCTURAL
ALLOYS(ALUMINIUMALLOYS)ATCRYOGENICTEMPERATURES
KD
513
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
514
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table99:SOURCESOFMECHANICALPROPERTIESOFSTRUCTURAL
ALLOYS(IRONBASEALLOYS)ATCRYOGENICTEMPERATURES
515
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table910:SOURCESOFMECHANICALPROPERTIESOFSTRUCTURAL
ALLOYS(NICKELBASEALLOYS)ATCRYOGENICTEMPERATURES
516
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table911:SOURCESOFMECHANICALPROPERTIESOFSTRUCTURAL
ALLOYS(STAINLESSSTEELS,AUSTENITIC)ATCRYOGENIC
TEMPERATURES
517
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
518
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
a USSRdesignation
b Studyoftheinfluenceoftheheattreatmentonthemechanicalpropertiesatcryogenictemperatures.
Table912:SOURCESOFMECHANICALPROPERTIESOFSTRUCTURAL
ALLOYS(STAINLESSSTEELS,MARTENSITIC)ATCRYOGENIC
TEMPERATURES
Table913:SOURCESOFMECHANICALPROPERTIESOFSTRUCTURAL
ALLOYS(STEELS)ATCRYOGENICTEMPERATURES
519
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Fe9Ni
(ASTMA553)
196)b Q/TEMPER KD
Fe9Ni
(ASTMA553)
520
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table914:SOURCESOFMECHANICALPROPERTIESOFSTRUCTURAL
ALLOYS(TITANIUMALLOYS)ATCRYOGENICTEMPERATURES
Ti 4 ult J Verkin
Ti2Al1,5CrFeSi 20 0,2 (1978)[254]
Ti4Al3Mo1V 77
Ti4,5Al 200
Ti6Al4V 293
521
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table 915 illustrates the effect of Hydrogen embrittlement on several metals which have been
subjectedtoagivenhydrogenpressure.AlloyslistedinthisTablearearrangedinorderofdecreasing
susceptibilitytotensiletestsatambienttemperature.ItistobenotedthattheHydrogenenvironment
embrittlementclassificationoalloyscouldedifferentfordifferenttypesoftests.Forinstance,alloys
foundnottobeembrittledintensiletestshavebeenfoundtobeembrittledinothertests.
522
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Table915:SusceptibiliyofMetalstoHydrogenEmbrittlementasMeasuredby
TensileTestsa
UnnotchedDuctility
StrengthRatio,
H2/He Reduct.inArea,
Materialb Elongation,,%
RA,%
Notchedc Unnotched He H2 He H2
1042QTEMPER 0,22
ElectroformedNi 0,31
d
Ti6Al4V(STA) 0,58
430F 0,68 22 14 64 37
Nickel270 0,70 56 52 89 67
A515 0,73 42 29 67 35
HY100 0,73 20 18 76 63
A372ClassIV 0,74 20 10 53 18
1042Normalized 0,75 59 27
A533B 0,78 66 33
Ti6Al4VAnn 0,79
523
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
UnnotchedDuctility
StrengthRatio,
H2/He Reduct.inArea,
Materialb Elongation,,%
RA,%
Notchedc Unnotched He H2 He H2
AISI1020 0,79 68 45
HY80 0,80 70 60
Ti5Al2,5SnELI 0,81 45 39
ARMCOIron 0,86 83 50
304ELCSS 0,87 78 71
305SS 0,89 78 75
BeCuAlloy25 0,93 72 71
310SS 0,93 64 62
Titanium 0,95 61 61
A286 0,97 44 43
7075T73Al 0,98 37 35
Alloy
Incoloy903d 1,00 50 47
316SS 1,00 72 75
OFHCCopper 1,00 94 94
NARloyZe 1,10 24 22
6061T6AlAlloy 1,10 61 66
11000Al 1,40 93 93
NOTE FromChandler&Walter(1975)[41].
a Alltests,unlessotherwisestated,weremadein6,89x107Pa(104psi)Hydrogenatambienttemperature.
b Additionalinformationconcerningthesematerialsisgiveninthefollowing.
c Kt=8,4.Ktisthestressconcentrationfactorwhichisdefinedastheratioofmaximumstresstonetsection
stress.
d Testedin4,83x107Pa(7x103psi)Hydrogen.
e Testedin4x107Pa(5,8x103psi)Hydrogen.
524
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
TypicalComposition,Percent,oftheAlloyswhichAppearinTable915
18Ni250MAR........: Fe18Ni7,5Co5Mo0,4Ti0,1Al.Maraging.
410SS......................: Fe0,15C1Mn1Si11,5/13,5Cr.
1042QTEMPER......: Fe0,40/0,47C0,6/0,9Mn0,04P0,055.Quenched
andTempered.
177PHSS................: Fe0,07C0,7Mn0,4Si17Cr7Ni1,15Al.
Fe9Ni4Co0,2C......: NickelSteelforlowtemperatureuse.
H11..........................: Fe5Cr1,5Mo0,4V0,35C.MediumCarbonAlloy
Steel.
Ren41.....................: Ni1,4/1,6Al0,003/0,010B0,12C18/20Cr10/12Co
5Fe0,1Mn1Mn9,0/10,5Mo0,5Si0,015S3,0/3,5Ti.
SeeECSSEHB3101Part5,clause4.8.
ElectroformedNi......: 99,9Ni.
4140..........................: Fe0,38/0,43C0,75/1,00Mn0,04P0,04S020/0,35Si
0,8/1,1Cr0,15/0,25Mo.
Inconel718...............: 52,2Ni0,04C18Mn18,5Fe0,008S0,18Si0,15Cu19Cr
0,5Al0,9Ti3,05Mo5,13Cb+Ta.
440C........................: Fe0,95/1,20C1Mn1Si16/18Cr0,75Mo.
Ti6Al4V(STA)......: Ti5,50/6,75Al0,1C0,4Fe0,015H0,07N0,3
O3,5/4,5V.SolutionTreatedandAged.SeeECSSE
HB3101Part5,clause4.7)
430F.........................: Fe0,12C1,25Mn1Si14/18Cr15S.Free
Machining.
Nickel270................: 99,98Ni0,01C0,003Mn.
A515........................: Fe0,25C.
HY100.....................: Fe0,2C0,1/0,4Mn2,25/3,50Ni1,0/1,8Cr0,2/0,6Mo
0,02Ti0,02V0,25Cu.
A372ClassIV.........: Fe0,45C1,6Mn0,27Si0,22Mo.
1042Normalized......: Fe0,40/0,47C0,6/0,9Mn0,04P0,05S.
A533B....................: Fe0,25C1,25Mn0,52Mo0,55Ni.
Ti6Al4VAnn.........: Ti5,50/6,75Al0,1C0,4Fe0,015H0,07N0,3
O3,5/4,5V.SeeECSSEHB3101Part5,clause4.7.
AISI1020.................: Fe0,18/0,23C0,3/0,6Mn0,04P0,05S.
HY80.......................: Fe0,18C0,1/0,4Mn2,00/3,25Ni1,00/1,18Cr0,2/0,6Mo
525
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
0,02Ti0,02V0,25Cu.
Ti5Al2,5SnELI.....: Ti4/6Al0,1C0,5Fe0,02H0,07N0,3O2/3Sn.
ExtraLowInterstitialGrade,forlowtemperatureuse.
SeeECSSEHB3101Part5,clause4.6.
ARMCOIron............: Softironcontaininglessthan0,1impurities.Armco
SteelCorp.Trademark.
304ELCSS..............: Fe0,03C19Cr10Ni.ExtremelyLowCarbon
StainlessSteel.
305SS......................: Fe0,12C2Mn1Si17/19Cr10/13Ni.
BeCuAlloy25........: Cu2Be0,25Co.(BrushBerylliumCo.).
310SS......................: Fe0,25C2Mn1,50Si24/26Cr19/22Ni.
Titanium...................: 99/100Ti.
A286........................: Fe0,08C15Cr26Ni1,25Mo2Ti.(AlleghenyLudlum).
7075T73AlAlloy...: Al5,5Zn2,5Mg1,5Cu0,3Cr.HeatTreatedandthen
Stabilized.
Incoloy903...............: HenryWiggin&CompanyLimited.Trademark.
316SS......................: Fe0,80C2Mn1Si16/18Cr10/14Ni2/3Mo.
OFHCCopper..........: 99,98Cu.OxygenFreeHighConductivity.
NARloyZ.................: RockwellInternationalCorporation.Trademark.
6061T6AlAlloy.....: Al0,15/0,35Cr0,15/0,40Cu0,7Fe0,8/1,2Mg
0,15Mn0,4/0,8Si0,15Ti0,25Zn0,15Others.
SolutionHeatTreatedandthenArtificiallyAged.See
ECSSEHB3101Part5,clause4.2.)
11000Al...................: 99Al.AnnealedRecrystallized.SeeECSSEHB3101
Part5,clause4.2.
Figure96showstheeffectofHydrogenpressureonthemechanicalpropertiesofatypicalsteel.The
figurerepresentsthestressintensityatcrackarrest,KTH,asafunctionofHydrogenpressure,p.KTHis
thethresholdstressintensityforsustainedloadcrackgrowth,andisusedinsteadoftheplanestrain
fracture thoughness, KIC, (the stress intensity at which unstable crack growth occurs) because KIC is
generally considered to be a property of a given material and should not be affected by the
environment.
526
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure96:Stressintensityatcrackarrest,KTH,forAISI4340inHydrogenat
ambienttemperature,asafunctionofHydrogenpressure.FromChandler&
Walter(1975)[41].
For metals in inert environments, KTH is generally equal to 0,85 to 0,90 KIC. However, KTH is very
sensitivetoenvironmentsascanbeseeninFigure96.
Figure 97 illustrates in a most dramatic fashion the importance of the strength level in the
determination of the susceptibility of structural steels to Hydrogen embrittlement. That figure gives
thefractureductilityintension,measuredbymeansofthetensilereductioninarea,RA,asafunction
oftheHydrogencontentinthematerial.CH2,forseveralsteels,whichareidentifiedbythestrength
level.Itcanbeseenthatthesusceptibilityismuchgreaterforhigherstrengthsteels.Thesameresult
appliestoothermechanicalpropertymeasurementsusedtoassesshydrogenembrittlement,suchas
fracture ductility in tension, delayed failure time, threshold stress intensity for crack initiation, and
crackgrowthrate.
527
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Figure97:Fractureductility,measuredbythetensilereductioninareaatfracture,
RA,forseveralsteels,asafunctionofHydrogencontent,CH2.FromJohnson&
Kumnick(1975)[107].
528
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
Bibliography
[1] Abramowitz,M.,Stegun,I.A.,HandbookofMathematicalFunctions,1sted.,Dover
Publications,Inc.,NewYork,1965,Chap.6,pp.358433.
[2] AIRPRODUCTSANDCHEMICALS,OpenCycleCryogenicDetectorCoolersVariflow
JoulThomsonCryostatswithAutomaticFlowControl,AirProductsandChemicalsInc.,
AdvancedProductsDepartment,Allentown,Pennsylvania,18105.
[3] Alnaimi,A.E.,vanderSluijs,J.C.A.,KapitzaConductanceonMolybdenumand
Berylliumbetween1and2K,Cryogenics,Vol.15,No.9,sept.1975,pp.509512.
[4] Alnaimi,A.E.,vanderSluijs,J.C.A.,ReducedKapitzaConductanceforCleanAg
SurfacesatTempertauresbetween1and2K,Cryogenics,Vol.14,No.11,Nov.1974,pp.
599600.
[5] Angus,S.,Armstrong,B.,deReuck,K.M.,CarbonDioxide,International
ThermodynamicTablesoftheFluidState,1sted.,PergamonPress,Oxford,NewYork,
1976,pp.3555,7881,383385.
[6] Angus,S.,deReuck,K.M.,InternationalThermodynamicTablesoftheFluidState
Helium4,1sted.,PergamonPress,Oxford,1977,pp.3550,8284.
[7] Anon.,LocalCryogenicCoolingwithNonmovingParts,AircraftEngineering,Vol.38,
No.2,Feb.1966,p.39.
[8] API,APIResearchProject44,SelectedValuesofPropertiesofHydrocarbonsand
RelatedCompounds,ThermodynamicResearchCenter,TexasA&MUniv.(looseleaf
sheets,extant,1952).
[9] Armstrong,R.W.,Arkayin,B.,Haddad,G.,FractureofBoneMaterialsinCompressionat
Temperaturesbetween200Cand+200C,Nature,Vol.232,No.5312,Aug.20,1971,
pp.576577.
[10] Arp,V.,HeatTransportthroughHeliumII,Cryogenics,Vol.10,No.2,April1970,pp.
96105.
[11] ASME,ASMEBoilerandPressureVesselCodeSectionVIII,RulesforConstructionof
PressureVesselsDivision1,withSummer1977andWinter1977Addenda.The
AmericanSocietyofMechanicalEngineers,NewYork,July1,1977.
[12] Atherton,D.L.,Prentiss,P.O.,MultipleVappourCooledShieldPositionTolerances,
Cryogenics,Vol.13,No.5,May1973,pp.274275.
[13] Atkins,K.R.,Narahara,Y.,SurfaceTensionofLiquidHe4,Phys.Rev.,A,Vol.138,No.2,
19April1965,pp.437441.
[14] Aydelott,J.C.,AxialJetMixingofEthanolinCylindricalContainersDuring
Weightlessness,NASATechnicalPaper1487,1979.
529
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
[15] Aydelott,J.C.,AxialJetMixingofEthanolinSphericalContainersDuring
Weightlessness,NASATMX3380,1976.
[16] Balas,C.,Leffel,C.S.,Wingate,C.A.,TheStirlingCycleCooler:ApproachingOneYearof
MaintenanceFreeLife,inAdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.23,K.D.
Timmerhaus,Ed.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1978,pp.411419.
[17] Balas,Jr.,C.,Wingate,Jr.C.A.,AnEfficientLongLifeCryogenicCoolingSystemfor
SpacecraftApplications,I.A.F.Paper75170.InternationalAstronauticalFederation
(I.A.F.)XXVIthCongress,Lisbon,2127Sept.,1975.
[18] Barron,R.,CryogenicSystems,1sted.,McGrawHillBookCompany,NewYork,1966,
Chap.7,pp.463470.
[19] Bear,J.,DynamicsofFluidsinPorousMedia,1sted.,AmericanElsevierPublishing
Company,Inc.,NewYork,1972,Chap.5,pp.118194,Chap.10,pp.579652.
[20] Bejan,A.,DiscreteCoolingonLowHeatLeakSupportsto4,2K,Cryogenics,Vol.15,
No.5,May1975,pp.290292.
[21] Bell,G.A.,Nast,T.C.,Wedel,R.K.,ThermalPerformanceofMultilayerInsulation
ApplientoSmallCryogenicTankage,inAdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,
Vol.22,K.D.Timmerhaus,R.P.Reed&A.F.Clark,Eds.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1977,
pp.272282.
[22] Bender,E.,AnEquationofStateforPredictingVapourLiquidEquilibriaofTheSystem
N2ArO2,Cryogenics,vol.13,No.1,Jan.1973,pp.1118.
[23] Bennett,M.R.,Brown,D.S.,Macmichael,D.B.A.,Mytton,R.J.,Prothero,H.,Ross,J.S.H.,
Sheehan,M.,Ward,R.,StudyoftheTechnologicalRequirementsAssociatedwitha
SpaceInfraredAstronomySurvey,InternationalResearch&DevelopmentCo.Ltd.,
NewcastleuponTyne,UK,ESROCR(P)568,IRD74/52,ESTECContract2129/73AK,
1974.
[24] Beran,M.J.,StatisticalContinuumTheories,1sted.,IntersciencePublishers,NewYork,
1968,Chap.6,pp.257268.
[25] Blatt,M.H.,Aydelott,J.C.,CapillaryDevicePassiveThermalConditioning,J.
Spacecraft,Vol.15,No.4,JulyAug.1978,pp.236241.
[26] BobMardion,G.,Claudet,G.,Seyfert,P.,PracticalDataonSteadyHeatTransportin
SuperfluidHeliumatAtmosphericPressure,Cryogenics,Vol.19,No.1,Jan.1979,pp.
4547.
[27] Bradshaw,T.W.,Orlowska,A.H.,A4KMechanicalRefrigeratorforSpace
Applications,ESASP288,Dec.1988,pp.393397.
[28] Bradshaw,T.W.,Orlowska,A.H.,AClosedCycle4KMechanicalCoolerforSpace
Applications,ESASP324,Dec.1991,pp.397401.
[29] Breckenridge,Jr.R.W.,CoolingSystemsforSpaceborneInfraredExperiments,in
InfraredDetectionTechniquesforSpaceResearch,1sted.,V.Manno&J.Ring,Eds.,D.
ReidelPublishingCompany,Dordrecht,Holland,1972,pp.171188.
[30] Broadwell,J.E.,Liepmann,H.W.,LocalBoilingandCavitationinHeatInduced
CounterflowofHeII),Phys.Fluids,Vol.12,No.8,Aug.,1969,pp.15331535.
[31] Broz,A.L.,Khorana,B.M.,EntropyofLiquidHeliumfromFountainEffect
Measurements,Physica,Vol.81B,No.1,Jan.1976,pp.8490.
530
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
[32] Bruner,J.P.,Sarno,D.A.,AnEvaluationofThreeSteelsforCryogenicService,in
AdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.24,K.D.Timmerhaus,R.P.Reed&A.F.
Clark,Eds.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1978,pp.529539.
[33] Budak,B.M.,Samarskii,A.A.,Tikhonov,A.N.,ACollectionofProblemson
MathematicalPhysics,1sted.,PergamonPress,Oxford,1964,Chap.IV,pp.425490.
[34] Bhner,K.,Maurer,G.,Bender,E.,PressureEnthalpyDiagramsforMethane,Ethane,
Propane,EthyleneandPropylene,Cryogenics,Vol.21,No.3,March1981,pp.157164.
[35] Buller,J.S.,AMiniatureSelfRegulatingRapidCoolingJouleThomsonCryostat,in
AdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.16,K.D.Timmerhaus,Ed.,Plenum
Press,NewYorkandLondon,1970,pp.205213.
[36] Caren,R.P.,Coston,R.M.,DesignandConstructionofanEngineeringModelSolid
CryogenRefrigeratorforInfraredDetectorCoolingat50K,NASACR988,Jan.1968.
[37] Caren,R.P.,Sklenesky,A.F.,CryogenicRequirementsofHighPerformanceInfrared
Sensors,ASMEPaper70HT/SpT33,SpacetechnologyandHeatTransferConference,
LosAngeles,Calif.,June2124,1970.
[38] Carslaw,H.S.,MathematicalTheoryoftheConductionofHeatinSolids,2nded.,
MacmillanandCo.,London,1921,Chap.7,pp.113131.
[39] Challis,L.J.,SomeExperimentsontheKapitzaResistancebetweenMetalsandLiquid
HeliumII,Proc.Phys.Soc.,Vol80,Part3,pp.759767,1962.
[40] Challis,L.J.,Dransfeld,K.,Wilks;K.,HeatTransferbetweenSolidsandLiquidHelium
II,Proc.Roy.Soc.,A,Vol.260,pp.3146,1961.
[41] Chandler,W.T.,Walter,R.J.,HydrogenEnvironmentEmbrittlementofMetalsandits
Control,inHydrogenEnergy,PartB,1sted.,T.NejatVeziroglu,Ed.,PlenumPress,
NewYork,1975,pp.10571078.
[42] Chanin,G.,Torre,J.P.,OperatingPerformanceofHe3CooledBolometers,in
AdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.23,K.D.Timmerhaus,Ed.,Plenum
Press,NewYork,1977,pp.634639.
[43] Chase,C.E.,ThermalConductioninLiquidHeliumII.II.EffectsofChannelGeometry,
Phys.Rev.,Vol.131,No.5,1Sept.1963,pp.18981903.
[44] Childers,R.K.,Tough,J.T.,HeliumIIThermalCounterflow:TemperatureandPressure
DifferenceDataandAnalysisinTermsoftheVinenTheory,Phys.Rev.,B,Vol.13,No.3,
1Feb.1976,pp.10401055.
[45] Clark,A.F.,Hust,H.G.,AReviewoftheCompatibilityofStructuralMaterialswith
Oxygen,AIAAJournal,Vol.12,No.4,April1974,pp.441453.
[46] Collier,J.G.,BoilingandEvaporationII,inHeatExchangers,1sted.,S.Kakac,A.E.
Bergles&F.Mayinger,Eds.,HemispherePublishingCorporation,Washington,1981,pp.
261288.
[47] Collins,R.E.,FlowofFluidsthroughPorousMaterials,1sted.,ReinholdPublishing
Corporation,NewYork,1961,Chap.1,pp.121.
[48] Conte,R.R.,lmentsdeCryognie,1sted.,Masson&Cie.,Editeurs,Paris,1970,Chap.
III,pp.81154,Chap.VI,pp.227235,240.
[49] Daniels,A.,Gasser,M.,Sherman,A.,MagneticallySuspendedStirlingCryogenicSpace
Refrigerator:StatusReport,inAdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.27,
R.W.Fast,Ed.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1982,pp.711719.
531
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
[50] Daniels,A.,Stolfi,F.,Sherman,A.,Gasser,M.,MagneticallySuspendedStirlingSpace
Refrigerator:TestResults,inAdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.29,R.W.
Fast,Ed.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1984,pp.639649.
[51] DaRiva,I.,Manzano,D.R.,Resco,G.,Laguna,L.,Salsaloni,E.,CaractersticasdeMedios
PorososRelacionadasconlaTranspiracindeGases,ETSIAeronuticos,Laboratoriode
Aerodinmica,Madrid,Oct.1972.
[52] Davis,E.J.,Anderson,G.H.,TheIncipienceofNucleateBoilinginForcedConvection
Flow,A.I.Ch.E.Journal,Vol.12,No.4,July1966,pp.775780.
[53] DeBruynOuboter,R.,reviewPaper:TheHydrodynamicsofHeliumIIFilm,J.Low
Temp.Phys.,Vol.12,Nos.1/2,July1973,pp.323.
[54] DeGennes,P.G.,HydrodynamicDispersioninUnsaturatedPorousMedia,J.Fluid
Mech.,Vol.136,1983,pp.189200.
[55] DeHaas,W.,vanBeelen,H.,ASynthesisofFlowPhenomenainHeliumII,Physica,
Vol.83B,1976,pp.129146.
[56] Denner,H.D.,Klipping,G.,Klipping,I.,Lders,K.,Menzel,J.,Ruppert,U.,Mechanism
ofanActivePhaseSeparatorforSpaceApplications,inAdvancesinCryogenic
Engineering,1sted.,Vol.25,K.D.Timmerhaus&H.A.Snyder,Eds.,PlenumPress,New
YorkandLondon,1980,pp.783790.
[57] Denner,H.D.,Klipping,G.,Klipping,I.,Lders,K.,Oestereich,T.,Ruppert,U.,
Schmidtchen,U.,Szcs,Z.,Walter,H.,ImprovedActivePhaseSeparatorforHeIISpace
CoolingSystems,inAdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.27,R.W.Fast,Ed.,
PlenumPress,NewYork,1982,pp.10791086.
[58] Dimotakis,P.E.,Broadwell,J.E.,localTemperatureMeasurementsinSupercritical
CounterflowinLiquidHeliumII,Phys.Fluids,Vol.16,no.11,Nov.1973,pp.17871795.
[59] Donabedian,M.,SurveyofCryogenicCoolingTechniques,TheAerospaceCorporation,
ElSegundo,California.AirForceReportNo.SAMSOTR7374.AerospaceReportNo.
TR0073(390101)1,Oct.1972.
[60] Doody,R.D.,TheHighCapacity,Spaceborne,VuilleumierRefrigertaor,SPIEAnnual
TechnicalSymposium,July1980.SPIE,Vol.245,CryogenicallyCooledSensor
Technology,1980,pp.108111.
[61] Dunn,P.D.,Reay,D.A.,HeatPipes,1sted.,PergemonPress,Oxford,1976,Chap.3,pp.
9697,Appendix1,p.264.
[62] Edeskuty,F.J.,Reider,R.,Williamson,Jr.K.D.,Safety,inCryogenicFundamentals,1st
ed.,G.G.Haselden,Ed.,AcademicPress,London,1971,pp.633672.
[63] Elsner,A.,HeliumFlowthroughFilters,inAdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1st
ed.,Vol.18,K.D.Timmerhaus,Ed.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1973,pp.141149.
[64] Enya,S.,Kisaragi,T.,Ochiai,J.,Sasao,Y.,Kuriki,K.,ExperimentsofSurfaceTension
SeparatorforPropellantFeedSystem,J.Spacecraft,Vol.18,No.4,JulyAug.1981,pp.
320326.
[65] ESDU68006,ForcedConvectionHeatTransferinCircularTubes.PartII:Datafor
LaminarandTransitionalFlowsIncludingFreeConvectionEffects,EngineeringSciences
DataUnit,251259RegentStreet,LondonWI,February1968.
532
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
[66] Estermann,I.,GasesatLowDensities,inThermodynamicsandPhysicsofMatter,Vol.
1ofHighSpeedAerodynamicsandJetPropulsion,F.D.Rossini,Ed.,Princeton,New
Jersey,1955,pp.736778.
[67] Fester,D.A.,EarthStorableDesign,Vol.V,Acquisition/ExpulsionSystemforEarth
OrbitalPropulsionSystemStudy,NCR7379,NAS912182,MartinMarietta
Corporation,Denver,Colo.,Oct.1973.
[68] Fester,D.A.,Eberhardt,R.N.,Tegart,J.R.,SpaceShuttleReactionControlSubsystem
propellantAcquisitionTechnology,J.Spacecraft,Vol.12,No.12,Dec.1975,pp.705710.
[69] Feyman,R.P.,ApplicationofQuantumMechanicstoLiquidHelium,inProgressin
LowTemperaturePhysics,1sted.,Vol.1,C.J.Gorter,Ed.,IntersciencePublishers,Inc.,
NewYork,1955,pp.1753.
[70] Foster,W.G.,Naes,L.G.,Barnes,C.B.,ThermalConductivityMeasurementsof
Fiberglass/EpoxyStructuralTubesfrom4Kto320K,AIAAPaperNo.75711.AIAA
10thThermophysicsConference,Denver,Colo.,May2729,1975.
[71] Fradkov,A.B.,Troitskii,V.F.,HeliumCryostatsforPhysicalStudiesinSpace,
Cryogenics,Vol.15,No.8,Aug.1975.Pp.461463.
[72] Frederking,T.H.K.,Elsner,A.,Klipping,G.,liquidFlowRatesofSuperfluidHeliumII
DuringThermomechanicalPumpingthroughPorousMedia,inAdvancesinCryogenic
Engineering,1sted.,vol.18,K.D.Timmerhaus,Ed.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1973,pp.
132140.
[73] Gaffney,J.,Clement,J.R.,LiquidHeliumLevelFinder,Rev.Sci.Intr.Vol.26,No.6,
June1955,pp.620621.
[74] Gibbons,R.M.,ThermophysicalDataforCryogenicMaterials,inCryogenic
Fundamentals,1sted.,G.G.Haselden,Ed.,AcademicPress,London,1971,pp.673738.
[75] Glaser,P.E.,Black,I.A.,Lindstrom,R.S.,Ruccia,F.E.,Wechsler,A.E.,ThermalInsulation
SystemsASurvey,NASASP5027,1967.
[76] Gluck,D.F.,PropellantPositionControlbyCapillaryBarriersduringSpacecraft
RotationalManeuvers,J.Spacecraft,Vol.7,No.3,March1970,pp.242247.
[77] Gorter,C.J.,Mellink,J.H.,OntheIrreversibleProcessesinLiquidHeliumII,Physica,
Vol.XV,No.34,May1949,pp.285304.
[78] Greszczuk,L.B.,Hawley,A.V.,White,T.,AdvancesCompositesandtheirApplicationto
Hydrofoils,J.Hydronautics,Vol.9,No.3,July1975,pp.8189.
[79] Haben,R.L.,Frederking,T.H.K.,ThermalBoundaryConductancebetweenGraphiteand
LiquidHeliumII,inAdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,Vol.20,1sted.,K.D.
Timmerhaus,Ed.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1975,pp.383388.
[80] Hall,C.A.,Pharo,T.J.,Phillips,J.M.,Gille,J.P.,LowThermalFluxGlassFiberTubingfor
CryogenicService,NASACR72797,MartinMariettaCorporation,Denver,Colo.,March
1971.
[81] Hall,C.A.,Spond,D.E.,LowThermalFluxGlassFiberTubingforCryogenicService,in
AdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.22,K.D.Timmerhaus,R.P.Reed&A.F.
Clark,Eds.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1977,pp.214223.
[82] Hardrath,H.F.,FractureMechanics,J.Aircraft,Vol.11,No.6,June1974,pp.305,312.
533
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
[83] Haskin,W.L.,Dexter,P.F.,RangesofApplicationforCryogenicRadiatorsand
RefrigeratorsonSpaceSatellites,AIAAPaperNo.790179.17thAerospaceSciences
Meeting,NewOrleans,La.,Jan.1517,1979.
[84] Heikkila,W.J.,HollisHallet,A,C,,TheViscosityofLiquidHeliumII,Can.J.Phys.,Vol.
33,No.8,Aug.1955,pp.420435.
[85] Heim,J.R.,Fast,R.W.,ALowHeatLeak,TemperatureStabilizedSupport,in
AdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,vol.18,K.D.Timmerhaus,Ed.,Plenum
Press,NewYork,1973,pp.494496.
[86] Hellwing,T.M.,ThermalandFluidFlowModelingofaCryostatDewarSystem,AIAA
PaperNo.800147.18thAerospaceSciencesMeeting,Pasadena,Calif.,Jan.1416,1980.
[87] Henis,J.M.S.,Tripodi,M.K.,TheDevelopingTechnologyofGasSeparating
Membranes,Science,Vol.20,No.4592,1April1983,pp.1117.
[88] Hilal,M.A.,McIntosh,G.E.,AMethodforPreventingPressureOscillationsinTubes
ConnectingLiquidHeliumReservoirstoRoomTemperature,Cryogenics,Vol.16,No.2,
Feb.1976,p.122.
[89] Hill,R.W.,Lounasmaa,O.V.,TheThermodynamicPropertiesofFluidHelium,Phil.
Trans.Roy.Soc.,A,Vol.252.1013,March1960,pp.347395.
[90] Hilsenrath,J.,Beckett,C.W.,Benedict,W.S.,Fano,L.,Hoge,H.J.,Masi,J.F.,Nuttall,R.L.,
Touloukian,Y.S.,Woolley,H.W.,TablesofThermodynamicandTransportPropertiesof
Air,Argon,CarbonDioxide,CarbonMonoxide,Hydrogen,Nitrogen,Oxygen,and
Steam,1sted.,PergamonPress,Oxford,1960.
[91] Hirschfelder,J.O.,Curtiss,C.F.,Bird,R.B.,molecularTheoryofGasesandLiquids,1st
ed.,JohnWiley&Sons,Inc.,NewYork,1954,pp.174,11101112.
[92] Hone,D.,TransportPropertiesofLiquidHe3,Phys.Rev.,Vol.125,No.5,March1,1962,
pp.14941495.
[93] Hopfinger,E.J.,Altman,M.,AStudyofThermalTranspirationfortheDevelopmentofa
NewTypeofGasPump,ASMEJournalofEngineeringforPower,Vol.91A,No.3,July,
1969,pp.207215.
[94] Hopkins,R.A.,Chronic,W.L.,LongTermCryogenicSpaceStorageSystem,,in
AdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,vol.18,K.D.Timmerhaus,Ed.,Plenum
Press,NewYork,1973,pp.486493.
[95] Horn,S.B.,Acord,T.T.,Raimondi,P.K.,Walters,B.T.,MiniatureCryogenicCoolers,in
AdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol21,K.D.Timmerhaus&D.H.Weitzel,
Eds.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1976,pp.428434.
[96] Huang,K.,StatisticalMechanics,1sted.,JohnWiley&Sons,Inc.,NewYork,1963,Chap.
2,pp.4046.
[97] Hughes,J.L.,Herr,K.C.,MarinerMars1969InfraredSpectrometer:GasDeliverySystem
andJouleThomsonCryostat,Cryogenics,Vol.13,No.9,sept.1973,pp.513519.
[98] Ijsselstein,R.R.,deGoeje,M.P.,Kramers,H.C.,CombinedMeasurementsonVarious
TypesofStationaryFlowofSuperfluid4He,Physica,Vol.96B,1979,pp.312324.
[99] Ishchenko,A.Ya.,Lozovskaya,A.V.,Sayenko,M.I.,MetallurgicalProblemsofWelding
1201(Al6CuMn)Alloy,inAdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.24,K.D.
Timmerhaus,R.P.Reed&A.F.Clark,Eds.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1978,pp.175186.
534
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
[100] Ishchenko,A.Ya.,Novikov,N.V.,MechanicalPropertiesofSovietandAmericanAlMg
AlloyPlatesandWeldsforLNGSystems,inAdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1st
ed.,Vol.24,K.D.Timmerhaus,R.P.Reed&A.F.Clark,Eds.,PlenumPress,NewYork,
1978,pp.491504.
[101] Jacob,M.,HeatTransfer,6thed.,Vol.1,JohnWiley&Sons,Inc.,NewYork,1958,Chap.
22,p.461.
[102] Jacobsen,R.T.,Stewart,R.B.,Teng,J.C.J.,AThermodynamicPropertyFormulationfor
NeonfromtheTriplePointto700KwithPressureto700MPa,inAdvancesin
CryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.27,R.W.Fast,Ed.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1982,
pp.911919.
[103] Jewell,C.,AnOverviewofESACryocoolerActivities,ESASP324,Dec.1991,pp.195
199.
[104] Jewell,C.,CryogenicActivitiesatESTEC,ESASP288,Dec.1988,pp.381386.
[105] Jin,S.,Horwood,W.A.,Morris,Jr.,J.W.,Zackay,V.F.,ASimpleMethodforCharpy
ImpactTestingbelow6K,inAdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,vol.19,K.D.
Timmerhaus,Ed.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1974,pp.373378.
[106] Jin,S.,Morris,Jr.,J.W.,Zackay,V.F.,AnIronNickelTitaniumAlloywithOutstanding
ToughnessatCryogenicTemperature,inAdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,
vol.19,K.D.Timmerhaus,Ed.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1974,pp.379384.
[107] Johnson,H.H.,Kumnick,A.J.,HydrogenandtheIntegrityofStructuralAlloys,in
HydrogenEnergy,PartB,1sted.,T.NejatVeziroglu,Ed.,PlenumPress,NewYork,
1975,pp.10431055.
[108] Johnson,R.C.,Little,W.A.,ExperimentsontheKapitzaResistance,Phys.Rev.,Vol.130,
No.2,15April1963,pp.596604.
[109] Johnson,V.J.,PropertiesofMaterialsatLowTemperatures(Phase1),1sted.,Pergamon
Press,NewYork,1961.
[110] Jones,B.G.,Bradshaw,T.W.,Orlowska,A.H.,Jewell,C.,DevelopmentandPre
QualificationTestinga20KSpaceCooler,ESASP324,Dec.1991,pp.411416.
[111] Jones,E.A.,VanderSluijs,J.C.A.,SomeExperimentsontheInfluenceofSurface
TreatmentontheKapitzaConductancebetweenCopperandHe4atTemperaturesfrom
1,2to2,0K,Cryogenics,vol.13,No.9,Sept.1973,pp.535542.
[112] Karlekar,B.V.,ThermodynamicsforEngineers,1sted.,PrenticeHall,Inc.,Englewood
Cliffs,N.J.,1983,p.562.
[113] Karr,G.R.,UrbanE.W.,SuperfluidPlugasaControlDeviceforHeliumCoolant,
Cryogenics,Vol.20,No.5,May1980,pp.266270.
[114] Karr,G.R.,Urban,E.W.,SuperfluidPlugasaControlDeviceforHeliumCoolant,71st
AnnualMeeting,AmericanInstituteofChemicalEngineers,Miami,Florida,Nov.1216,
1978.
[115] Kasen,M.B.,MechanicalandThermalPropertiesofFilamentaryReinforcedStructural
CompositesatCryogenicTemperatures.1:GlassReinforcedComposites,Cryogenics,
Vol.15,No.6,June1975,pp.327349.
[116] Kasen,M.B.,MechanicalandThermalPropertiesofFilamentaryReinforcedStructural
CompositesatCryogenicTemperatures.2:AdvancedComposites,Cryogenics,Vol.15,
No.12,Dec.1975,pp.701722.
535
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
[117] Kays,W.M.,ConvectiveHeatandMassTransfer,1sted.,McGrawHillBookCompany,
NewYork,1966,Chap.9,pp.186191.
[118] Keller,C.W.,Cunnington,G.R.,Glassford,A.P.,ThermalPerformanceofMultilayer
Insulations,NASACR134477,LockheedMissiles&SpaceCompany,Sunnyvale,Calif.,
April1974.
[119] Keller,W.E.,Helium3andHelium4,1sted.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1969.
[120] Keller,W.E.,ThicknessoftheStaticandtheMovingSaturatedHeIIFilm,Phys.Rev.
Letters,Vol.24,No.11,16March1970,pp.569573.
[121] Kelsey,R.A.,Nelson,F.G.,MechanicalPropertiesofU.S./USSRAlMgPlatesandWelds
forLNGApplications,inAdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.24,K.D.
Timmerhaus,R.P.Reed&A.F.Clark,Eds.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1978,pp.505518.
[122] Khalatnikov,I.M.,AnIntroductiontotheTheoryofSuperfluidity,1sted.,Benjamin,
NewYork,1965.
[123] Kittel,P.,SubKelvinTemperaturesinSpace,inAdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,
1sted.,Vol.27,R.W.Fast,Ed.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1982,pp.745749.
[124] Kittel,P.,Brooks,W.F.,SingleShotDemountableSelfContained3HeRefrigerator,in
AdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.27,R.W.Fast,Ed.,PlenumPress,New
York,1982,pp.727734.
[125] Kontorovich,V.M.,EffectoftheRateofFlowofaHeIIFilmonitsThickness,Soviet
Phys.,JETP,Vol.3,No.5,Dec.1956,pp.770771.
[126] Kropschot,R.H.,MechanicalPropertiesofMaterials,inAppliedCryogenic
Engineering,1sted.,R.W.Vance&W.M.Duke,Eds.,JohnWiley&Sons,Inc.,NewYork,
1962,pp.4459.
[127] Kutateladze,S.S.,Borishanskii,V.M.,AConciseEncyclopediaofHeatTransfer,1sted.,
PergamonPress,Oxford,1966,pp.411441.
[128] Ladner,D.R.,Tough,J.T.,TemperatureandVelocityDependenceofSuperfluid
Turbulence,Phys.Rev.,B,Vol.20,No.7,1Oct.1979,pp.26902701.
[129] Landau,L.D.,Lifshitz,E.M.,FluidMechanics,1sted.,PergamonPress,London,1959,
Chap.XVI,pp.507522.
[130] LEFAX,ThermodynamicTablesandCharts,LEFAXTechnicalDataBookLibrary,No.
634,LEFAX,Philadelphia,Pa.19132.
[131] Lemke,D.,Klipping,G.,Rmisch,N.,LiquidHeliumCooledInfraredTelescopefor
AstronomicalandAtmosphericalMeasurementsfromSpace,inAdvancesinCryogenic
Engineering,1sted.,Vol.23,K.D.Timmerhaus,Ed.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1978,pp.
628633.
[132] Lewis,B.,vonElbe,G.,Combustion,FlamesandExplosionsofGases,2nded.,Academic
Press,Inc.,NewYork,1961,Chap.V,pp.287346.
[133] Lewis,C.A.,LongLifeStirlingCycleCoolersforApplicationsinthe60110KRange,
ESASP288,Dec.1988,pp.387391.
[134] LizonTati,J.,Girard,M.,TheHeliumIICryostatFacilityforSpacelabPayloads,in
SpacecraftThermalandEnvironmentalControlSystems,M.Khine,B.Battrick&C.
Rowley,Eds.,ESASP139,Nov.1978,pp.521525.
536
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
[135] Loeb,L.B.,TheKineticTheoryofGases,3rded.,DoverPublications,Inc.,NewYork,
1961,Chap.V,pp.166191.
[136] Logsdon,W.A.,CryogenicFractureMechanicsPropertiesofSeveralManufacturing
Process/HeatTreatmentCombinationsofInconelX750,inAdvancesinCryogenic
Engineering,1sted.,Vol.22,K.D.Timmerhaus,R.P.Reed&A.F.Clark,Eds.,Plenum
Press,NewYork,1977,pp.4758.
[137] Logsdon,W.A.,Kossowsky,R.,Wells,J.M.,TheInfluenceofProcessingandHeat
TreatmentontheCryogenicFractureMechanicsPropertiesofIncoel718,inAdvances
inCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.24,K.D.Timmerhaus,R.P.Reed&A.F.Clark,
Eds.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1978,pp.197209.
[138] Lounasmaa,O.V.,ExperimentalprinciplesandMethodsbelow1K,1sted.,Academic
Press,London,1974,Chap.2,pp.516,Chaps.3to6,pp.17139.
[139] Lundholm,Jr.L.G.,NASALowandUltralowTemperatureCryogenicCoolerSystems
forSpaceMissions,ISATransactions,Vol.19,No.1,Jan.1980,pp.314.
[140] Magerlein,J.H.,Sanders,Jr.,T.M.,SurfaceTensionofHe4nearT,Phys.Rev.Letters,
Vol.36,No.5,2Feb.1976,pp.258261.
[141] Mason,P.,Collins,D.,Petrac,D.,Yang,L.,Edeskuty,F.,Williamson,K.,Experimentson
thePropertiesofSuperfluidHeliuminZeroGravity,PresentedattheSixthInternational
CryogenicEngineeringConference,Grenoble,1114May,1976.
[142] Mason,P.V.,refrigerationfor2KSensorsinSpace:MechanicalorCryogen?,in
ApplicationsofCryogenicTechnology,1sted.,Vol.4,R.W.Vance,Ed.,TheCryogenic
SocietyofAmerica,1972,pp.372383.
[143] Matsch,L.C.,AdvancesinMultilayerInsulations,inAdvancesinCryogenic
Engineering,1sted.,Vol.7,K.D.Timmerhaus,Ed.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1962,pp.
413418.
[144] McCarthy,Jr.,J.F.,ZerogPropulsionProblems,inJet,Rocket,Nuclear,Ionand
ElectricPropulsion,1sted.,W.H.T.Loh,Ed.,AppliedPhysicsandEngineering,Vol.7,
Springer,Berlin,1968,pp.644727.
[145] McHenry,H.I.,Naranjo,S.E.,Read,D.T.,Reed,R.P.,LowTemperatureFracture
PropertiesofaUSSRAluminium6%MagnesiumAlloy,inAdvancesinCryogenic
Engineering,1sted.,Vol.24,K.D.Timmerhaus,R.P.Reed&A.F.Clark,Eds.,Plenum
Press,NewYork,1978,pp.519528.
[146] McHenry,H.I.,Schramm,R.E.,NoteontheFracturePropretiesofFe49NiatCryogenic
Temperatures,inAdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.24,K.D.
Timmerhaus,R.P.Reed&A.F.Clark,Eds.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1978,pp.161165.
[147] McHenry,H.J.,FractureMechanicsanditsApplicationtoCryogenicStructures,,in
AdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.22,K.D.Timmerhaus,R.P.Reed&A.F.
Clark,Eds.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1977,pp.926.
[148] Mendelssohn,K.,Cryophysics,1sted.,IntersciencePublishers,Inc.,NewYork,1960,
Chap.7,pp.127159.AppendixI,pp.172173.
[149] Mermin,N.D.,Lee,D.M.,SuperfluidHelium3,Scient.Am.,Vol.235,No.6,Dec.1976,
pp.5671.
[150] Metzler,H.,Nitzche,D.,MethodsofProducingPolishedMetallographicSpecimensof
PorousIronGreenBodiesandSinteredPartsforFullyAutomaticStructureAnalysis,
PracticalMetallography,Vol.IX,No.7,July1972,pp.408411.
537
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
[151] Mikesell,R.P.,Scott,R.B.,HeatConductionthroughInsulatingSupportsinVeryLow
TemperatureEquipment,JournalofResearchoftheNationalBureauofStandards,Vol.
57,No.6,Dec.1956,pp.371378.
[152] Mitchell,R.C.,Stark,J.A.,White,R.C.,ZerogHydrogenTankVentingSystems,in
AdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.12,K.D.Timmerhaus,Ed.,Plenum
Press,NewYorkLondon,1967,pp.7281.
[153] Mittang,K.,KapitzaConductanceandThermalConductivityofCopper,Niobiumand
AluminiumintheRangefrom1,3to2,1K,Cryogenics,Vol.13,No.2,Feb.1973,pp.94
99.
[154] Molnar,W.,Insulation,incryogenicFundamentals,1sted.,G.G.Haselden,Ed.,
AcademicPress,London,1971,Chap.4,pp.199235.
[155] Morris,Jr.,J.W.,Hwang,S.K.,Yushchenko,K.A.,Belotzerkovetz,V.I.,Kvasnevskii,O.G.,
FeMnAlloysforCryogenicUse:ABriefSurveyofCurrentResearch,inAdvancesin
CryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.24,K.D.Timmerhaus,R.P.Reed&A.F.Clark,Eds.,
PlenumPress,NewYork,1978,pp.91102.
[156] Moses,R.A.,Gluck,D.F.,CryogenicThermalStratificationandInterfacialPhenomena
forHeatedTanksDuringProlongedOrbitalFlight,inAdvancesinCryogenic
Engineering,1sted.,K.D.Timmerhaus,Ed.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1973,pp.8191.
[157] Mller,M.,Seidel,A.,LizonTati,J.,DesignandTestofaCryogenicPhaseSeparatorfor
ZeroGEnvironment,inEnvironmentalandThermalControlSystemsforSpace
Vehicles,T.D.Guyenne&J.J.Hunt,Eds.,ESASP200,Dec.1983,pp.191196.
[158] Murayama,N.,Pense,A.W.,Stout,R.D.,TheFractureToughnessofCryogenicSteels,,
inAdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.22,K.D.Timmerhaus,R.P.Reed&
A.F.Clark,Eds.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1977,pp.2734.
[159] Nachtsheim,P.R.,Swigert,P.,SatisfactionofAsymptoticBoundaryConditionsin
NumericalSolutionofSystemsofNonlinearEquationsofBoundaryLayerType,NASA
TND3004,Oct.1965.
[160] Naes,L.G.,Nest,T.C.,LonglifeOrbitalOperationofStirlingCycleMechanical
Refrigerators,SPIEAnnualTechnicalSymposium,July1980.SPIE,Vol.245,
CryogenicallyCooledSensorTechnology,Part23,1980,pp.126135.
[161] Nast,T.C.,Barnes,C.B.,Wedel,R.K.,DevelopmentandOrbitalOperationofaTwo
StageSolidCryogenCoolerforInfraredDetectorCooling,AIAAPaperNo.76475,
AIAA11thThermophysicsConference,SanDiego,Calif.,July1416,1976.
[162] Nayfeh,A.H.,PerturbationMethods,1sted.,JohnWiley&Sons,NewYork,1973,Chap.
4,pp.110158.
[163] Neeper,D.A.,Dillinger,J.R.,ThermalResistanceatIndiumSapphireBoundaries
between1,1and2,1K,Phys.Rev.,A,Vol.135,No.4,17Aug.1964,pp.10281033.
[164] Neeper,D.A.,Pearce,D.C.,Wasilik,R.M.,KapitzaResistanceofMercurybetween1,1
and2,1K,Phys.Rev.,Vol.156,No.3,15April1967,pp.764768.
[165] Nekrasov,B.,HydraulicsforAeronauticalEngineers,1sted.,MIRPublishers,Moscow,
1969,Chap.VI,pp.8084.
[166] Neu,J.T.,Good,R.J.,EquilibriumBehaviorofFluidsinContainersatZeroGravity,
AIAAJournal,Vol1,No.4,April1963,pp.814819.
538
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
[167] Neugebauer,G.,FutureProspectsofInfraredObservationsofActiveNuclei,Phys.
Scripta,Vol.17,March1978.pp.325326.SymposiumonQuasarsandActiveNucleiof
Galaxies,Copenhagen,Denmark,June27July2,1977.
[168] Nicol,J.,Bohm,H.V.,ContinuousRefrigerationbetween4,2Kand1K,inAdvances
inCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.5,K.D.Timmerhaus,Ed.,PlenumPress,New
York,1960,pp.332337.
[169] Niendorf,L.R.,Choksi,S.C.,UltraEfficientInsulationSystemforSolidCryogen
Coolers,inAdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.12,Timmerhaus,Ed.,
PlenumPress,NewYork,1967,pp.286299.
[170] Niinikoski,T.O.,ConstructionofSinteredCopperHeatExchangers,Cryogenics,Vol.
11,No.3,June1971,pp.232233.
[171] Norris,R.H.,Buckland,F.F.,Fitzroy,N.D.,HeatTransferDataBook,GeneralElectric
Company,Schenectady,NewYork,SectionG513,1,p.3,June1967.
[172] Olijhoek,J.F.,vanAlphen,W.M.,deBrunyOuboter,R.,Taconis,K.W.,Adiabatic
SuperfluidFlowatSupercriticalVelocitiesthroughCapillaries,Physica,Vol.35,pp.483
486,1967.
[173] Olijhoek,J.F.,VanBeelen,H.,deBruynOuboter,R.,Taconis,K.W.,TheRoleofGorter
MellinkMutualFrictioninCoolingbyForcedSuperfluidFlown,Physica,Vol.69,pp.38
48,1973.
[174] Olijhoek,J.F.,vanBeelen,H.,deBruynOuboter,R.,Taconis,K.W.,Koops,W.,Thermal
EffectsinAdiabaticFlowofHeIITheRoleofMutualFrictionandtheInfluenceof
PressureontheLimitforCooling,Physica,Vol.72,pp.355380,1974.
[175] Oren,A.,Gutfinger,C.,AnalysisofaJouleThomsonCryogenicDetectorCooling,Isr.J.
Technol.,Vol.17,Part4,1979,pp.194200.
[176] OXFORDINSTRUMENTS,CryogenicDesingforSpaceMissions,TheOxford
InstrumentCompany,OsneyMead,Oxford.PreparedunderESTECContractnumber
2596/75PP,1976.
[177] Paivanas,J.A.,Roberts,O.P.,Wang,D.IJ.,MultishieldingAnAdvanced
SuperinsulationTechnique,inAdvancesinCryogenicEngineering1sted.,Vol.10,K.D.
Timmerhaus,Ed.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1965,pp.197207.
[178] Patullo,A.W.,vanderSluijs,J.C.A.,TheKapitzaConductanceofCleanCopperSurfaces
between0,3Kand1,3K,Cryogenics,Vol.23,No.11,Nov.1983,pp.587598.
[179] Pense,A.W.,Stout,R.D.,Somers,B.R.,FractureToughnessofCryogenicAlloys,in
AdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.24,K.D.Timmerhaus,R.P.Reed&A.F.
Clark,Eds.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1978,pp.548559.
[180] Peterson,E.W.,Wurtz,Jr.,H.P.,Winner,M.R.,JouleThomsonCryostatCooledInfrared
CellHavingaBuiltinThermostatSensingElement,PatentNo.3,942,010.USPatent
Gazette,Vol.944,No.1,March1976.
[181] Petrac,D.,SuperfluidPorousPlugasLiquidVaporSeparatorinLowGravitySpace
Flights,Proceedingsofthe14thInternationalLowTemperaturePhysicsConference,
Helsinki,Aug.1975.Vol.4,NorthHolland/AmericanElsevier,Amsterdam,1975,pp.33
36.
[182] Petrac,D.,Mason,P.V.,EvaluationofPorousPlugLiquidSeparatorsforSpace
SuperfluidHeliumSystems,inProc.7thIntern.CryogenicEngineeringConference,IPC
ScienceandTechnologyPress,Guilford,England,1978,pp.120125.
539
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
[183] Petrac,D.,Mason,P.V.,TemperatureControlofSuperfluidHeliuminZeroGbya
PorousPlug,Proc.InternationalCryogenicEngineeringConference,IPCScienceand
TechnologyPress,Geneva,1980,pp.97101.
[184] Petrash,D.A.,Nussle,R.D.,Otto,E.W.,EffectontheAccelerationDisturbances
EncounteredintheMA7SpacecraftontheLiquidVaporInterfaceinaBaffledTank
DuringWeightlessness,NASATND1577,Jan.1963.
[185] Philip,J.R.,FlowinPorousMedia,inAnnualReviewofFluidMechanics,Vol.2,1st
ed.,M.vanDyke,W.G.Vincenti&J.V.Wehausen,Eds.,AnnualReviewsInc.,PaloAlto,
Calif.,1970,pp.177204.
[186] Pope,W.L.,Smoot,G.F.,Smith,L.H.,Taylor,C.E.,SuperconductingMagnetand
CryostatforSpaceApplication,inAdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.20,
K.D.Timmerhaus,Ed.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1975,pp.4760.
[187] Probert,S.D.,ThermalInsulationinRelationtoCryogenics,H.M.S.O.Publication,TRG
Report1455(R/X),1967.
[188] Quayle,O.R.,TheParachorsofOrganicCompounds,Chem.Revs.,Vol.53,1953,pp.
439489.
[189] Rae,W.J.,Dunn,M.G.,GasdynamicsoftheCryogenicCooleroftheNimbusF
Spacecraft,J.Spacecraft,Vol.13,No.12,Dec.1976,pp.732739.
[190] Ranzjevic,K.,TablesetDiagrammesThermodynamiques,1sted.,EditionsEyrolles,
Paris,1970,p.240.
[191] Reed,R.P.,Tobler,R.L.,Mikesell,R.P.,TheFractureToughnessandFatigueCrack
GrowthRateofanFeNiCrSuperalloyat298,76and4K,,inAdvancesinCryogenic
Engineering,1sted.,Vol.22,K.D.Timmerhaus,R.P.Reed&A.F.Clark,Eds.,Plenum
Press,NewYork,1977,pp.6879.
[192] Reivari,P.,DependenceofNuclearPolarizedFe57MssbauerSpectraontheMagnitude
andSignontheHyperfineField,Phys.Rev.Letters,Vol.22,No.5,3Feb.,1969,pp.167
169.
[193] Reynolds,Jr.,C.L.,Anderson,A.C.,KapitzaResistancetoSolidHe4below1K,
Cryogenics,Vol.17,No.12,Dec.1977,pp.709710.
[194] Reynolds,Jr.,C.L.,Anderson,A.C.,ThermalBoundaryResistancetoSolidHelium,
Hydrogen,DeuteriumandNeon,Phys.Rev.,B,Vol.14,No.9,1Nov.1976,pp.41144120.
[195] Richter,R.,Mahefkey,E.T.,DevelopmentsofThermalEnergyStorageUnitsfor
SpacecraftCryogenicCoolers,AIAAPaperNo.800145.18thAerospaceSciences
Meeting,Pasadena,Calif.,Jan.1416,1980.
[196] Roberts,P.H.,Donnelly,R.J..,SuperfluidMechanics,inAnnualReviewofFluid
mechanics,1sted.,Vol.6,M.VanDyke,W.G.Vincenti&J.V.Wehausen,Eds.,Annual
ReviewsInc.,PaloAlto,Calif.,1974,pp.179225.
[197] Roberts,R.,Wnek,K.,Tafuri,J.C.,EnvironmentalAssistedFatigueCrackPropagationin
3003OAluminium,inAdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.24,K.D.
Timmerhaus,R.P.Reed&A.F.Clark,Eds.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1978,pp.187196.
[198] Rolfo,A.,Prost,R.,SpaceborneSolidCryogenCoolerforIRDetectors,inSpacecraft
ThermalandEnvironmentalControlSystems,M.Khine,B.Battick&C.Rowley,Eds.,
ESASP139,Nov.1978,pp.527530.
540
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
[199] Rosenberg,H.M.,TheMeasurementofMechanicalPropertiesofMetalsatLow
Temperatures,inProgressinCryogenics,1sted.,Vol.1,K.Mendelssohn,Ed.,
Heywood&Co.,Ltd.,London,1959,pp.119136.
[200] Rott,N.,DampedandThermallyDrivenAcousticOscillationsinWideandNarrow
Tubes,JournalofAppliedMathematicsandPhysics(ZAMP),Vol.20,Fasc.2,2531969,
pp.230243.
[201] Rott,N.,ThermallyDrivenAcousticOscillations.PartII:StabilityLimitforHelium,
JournalofAppliedMathematicsandPhysics(ZAMP),Vol.24,Fasc.1,2511973,pp.54
72.
[202] Rott,N.,ThermallyDrivenAcousticOscillations.PartIII:SecondOrderHeatFlux,
JournalofAppliedMathematicsandPhysics(ZAMP),Vol.26,Fasc.1,2511975,pp.43
49.
[203] Runck,R.J.,CompatibilityofMaterialswithRocketPropellantsandOxidizers,DMIC
Memorandum201,BatelleMemorialInstitute,Columbus,Ohio,Jan.29,1965.
[204] Ruoff,A.L.,IntroductiontoMaterialsScience,1sted.,PrenticeHall,Inc.,Englewood
Cliffs,N.J.,1972,Chap.2,pp.5993,Chap.12,pp.511565.
[205] Sample,H.H.,TheHeatCapacityofSolidHelium3,IowaStateUniversityofScience
andTechnology,1966.AvailablefromUniversityMicrofilms,Inc.,AnnArbor,Michigan.
[206] Sano,Y,Nakamura,Y.,Wakita,H.,Urabe,A.,Tominaga,T.,Helium3EmissionRelated
toVolcanicActivity,Science,Vol.224,No.4645,13April1984,pp.150151.
[207] Schmidt,C.,InfluenceoftheKapitzaResistanceontheThermalConductivityofFilled
Epoxies,Cryogenics,Vol.15,No.1,Jan.1975,pp.1720.
[208] Schorre,U.,HeIIPhaseSeparationwithSlitsandPorousPlugsforSpaceCryogenics,
Cryogenics,Vol.24,No.10,Oct.1984,pp.536548.
[209] Schotte,U.,FlowStatesandHeatTransferPropertiesofHeIIPhaseSeparators,in
AdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.27,R.W.Fast,Ed.,PlenumPress,New
York,1982,pp.421430.
[210] Schwarz,K.W.,TurbulenceinSuperfluidHelium:SteadyHomogeneousCounterflow,
Phys.Rev.,B,Vol.18,No.1,1July1978,pp.245262.
[211] Scull,S.R.,Jewell,C.,PreQualificationLevelTestingofan80KStirlingCycleCooler,
ESASP324,Dec.1991,pp.201207.
[212] Seidel,A.,DesignandThermalControlConceptofaHeIICryostatforSpace
Application(GIRL),inSpacecraftThermalandEnvironmentalControlSystems,M.
Khine,B.Battick&C.Rowley,Eds.,ESASP139,Nov.1978,pp.517519.
[213] Seidel,A.,LiquidVapourPhaseSeparatorforaCryogenicLiquidinaZerog
Environment,MBBReportNo.UR571/82,Ottobrunn,Sept.1982.
[214] Selzer,P.M.,Fairbank,W.M.,Everitt,C.W.F.,ASuperfluidPlugforSpace,inAdvances
inCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.16,K.D.Timmerhaus,Ed.,PlenumPress,New
York,1971,pp.277281.
[215] Shelpuk,B.,Crouthamel,M.S.,Cygnarowicz,T.A.,ICICLE:IntegratedCryogenicIsotope
CoolingEngineSystem,ASMEPaper7HT/SpT30,SpaceTechnologyandHeatTransfer
Conference,LosAngeles,Calif.,June2124,1970.
[216] Sherman,A.,CryogenicCoolingforSpacecraftSensors,Instruments,andExperiments,
Astronautics&Aeronautics,Vol.16,No.11,Nov.1978,pp.3947.
541
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
[217] Sherman,A.,History,StatusandFutureApplicationsofSpaceborneCryogenic
Systems,inAdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.27,R.W.Fast,Ed.,Plenum
Press,NewYork,1982,pp.10071029.
[218] Sherman,A.,MathematicalAnalysisofaVuilleumierRefrigerator,ASMEPaper71
WA/HT33,ASMEWinterAnnualMeeting,WashingtonD.C.,Nov.28Dec.2,1971.
[219] Sherman,A.,Brennan,P.,CryogenicandLowTemperatureHeatPipe/CoolerStudiesfor
SpacecraftApplication,J.Spacecraft,Vol.13,No.5,May1976,pp.288293.
[220] Sherman,A.,Figueroa,O.,APortable3HeCryostatforStudiesinAstrophysics,in
AdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.25,K.D.Timmerhaus&H.A.Snyder,
Eds.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1980,pp.775782.
[221] Sherman,A.,Gasser,M.,Goldowsky,M.,Benson,G.,McCormick,J.,Progressonthe
Developmentofa3to5YearLifetimeStirlingCycleRefrigeratorforSpace,in
AdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.25,K.D.Timmerhaus&H.A.Snyder,
Eds.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1980,pp.791800.
[222] Slegtenhorst,R.P.,OntheFlowofHeliumIIundertheInfluenceofaHeatCurrent,
LeydenUniversity,Oct.1981.
[223] Slegtenhorst,R.P.,PrivateCommunication,Oct.22nd1981.
[224] Slegtenhorst,R.P.,vanBeelen,H.,ASurveyofExperimentalDataonCapillaryFlowof
HeliumIIintheTemperatureRangebetween1Kand2K,Physica,Vol.106B,pp.200
212,1981.
[225] Snyder,N.S.,HeatTransportthroughHeliumII:KapitzaConductance,Cryogenics,
Vol.10,No.2,pp.8995,April1970.
[226] Sonntag,R.E.,vanWylen,G.,IntroductiontoThermodynamics,Classical&Statistical,
2nded.,JohnWiley&Sons,NewYork,1982,Chap.12,pp.413415.
[227] Staas,F.A.,Taconis,K.W.,vanAlphen,W.M.,ExperimentsonLaminarandTurbulent
FlowofHeIIinWideCapillaries,Physica,Vol.27,No.10,Oct.1961,pp.893923.
[228] Straty,G.C.,ThermodynamicPropertiesofSolidHelium,UniversityofFlorida,Dec.
1996.AvailablefromUniversityMicrofilms,Inc.,AnnArbor,Michigan.
[229] Streed,E.R.,Murphy,D.W.,Brna,T.J.,RefrigerationSystemsforSpaceTelescopes,in
ApplicationsofCryogenicTechology,1sted.,Vol.3,R.W.Vance,Ed.,TheCryogenic
SocietyofAmerica,1971,pp.204230.
[230] Strogin,M.,Zimmerman,G.O.,Fairbank;H.A.,SpecificHeatinLiquid3He,
ProceedingsoftheEightInternationalConferenceonLowTemperaturePhysics,R.O.
Davies,Ed.,Butterworths,London,1963,pp.2930.
[231] Svhmidt,H.W.,FluorineandFluorineOxygenMixturesinRocketSystems,NASASP
3037,1967.
[232] Tegart,J.R.,Fester,D.A.,SpaceStorablePropellantAcquisitionSystem,J.Spacecraft,
Vol.12,No.9,Sept.1975,pp.544551.
[233] Tegart,J.R.,Uney,P.E.,Anderson,J.E.,Fester,D.A.,SpaceStorablePropellant
AcquisitionSystem,NASACR114493,ContractNAS26548,MartinMarietta
Aerospace,Ect.1972.
[234] Telschow,K.,Rudnick,I.,Wang,T.G.,AnExperimentontheBernoulliThinningEffect
inUnsaturatedSuperfluidFilms,J.LowTemp.Phys.,Vol.18,Nos.1/2,Jan.1975,pp.43
63.
542
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
[235] Thring,M.W.,PulsatingCombustion.TheCollectedWorksofF.H.Reynst,1sted.,
PergamonPress,Oxford,1961.
[236] Timmerhaus,K.D.,Flynn,T.M.,SafetywithCryogenicSystems,inAdvancesin
CryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.23,K.D.Timmerhaus,Ed.,PlenumPress,NewYork,
1978,pp.721729.
[237] Tobler,R.L.,McHenry,H.I.,Reed,R.P.,FractureMechanicsParametersforanIron13%
Chromium19%ManganeseStainlessSteelanditsWeldsatCryogenicTemperatures,in
AdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.24,K.D.Timmerhaus,R.P.Reed&A.F.
Clark,Eds.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1978,pp.560572.
[238] Tobler,R.L.,Reed,R.P.,FatigueCrackGrowthRatesofStructuralAlloysat4K,in
AdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.22,K.D.Timmerhaus,R.P.Reed&A.F.
Clark,Eds.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1977,pp.3546.
[239] Tobler,R.L.,Reed,R.P.,FatigueCrackGrowthResistanceofStructuralAlloysat
CryogenicTemperatures,inAdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.24,K.D.
Timmerhaus,R.P.Reed&A.F.Clark,Eds.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1978,pp.8290.
[240] Torre,J.P.,Chanin,G.,TestFlightResultsofaBalloonBorneHe3Cryostat,in
AdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.23,K.D.Timmerhaus,R.P.Reed&A.F.
Clark,Eds.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1978,pp.640643.
[241] Tribus,M.,ThermostaticsandThermodynamics,1sted.,VanNostrandCompany,Inc.,
Princeton,1961,Chap.9,pp.243270.
[242] Tsao,ChiK.,TemperatureDistributionandPowerLossofaGasCooledSupportfora
CryogenicContainer,Cryogenics,Vol.14,No.5,May1974,pp.271275.
[243] Urbach,A.R.,Herring,R.N.,ALiquidHeliumDewarforSpaceExperiments,AIAA
PaperNo.76476,AIAA11thThermophysicsConference,SanDiego,Calif.,July1416,
1976.
[244] Urban,E.,Katz,L.,Hendricks,J.,Karr,G.,CryogenicHeliumIISystemsforSpace
Applications,inSpacecraftThermalandEnvironmentalControlSystems,M.Khine,B.
Battick&C.Rowley,Eds.,ESASP139,Nov.1978,pp.507515.
[245] Urban,E.W.,Katz,L.,Karr,G.R.,HeliumIIFlowthroughandVaporSeparationby
PorousPlugs,Proceedingsofthe14thInternationalLowtemperaturePhysics
Conference,Helsinki,Aug.1975,Vol.4,NorthHolland/AmericanElsevier,Amsterdam,
1975,pp.3740.
[246] VanAlphen,W.M.,deBrunyOuboter,R.,Olijhoek,J.F.,Taconis,K.W.,TheCriticalFlow
RateofSuperfluidHeliumthroughNarrowCapillaries,Physica,Vol.40,No.4,20Jan.
1969,pp.490496.
[247] VanderHeijden,G.,vanderBoog,A.G.M.,Kramers,H.C.,ForcesintheFlowofLiquid
HeIIIII.FlowwithvnandvsUnequalZero,Physica,Vol.77,1974,pp.487513.
[248] VanDyke,M.,perturbationMethodsinFluidMechanics,AnnotatedEdition,The
ParabolicPress,Stanford,Calif.,1975.
[249] VanSciver,S.W.,,KapitzaConductanceofAluminiumandHeatTransportfromaFlat
SurfacethroughaLargeDiameterTubetoSaturatedHeliumII,inAdvancesin
CryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.23,K.D.Timmerhaus,Ed.,PlenumPress,NewYork,
1978,pp.340348.
[250] VanSciver,S.W.,,KapitzaConductanceofAluminiumandHeatTransportthrough
SubcooledHeII,Cryogenics,Vol.18,No.9,Sept.1978,pp.521527.
543
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
[251] VanSpronsen,E.,Verbeek,H.J.,deBruynOuboter,R.,Taconis,K.W.,vanBeelen,H.,
ExperimentalProofthataMovingHeIIFilmCanbeThinnerthanaStaticFilm,Phys.
Letters,A,Vol.45,No.1,27Aug.1973,pp.4950.
[252] VanSpronsen,E.,Verbeek,H.J.,vanBeelen,H.,deBruynOuboter,R.,Taconis,K.W.,
InvestigationsontheSaturatedMovingHeIIFilmwithaLengthofupto200m,
Physica,Vol.77,1974,pp.570608.
[253] Vargaftik,N.B.,TablesoftheThermophysicalPropertiesofLiquidsandGases,2nded.,
HemispherePublishingCorporation,Washington,1975.
[254] Verkin,B.I.,TheDevelopmentofCryogenicMaterialsScienceintheUSSR,in
AdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.24,K.D.Timmerhaus,R.P.Reed&A.F.
Clark,Eds.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1978,pp.3751.
[255] Vinen,W.F.,MutualFrictioninaHeatCurrentinLiquidHeliumII.III.Theoryofthe
MutualFriction,Proc.Roy.Soc.,A,Vol.242,pp.493515,1957.
[256] VonKarman,Th.,SorbonneLectures19511952.SeealsoFundamentalEquationsin
Aerothermochemistry,Proc.2ndAGARDCombust.Colloq.,Lige,Belgium,December
1955.
[257] Vorreiter,J.W.,CryogenicSystemsforSpacecraft,Contemp.Phys.,Vol.21,No.3,May
June1980,pp.201217.
[258] Wang,T.G.,Petrac,D.,ThicknessofanAcceleratingSuperfluidFilm,Phys.Rev.,B,Vol.
11,No.11,1June1975,pp.42214223.
[259] WardSmith,A.J.,InternalFluidFlow,1sted.,ClarendonPress,Oxford,1980,ChapC,
pp.192194.
[260] Weast,R.C.,HandbookofChemistryandPhysics,57thed.,CRCPress.Inc.,Cleveland,
1976,p.F47.
[261] Wells,J.M.,EvaluationofIncoelX750WeldmentsforCryogenicApplicationsin
AdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.22,K.D.Timmerhaus,R.P.Reed&A.F.
Clark,Eds.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1977,pp.8090.
[262] Wells,J.M.,Logsdon,W.A.,Kossowsky,R.,EvaluationofWeldmentsinAustenitic
StainlessSteelsforCryogenicApplications,inAdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1st
ed.,Vol.24,K.D.Timmerhaus,R.P.Reed&A.F.Clark,Eds.,PlenumPress,NewYork,
1978,pp.150160.
[263] WeyYeng,K.,AnInvestigationoftheTemperatureDiscontinuityattheBoundary
betweenaSolidandSuperfluidHelium,SovietPhys.,JETP,Vol.15,No.4,pp.635645,
Oct.1962.
[264] Wheatley,J.C.,ExperimentalPropertiesofSuperfluid3He,Rev.Mod.Phys.,Vol.47,No.
2,April1975,pp.415470.
[265] Wigley,D.A.,Halford,P.,MaterialsofConstructionandTechniquesofFabrication,in
CryogenicFundamentals,1sted.,G.G.Haselden,Ed.,AcademicPress,London,1971,
Chap.6,pp.321325.
[266] Wipf,S.L.,Gibney,R.B.,PropertiesofBoneatLowTemperaturesanditsPotentialas
CryostatSupportMaterial,Cryogenics,Vol.15,No.11,Nov.1975,pp.645648.
[267] Woods,A.D.B.,HollisHallet,A.C.,TheViscosityofLiquidHeliumIIbetween0,79K
andtheLambdaPoint,Can.J.Phys.,Vol.41,No.4,April1963,pp.596609.
544
ECSSEHB3101Part14A
5December2011
[268] Yang,L.C.,Mason,P.V.,SuperfluidHeliumFilminZeroGravity,Cryogenics,Vol.20,
No.2,Feb.1980,pp.9197.
[269] Yazaki,T.,Tominaga,A.,Narahara,Y.,StabilityLimitforThermallyDrivenAcoustic
Oscillation,Cryogenics,Vol.19,No.7,July1979,pp.393396.
[270] Yushchenko,K.A.,LowTemperatureWeldableSteelsandAlloysinAdvancesin
CryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.24,K.D.Timmerhaus,R.P.Reed&A.F.Clark,Eds.,
PlenumPress,NewYork,1978,pp.120128.
[271] Yushchenko,K.A.,Belotzerkovetz,V.I.,Starushchenko,T.M.,Kovalenko,L.V.,
Sitnichenko,G.Ya.,InvestigationofSteelsfortheirApplicationinLNGTransportation
andStorageWeldedSystems,inAdvancesinCryogenicEngineering,1sted.,Vol.24,
K.D.Timmerhaus,R.P.Reed&A.F.Clark,Eds.,PlenumPress,NewYork,1978,pp.540
547.
[272] Zemansky,M.W.,heatandThermodynamics,5thEd.,McGrawHillBookCompany,
NewYork,1968,Chap.11,pp.275334,Chap.12,pp.335346.
545